Annual Statements Open main menu

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY/MN - Quarter Report: 2020 September (Form 10-Q)


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2020
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number 001-2979
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DelawareNo.41-0449260
(State of incorporation)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104
(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip Code) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  1-866-249-3302 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each ClassTrading SymbolName of Each Exchange
on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1-2/3WFCNYSE
7.5% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock, Series LWFC.PRLNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series NWFC.PRNNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series OWFC.PRONYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series PWFC.PRPNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of 5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series Q
WFC.PRQNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of 6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series R
WFC.PRRNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series TWFC.PRTNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series VWFC.PRVNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series WWFC.PRWNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series XWFC.PRXNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series YWFC.PRYNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series ZWFC.PRZNYSE
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1000th interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series AAWFC.PRANYSE
Guarantee of 5.80% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Wachovia Income Trust Securities of Wachovia Capital Trust IIIWFC/TPNYSE
Guarantee of Medium-Term Notes, Series A, due October 30, 2028 of Wells Fargo Finance LLCWFC/28ANYSE
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.                     Yes þ   No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).                                Yes þ   No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             Large accelerated filer   þ                    Accelerated filer ¨
            Non-accelerated filer  ¨                     Smaller reporting company 
                                        Emerging growth company  
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.            ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes  No þ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Shares Outstanding
October 23, 2020
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value
4,134,489,571



FORM 10-Q
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART IFinancial Information
Item 1.Financial StatementsPage
Consolidated Statement of Income
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Notes to Financial Statements  
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Restructuring Charges
Cash, Loan and Dividend Restrictions
Trading Activities
Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses
Leasing Activity
Equity Securities
Other Assets
10 Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
11 Mortgage Banking Activities
12 Intangible Assets
13 Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments
14 Legal Actions
15 Derivatives
16 Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
17 Preferred Stock
18 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
19 Employee Benefits and Other Expenses
20 Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share
21 Other Comprehensive Income
22 Operating Segments
23 Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
Item 2.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Financial Review)
Summary Financial Data
Overview
Earnings Performance
Balance Sheet Analysis
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Risk Management
Capital Management
Regulatory Matters
Critical Accounting Policies
Current Accounting Developments
Forward-Looking Statements
Risk Factors 
Glossary of Acronyms
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 4.Controls and Procedures
PART IIOther Information
Item 1.Legal Proceedings
Item 1A.Risk Factors
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
Item 6.Exhibits
Signature
1


PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL REVIEW
Summary Financial Data      
% Change      
Quarter endedSep 30, 2020 fromNine months ended  
($ in millions, except per share amounts)Sep 30,
2020
June 30, 2020Sep 30,
2019
Jun 30,
2020
Sep 30,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Sep 30,
2019
%
Change
For the Period      
Wells Fargo net income (loss)$2,035 (2,379)4,610 NM(56)$309 16,676 (98)%
Wells Fargo net income (loss) applicable to common stock1,720 (2,694)4,037 NM(57)(932)15,392 NM
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share0.42 (0.66)0.92 NM(54)(0.23)3.43 NM
Profitability ratios (annualized):
Wells Fargo net income (loss) to average assets (ROA)
0.42 %(0.49)0.95 NM(56)0.02 %1.17 (98)
Wells Fargo net income (loss) applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)
4.22 (6.63)9.00 NM(53)(0.76)11.64 NM
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (1)5.10 (8.00)10.70 NM(52)(0.91)13.85 NM
Efficiency ratio (2)80.7 81.6 69.1 (1)17 78.7 65.3 21 
Total revenue$18,862 17,836 22,010 (14)$54,415 65,203 (17)
Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (3)3,633 3,285 6,811 11 (47)11,587 22,639 (49)
Dividends declared per common share0.10 0.51 0.51 (80)(80)1.12 1.41 (21)
Average common shares outstanding4,123.8 4,105.5 4,358.5 — (5)4,111.4 4,459.1 (8)
Diluted average common shares outstanding (4)4,132.2 4,105.5 4,389.6 (6)4,111.4 4,489.5 (8)
Average loans $931,708 971,266 949,760 (4)(2)$955,918 949,076 
Average assets 1,947,672 1,948,939 1,927,415 — 1,949,085 1,903,873 
Average total deposits1,399,028 1,386,656 1,291,375 1,374,638 1,274,246 
Average consumer and small business banking deposits (5)897,779 857,943 749,529 20 845,977 745,370 13 
Net interest margin2.13 %2.25 2.66 (5)(20)2.32 %2.79 (17)
At Period End      
Debt securities$476,421 472,580 503,528 (5)$476,421 503,528 (5)
Loans920,082 935,155 954,915 (2)(4)920,082 954,915 (4)
Allowance for loan losses19,463 18,926 9,715 100 19,463 9,715 100 
Goodwill26,387 26,385 26,388 — — 26,387 26,388 — 
Equity securities51,169 52,494 63,884 (3)(20)51,169 63,884 (20)
Assets1,922,220 1,968,766 1,943,950 (2)(1)1,922,220 1,943,950 (1)
Deposits1,383,215 1,410,711 1,308,495 (2)1,383,215 1,308,495 
Common stockholders’ equity161,109 159,322 172,827 (7)161,109 172,827 (7)
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity181,173 179,386 193,304 (6)181,173 193,304 (6)
Total equity182,032 180,122 194,416 (6)182,032 194,416 (6)
Tangible common equity (1)133,179 131,329 144,481 (8)133,179 144,481 (8)
Capital ratios (6):      
Total equity to assets9.47 %9.15 10.00 (5)9.47 %10.00 (5)
Risk-based capital:    
Common Equity Tier 111.38 10.97 11.61 (2)11.38 11.61 (2)
Tier 1 capital13.05 12.60 13.23 (1)13.05 13.23 (1)
Total capital15.71 15.29 15.96 (2)15.71 15.96 (2)
Tier 1 leverage8.05 7.95 8.68 (7)8.05 8.68 (7)
Common shares outstanding4,132.5 4,119.6 4,269.1 — (3)4,132.5 4,269.1 (3)
Book value per common share (7)$38.99 38.67 40.48 (4)$38.99 40.48 (4)
Tangible book value per common share (1)(7)32.23 31.88 33.84 (5)32.23 33.84 (5)
Headcount (8)274,900 276,000 272,700 — 274,900 272,700 
(1)Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, goodwill, certain identifiable intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing rights) and goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity securities, net of applicable deferred taxes. The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable investors and others to assess the Company’s use of equity. For additional information, including a corresponding reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) financial measures, see the “Capital Management – Tangible Common Equity” section in this Report.
(2)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(3)Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(4)For second quarter 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, diluted average common shares outstanding equaled average common shares outstanding because our securities convertible into common shares had an anti-dilutive effect.
(5)Consumer and small business banking deposits are total deposits excluding mortgage escrow and wholesale deposits.
(6)The risk-based capital ratios were calculated under the lower of the Standardized or Advanced Approach determined pursuant to Basel III. Beginning January 1, 2018, the requirements for calculating common equity tier 1 and tier 1 capital, along with risk-weighted assets, became fully phased-in. Accordingly, the information presented reflects fully phased-in common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, but reflects total capital still in accordance with Transition Requirements. See the “Capital Management” section and Note 23 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(7)Book value per common share is common stockholders’ equity divided by common shares outstanding. Tangible book value per common share is tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.
(8)In third quarter 2020, we began reporting headcount rather than active, full-time equivalent employees. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.

2


This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and in the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2019 Form 10-K).
 
When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. See the Glossary of Acronyms for definitions of terms used throughout this Report.
 
Financial Review


Overview                                                        
Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified, community-based financial services company with $1.92 trillion in assets. Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, we provide banking, investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through 7,200 locations, more than 13,000 ATMs, digital (online, mobile and social), and contact centers (phone, email and correspondence), and we have offices in 31 countries and territories to support customers who conduct business in the global economy. We serve one in three households in the United States and ranked No. 30 on Fortune’s 2020 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and third in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at September 30, 2020.
Wells Fargo’s top priority remains meeting its regulatory requirements to build the right foundation for all that lies ahead. To do that, the Company is committing the resources necessary to ensure that we operate with the strongest business practices and controls, maintain the highest level of integrity, and have an appropriate culture in place.

Federal Reserve Board Consent Order Regarding Governance Oversight and Compliance and Operational Risk Management
On February 2, 2018, the Company entered into a consent order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB). As required by the consent order, the Company’s Board of Directors (Board) submitted to the FRB a plan to further enhance the Board’s governance and oversight of the Company, and the Company submitted to the FRB a plan to further improve the Company’s compliance and operational risk management program. The Company continues to engage with the FRB as the Company works to address the consent order provisions. The consent order also requires the Company, following the FRB’s acceptance and approval of the plans and the Company’s adoption and implementation of the plans, to complete an initial third-party review of the enhancements and improvements provided for in the plans. Until this third-party review is complete and the plans are approved and implemented to the satisfaction of the FRB, the Company’s total consolidated assets as defined under the consent order will be limited to the level as of December 31, 2017. Compliance with this asset cap is measured on a two-quarter daily average basis to allow for management of temporary fluctuations. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, on April 8, 2020, the FRB amended the consent order to allow the Company to exclude from the asset cap any on-balance sheet exposure resulting from loans made by the Company in connection with the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program and the FRB’s Main Street Lending Program.
As required under the amendment to the consent order, certain fees and other economic benefits received by the Company from loans made in connection with these programs shall be transferred to the U.S. Treasury or to non-profit organizations approved by the FRB that support small businesses. After removal of the asset cap, a second third-party review must also be conducted to assess the efficacy and sustainability of the enhancements and improvements.

Consent Orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Regarding Compliance Risk Management Program, Automobile Collateral Protection Insurance Policies, and Mortgage Interest Rate Lock Extensions
On April 20, 2018, the Company entered into consent orders with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) to pay an aggregate of $1 billion in civil money penalties to resolve matters regarding the Company’s compliance risk management program and past practices involving certain automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies and certain mortgage interest rate lock extensions. As required by the consent orders, the Company submitted to the CFPB and OCC an enterprise-wide compliance risk management plan and a plan to enhance the Company’s internal audit program with respect to federal consumer financial law and the terms of the consent orders. In addition, as required by the consent orders, the Company submitted for non-objection plans to remediate customers affected by the automobile collateral protection insurance and mortgage interest rate lock matters, as well as a plan for the management of remediation activities conducted by the Company.

Retail Sales Practices Matters
In September 2016, we announced settlements with the CFPB, the OCC, and the Office of the Los Angeles City Attorney, and entered into related consent orders with the CFPB and the OCC, in connection with allegations that some of our retail customers received products and services they did not request. As a result, it remains a top priority to rebuild trust through a comprehensive action plan that includes making things right for our customers, employees, and other stakeholders, and building a better Company for the future. Our priority of rebuilding trust has included numerous actions focused on identifying potential financial harm to customers resulting from these matters and providing remediation.
For additional information regarding retail sales practices matters, including related legal matters, see the “Risk Factors”
3

Overview (continued)
section in our 2019 Form 10-K and Note 14 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Other Customer Remediation Activities
Our priority of rebuilding trust has also included an effort to identify other areas or instances where customers may have experienced financial harm, provide remediation as appropriate, and implement additional operational and control procedures. We are working with our regulatory agencies in this effort. We have previously disclosed key areas of focus as part of our rebuilding trust efforts and are in the process of providing remediation for those matters. We have accrued for the reasonably estimable remediation costs related to our rebuilding trust efforts, which amounts may change based on additional facts and information, as well as ongoing reviews and communications with our regulators.
As our ongoing reviews continue, it is possible that in the future we may identify additional items or areas of potential concern. To the extent issues are identified, we will continue to assess any customer harm and provide remediation as appropriate. For additional information, including related legal and regulatory risk, see the “Risk Factors” section in our 2019 Form 10-K and Note 14 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Recent Developments

Efficiency Initiatives
We are pursuing various initiatives to reduce expenses and create a more efficient and streamlined organization. Actions from these initiatives may include reorganizing and simplifying business processes and structures, reducing headcount, optimizing third-party spending, and rationalizing our branch and administrative locations, which may include consolidations and closures. We have established dedicated teams in each of our lines of businesses and functions to focus on an organized and structured approach for implementing these initiatives. The evaluation of potential actions will continue in future periods. In third quarter 2020, we recognized $718 million of restructuring charges, predominantly severance costs, within noninterest expense in our consolidated statement of income as a result of these initiatives. For additional information, see Note 2 (Restructuring Charges) to Financial Statements in this Report.

COVID-19 Pandemic
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have been working diligently to protect employee safety while continuing to carry out Wells Fargo’s role as a provider of critical and essential services to the public. We have taken comprehensive steps to help customers, employees and communities.
We have strong levels of capital and liquidity, and we remain focused on delivering for our customers and communities to get through these unprecedented times.

PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) created funding for the Small Business Administration’s (SBA) loan program providing forgiveness of up to the full principal amount of qualifying loans guaranteed under a new program called the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP). The intent of the PPP is to provide loans to small businesses in order to keep their employees on the payroll and make certain other eligible payments. Loans granted under the PPP are guaranteed by the SBA and are fully forgivable if used for qualifying expenses such as payroll, mortgage interest, rent and utilities. If the loans are not forgiven, they must be repaid over a
term not to exceed five years. Under the PPP, through September 30, 2020, we funded $10.5 billion in loans to more than 190,000 borrowers and deferred $417 million of SBA processing fees that will be recognized as interest income over the term of the loans. As of September 30, 2020, $10.2 billion of principal remained outstanding on these PPP loans. We have committed to donating the gross processing fees received from funding PPP loans to non-profit organizations that support small businesses as the fees are recognized in earnings. Through September 30, 2020, we donated $51 million of processing fees.

SBA SIX-MONTH PAYMENT ASSISTANCE Under the CARES Act, the SBA will make principal and interest payments on behalf of certain borrowers for six months. During the first nine months of 2020, over 20,000 of our lending customers were eligible for SBA payment assistance, and we received $393 million in payments from the SBA.

LIBOR Transition
Due to uncertainty surrounding the suitability and sustainability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), central banks and global regulators have called for financial market participants to prepare for the discontinuation of LIBOR by the end of 2021. LIBOR is a widely-referenced benchmark rate, which is published in five currencies and a range of tenors, and seeks to estimate the cost at which banks can borrow on an unsecured basis from other banks. We have a significant number of assets and liabilities referenced to LIBOR and other interbank offered rates (IBORs), such as commercial loans, adjustable-rate mortgage loans, derivatives, debt securities, and long-term debt.
Accordingly, we established a LIBOR Transition Office (LTO) in February 2018, with senior management and Board oversight. The LTO is responsible for developing a coordinated strategy to transition the IBOR-linked contracts and processes across Wells Fargo to alternative reference rates and serves as the primary conduit between Wells Fargo and relevant industry groups, such as the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC).
In addition, the Company is actively working with regulators, industry working groups (such as the ARRC) and trade associations that are developing guidance to facilitate an orderly transition away from the use of LIBOR. We are closely monitoring and seeking to follow the recommendations and guidance announced by such organizations, including those announced by the ARRC and the Bank of England’s Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates. We continue to assess the risks and related impacts associated with a transition away from IBORs. See the “Risk Factors” section in the 2019 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the potential impact of a benchmark rate, such as LIBOR, or other referenced financial metric being significantly changed, replaced, or discontinued.
On March 12, 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2020-04 – Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (Update) that provides temporary relief from existing GAAP accounting requirements for entities that perform activities related to reference rate reform. The relief provided by the Update is primarily related to contract modifications and hedge accounting relationships that are impacted by the Company’s reference rate reform activities. For additional information on the Update, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
For additional information on the amount of our IBOR-linked assets and liabilities, as well as the program structure and initiatives created by the LTO, see the “Risk Management –
4


Asset/Liability Management – LIBOR Transition” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.

Capital Actions and Restrictions
On September 30, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) announced that it was extending through fourth quarter 2020 measures it announced on June 25, 2020, prohibiting large bank holding companies (BHCs) subject to the
FRB’s capital plan rule, including Wells Fargo, from making capital distributions, subject to certain limited exceptions. For additional information about capital planning, including the FRB’s recent prohibition on capital distributions, see the “Capital Management – Capital Planning and Stress Testing” section in this Report.
In October 2020, we issued $1.2 billion of our Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series AA.

Financial Performance

Consolidated Financial Highlights
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
($ in millions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Selected income statement data
Net interest income$9,368 11,625 (2,257)(19)%$30,560 36,031 (5,471)(15)%
Noninterest income9,494 10,385 (891)(9)23,855 29,172 (5,317)(18)
Total revenue18,862 22,010 (3,148)(14)54,415 65,203 (10,788)(17)
Provision for credit losses769 695 74 11 14,308 2,043 12,265 600 
Noninterest expense15,229 15,199 30 — 42,828 42,564 264 
Income tax expense (benefit)645 1,304 (659)(51)(3,113)3,479 (6,592)NM
Wells Fargo net income2,035 4,610 (2,575)(56)309 16,676 (16,367)(98)
Wells Fargo net income (loss) applicable to
common stock
1,720 4,037 (2,317)(57)(932)15,392 (16,324)NM
NM – Not meaningful

Wells Fargo had net income of $2.0 billion in third quarter 2020 with diluted earnings per common share (EPS) of $0.42, compared with net income of $4.6 billion and diluted EPS of $0.92 a year ago. Financial performance for third quarter 2020 was impacted by $961 million of customer remediation accruals and $718 million of restructuring charges included in noninterest expense. Also, in third quarter 2020 compared with the same period a year ago:
total revenue decreased due to lower net interest income and lower noninterest income driven by lower other noninterest income, partially offset by higher mortgage banking noninterest income;
noninterest expense increased due to higher restructuring charges, partially offset by lower operating losses;
average loans decreased due to lower commercial and consumer loans; and
average deposits increased on growth in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Wells Fargo had net income of $309 million in the first nine months of 2020 with diluted loss per common share of $0.23, compared with net income of $16.7 billion and diluted EPS of $3.43 a year ago. Financial performance for the first nine months of 2020 was impacted by $14.3 billion of provision for credit losses, $1.9 billion of customer remediation accruals and $718 million of restructuring charges included in noninterest expense. Also, in the first nine months of 2020 compared with the same period a year ago:
total revenue decreased due to lower net interest income and lower noninterest income driven by lower other noninterest income and net gains (losses) from equity securities;
noninterest expense increased due to higher restructuring charges, operating losses, and occupancy expense, partially offset by lower personnel and advertising and promotion expense;
average loans increased due to higher commercial loans, partially offset by lower consumer loans; and
average deposits increased on growth in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits.

Capital and Liquidity
We maintained a solid capital position in the first nine months of 2020, with total equity of $182.0 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $188.0 billion at December 31, 2019. Our liquidity and regulatory capital ratios remained strong at September 30, 2020, and included:
our liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 134% at September 30, 2020, which continued to exceed the regulatory minimum of 100%;
our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 11.38% at September 30, 2020, which continued to exceed both the regulatory minimum of 9% and our current internal target of 10%; and
our eligible external total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets was 25.76% as of September 30, 2020, compared with the regulatory minimum of 22.0%.

See the “Capital Management” and the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Liquidity and Funding” sections in this Report for additional information regarding our capital and liquidity, including the calculation of our regulatory capital and liquidity amounts.
5

Overview (continued)
Credit Quality
Credit quality was affected by the economic impact that the COVID-19 pandemic had on our customer base.
The allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans of $20.5 billion at September 30, 2020, increased $10.0 billion from December 31, 2019. We had a $11.3 billion increase in the ACL for loans in the first nine months of 2020, partially offset by a $1.3 billion decrease as a result of our adoption on January 1, 2020, of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). Our provision for credit losses for loans was $14.1 billion in the first nine months of 2020, up from $2.0 billion in the same period a year ago. The increase in the ACL for loans and the provision for credit losses reflected current and forecasted economic conditions due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The allowance coverage for total loans was 2.22% at September 30, 2020, compared with 1.09% at December 31, 2019.
Net loan charge-offs were $683 million, or 0.29% (annualized) of average loans, in third quarter 2020, compared with $645 million a year ago (0.27%)(annualized).
Commercial portfolio net loan charge-offs were $356 million, or 29 basis points (annualized) of average commercial loans, in third quarter 2020, compared with net loan charge-offs of $139 million, or 11 basis points (annualized), a year ago, predominantly driven by increased losses in our commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loan portfolios.
Consumer portfolio net loan charge-offs were $327 million, or 30 basis points (annualized) of average consumer loans, in third quarter 2020, compared with net loan charge-offs of $506 million, or 46 basis points (annualized), a year ago, predominantly driven by lower losses in our credit card, automobile and other revolving credit and installment loan portfolios, partially offset by lower recoveries in our residential real estate portfolios.
Nonperforming assets (NPAs) of $8.2 billion at September 30, 2020, increased $2.5 billion, or 45%, from December 31, 2019, predominantly driven by increases in commercial and industrial and commercial real estate mortgage nonaccrual loans. NPAs represented 0.89% of total loans at September 30, 2020.
6


Earnings Performance
Wells Fargo net income for third quarter 2020 was $2.0 billion ($0.42 diluted earnings per common share), compared with $4.6 billion ($0.92 diluted per share) in the same period a year ago. Net income decreased in third quarter 2020, compared with the same period a year ago, predominantly due to a $2.3 billion decrease in net interest income and an $891 million decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by a $659 million decrease in income tax expense.
Net income for the first nine months of 2020 was $309 million, compared with $16.7 billion in the same period a year ago. Net income decreased in the first nine months of 2020, compared with the same period a year ago, due to a $12.3 billion increase in our provision for credit losses, a $5.5 billion decrease in net interest income, and a $5.3 billion decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by a $6.6 billion decrease in income tax expense.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and debt and equity securities based on a 21% federal statutory tax rate for the periods ending September 30, 2020 and 2019.
Net interest income and net interest margin decreased in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, compared with the same periods a year ago, driven by unfavorable impacts of repricing due to the lower interest rate environment and higher mortgage-backed securities (MBS) premium amortization. The decrease in third quarter 2020 also reflected changes in the mix of earning assets and funding sources.
For additional information about net interest income and net interest margin, see the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
7

Earnings Performance (continued)

Table 1: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)
  Quarter ended September 30,
20202019
(in millions)Average
balance
Yields/
rates
Interest
income/
expense
Average
balance
Yields/
rates
Interest
income/
expense
Earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks
$216,958 0.11 %$58 134,017 2.14 %$723 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
80,431 0.02 3 105,919 2.24 599 
Debt securities (2): 
Trading debt securities
88,021 2.49 548 94,737 3.35 794 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
8,126 0.87 18 16,040 2.14 87 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
32,326 2.16 174 43,305 3.78 409 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
131,182 2.03 665 154,134 2.77 1,066 
Residential and commercial
4,051 1.58 16 5,175 4.02 52 
Total mortgage-backed securities
135,233 2.02 681 159,309 2.81 1,118 
Other debt securities
41,871 1.84 194 42,435 4.12 440 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
217,556 1.96 1,067 261,089 3.14 2,054 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
48,582 2.14 261 44,770 2.18 247 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
14,145 3.84 136 8,688 4.01 87 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities113,646 1.85 525 95,434 2.54 606 
Other debt securities
11 1.66  50 3.58 — 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
176,384 2.09 922 148,942 2.52 940 
Total debt securities
481,961 2.10 2,537 504,768 3.00 3,788 
Mortgage loans held for sale (3)29,426 3.15 232 22,743 4.08 232 
Loans held for sale (3)1,597 1.60 7 1,964 4.17 20 
Loans:
Commercial loans:
Commercial and industrial – U.S.
270,998 2.53 1,721 284,278 4.21 3,015 
Commercial and industrial – Non-U.S.
64,048 2.14 344 64,016 3.67 593 
Real estate mortgage
123,391 2.81 870 121,819 4.36 1,338 
Real estate construction
22,216 3.13 175 20,686 5.13 267 
Lease financing
17,091 3.41 146 19,266 4.34 209 
Total commercial loans
497,744 2.60 3,256 510,065 4.22 5,422 
Consumer loans:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
290,607 3.24 2,357 288,383 3.74 2,699 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
26,018 4.13 270 31,454 5.66 448 
Credit card
35,965 11.70 1,057 39,204 12.55 1,240 
Automobile
48,718 4.90 600 46,286 5.13 599 
Other revolving credit and installment
32,656 5.25 431 34,368 6.95 601 
Total consumer loans
433,964 4.33 4,715 439,695 5.06 5,587 
Total loans (3)
931,708 3.41 7,971 949,760 4.61 11,009 
Equity securities25,185 1.61 100 37,075 2.68 249 
Other6,974 (0.02) 6,695 1.77 30 
Total earning assets
$1,774,240 2.45 %$10,908 1,762,941 3.76 %$16,650 
Funding sources
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking
$49,608 0.07 %$8 59,310 1.39 %$208 
Market rate and other savings
803,942 0.08 157 711,334 0.66 1,182 
Savings certificates
24,808 0.83 52 32,751 1.72 142 
Other time deposits
46,920 0.64 75 91,820 2.42 561 
Deposits in non-U.S. offices
33,992 0.25 22 51,709 1.77 231 
Total interest-bearing deposits
959,270 0.13 314 946,924 0.97 2,324 
Short-term borrowings57,292 (0.08)(12)121,842 2.07 635 
Long-term debt222,862 1.86 1,038 229,689 3.09 1,780 
Other liabilities27,679 1.33 92 26,173 2.06 135 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,267,103 0.45 1,432 1,324,628 1.46 4,874 
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources507,137   438,313 — — 
Total funding sources
$1,774,240 0.32 1,432 1,762,941 1.10 4,874 
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (4)2.13 %$9,476 2.66 %$11,776 
Noninterest-earning assets
Cash and due from banks$21,991     19,199     
Goodwill26,388     26,413     
Other125,053 118,862 
Total noninterest-earning assets
$173,432 164,474 
Noninterest-bearing funding sources  
Deposits$439,758 344,451 
Other liabilities57,961 58,241 
Total equity182,850 200,095 
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets (507,137)(438,313)
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources
$173,432 164,474 
Total assets
$1,947,672 1,927,415 
Average prime rate3.25 %5.31 %
Average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)0.25 2.20 
(1)Yields/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(2)Yields/rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts represent amortized cost for the periods presented.
(3)Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
(4)Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $108 million and $151 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $367 million and $469 million for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively, predominantly related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities.
8



Nine months ended September 30,
    2020    2019
(in millions)Average
balance
Yields/
rates
Interest
income/
expense
Average
balance
Yields/
rates
Interest
income/
expense
Earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks
$174,425 0.37 %$490 138,591 2.27 %$2,352 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
88,095 0.58 385 95,945 2.36 1,692 
Debt securities (2):
Trading debt securities
95,018 2.78 1,981 90,229 3.46 2,338 
Available-for-sale debt securities: 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
9,448 1.06 75 15,178 2.17 246 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
35,656 2.90 775 45,787 3.95 1,355 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
144,425 2.37 2,564 151,806 2.95 3,359 
Residential and commercial
4,376 2.25 74 5,571 4.12 172 
Total mortgage-backed securities
148,801 2.36 2,638 157,377 2.99 3,531 
Other debt securities
40,220 2.67 805 44,746 4.33 1,451 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
234,125 2.45 4,293 263,088 3.34 6,583 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
47,701 2.16 770 44,762 2.19 734 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
13,950 3.83 401 7,277 4.03 220 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities
105,393 2.19 1,728 95,646 2.64 1,894 
Other debt securities
17 2.64  56 3.81 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
167,061 2.31 2,899 147,741 2.57 2,849 
Total debt securities
496,204 2.47 9,173 501,058 3.13 11,770 
Mortgage loans held for sale (3)25,264 3.48 659 18,401 4.20 579 
Loans held for sale (3)1,577 2.19 26 1,823 4.72 64 
Loans:
Commercial loans:
        
Commercial and industrial – U.S.
289,799 2.88 6,257 285,305 4.39 9,360 
Commercial and industrial – Non U.S.
68,965 2.61 1,345 63,252 3.82 1,808 
Real estate mortgage
122,903 3.25 2,987 121,703 4.51 4,101 
Real estate construction
21,288 3.66 583 21,557 5.31 856 
Lease financing
18,152 4.07 554 19,262 4.56 659 
Total commercial loans
521,107 3.01 11,726 511,079 4.39 16,784 
Consumer loans:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
288,355 3.43 7,421 286,600 3.86 8,296 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
27,535 4.52 932 32,610 5.72 1,397 
Credit card
37,415 11.58 3,243 38,517 12.69 3,656 
Automobile
48,473 4.95 1,797 45,438 5.18 1,762 
Other revolving credit and installment
33,033 5.68 1,405 34,832 7.07 1,841 
Total consumer loans
434,811 4.54 14,798 437,997 5.17 16,952 
Total loans (3)
955,918 3.70 26,524 949,076 4.75 33,736 
Equity securities30,027 1.89 425 35,139 2.65 697 
Other7,373 0.24 14 5,275 1.73 68 
Total earning assets
$1,778,883 2.83 %$37,696 1,745,308 3.90 %$50,958 
Funding sources
Deposits:        
Interest-bearing checking
$55,407 0.37 %$152 57,715 1.42 %$615 
Market rate and other savings
788,732 0.24 1,446 696,943 0.58 3,038 
Savings certificates
27,310 1.16 237 29,562 1.56 344 
Other time deposits
62,881 1.23 580 95,490 2.57 1,836 
Deposits in non-U.S. offices
41,642 0.73 226 52,995 1.84 730 
Total interest-bearing deposits
975,972 0.36 2,641 932,705 0.94 6,563 
Short-term borrowings74,538 0.47 263 115,131 2.18 1,878 
Long-term debt228,067 2.06 3,515 233,186 3.21 5,607 
Other liabilities29,270 1.59 350 25,263 2.17 410 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,307,847 0.69 6,769 1,306,285 1.48 14,458 
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources471,036   439,023 — — 
Total funding sources
$1,778,883 0.51 6,769 1,745,308 1.11 14,458 
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (4)  2.32 %$30,927   2.79 %$36,500 
Noninterest-earning assets            
Cash and due from banks$21,266 19,428 
Goodwill26,386 26,416 
Other122,550 112,721 
Total noninterest-earning assets
$170,202 158,565 
Noninterest-bearing funding sources    
Deposits$398,666 341,541 
Other liabilities57,537 56,664 
Total equity185,035 199,383 
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets(471,036)(439,023)
Net noninterest-bearing funding sources
$170,202 158,565 
Total assets
$1,949,085 1,903,873 
Average prime rate3.63 %5.43 %
Average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)0.79 2.46 

9

Earnings Performance (continued)

Noninterest Income
Table 2: Noninterest Income
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Deposit-related fees (1)$1,299 1,480 (181)(12)%$3,888 4,289 (401)(9)%
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees2,336 2,346 (10)— 6,935 6,857 78 
Trust and investment management737 729 2,125 2,310 (185)(8)
Investment banking441 484 (43)(9)1,379 1,333 46 
Total trust and investment fees3,514 3,559 (45)(1)10,439 10,500 (61)(1)
Card fees912 1,027 (115)(11)2,601 2,996 (395)(13)
Lending-related fees (1)352 374 (22)(6)1,025 1,116 (91)(8)
Mortgage banking:
Servicing income, net341 (142)483 NM (77)499 (576)NM
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales
activities
1,249 608 641 105 2,363 1,433 930 65 
Total mortgage banking1,590 466 1,124 241 2,286 1,932 354 18 
Net gains from trading activities361 276 85 31 1,232 862 370 43 
Net gains on debt securities264 261 NM 713 148 565 382 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities649 956 (307)(32)(219)2,392 (2,611)NM
Lease income333 402 (69)(17)1,021 1,270 (249)(20)
Life insurance investment income156 173 (17)(10)480 499 (19)(4)
Other (1)64 1,669 (1,605)(96)389 3,168 (2,779)(88)
Total$9,494 10,385 (891)(9)$23,855 29,172 (5,317)(18)
NM- not meaningful
(1)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
Third quarter 2020 vs. third quarter 2019

Deposit-related fees decreased driven by:
lower customer transaction volumes and higher average consumer deposit account balances due to the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic; and
higher fee waivers and reversals as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic;
partially offset by:
higher treasury management fees on commercial accounts driven by a lower earnings credit rate due to the lower interest rate environment.

Card fees decreased reflecting:
lower interchange fees, net of rewards costs, driven by decreased purchase volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and
higher fee waivers as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Servicing income, net increased reflecting:
higher mortgage servicing right (MSR) valuation gains, net of hedge results, driven by favorable hedge results, changes in expected servicing costs reflecting economic improvements in third quarter 2020 compared with second quarter 2020 and negative valuation model adjustments made in third quarter 2019 reflecting higher prepayment estimates;
partially offset by:
lower servicing fees due to a lower balance of loans serviced for others.

For additional information on servicing income, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities increased driven by:
higher residential real estate held for sale (HFS) origination volumes; and
an increase in production margin in both our retail and correspondent production channels, as well as a shift to more retail origination volume, which has a higher margin.
The production margin provides a measure of the profitability of our residential held for sale mortgage loan originations. Table 2a presents the information used in determining the production margin.

10


Table 2a Selected Mortgage Production Data
Quarter
ended Sep 30,
Nine months
ended Sep 30,
2020201920202019
Net gains on mortgage loan
origination/sales activities
(in millions):
Residential(A)$1,039 461 $2,265 1,015 
Commercial 45 106 151 236 
Residential pipeline and
unsold/repurchased loan
management (1)
165 41 (53)182 
Total$1,249 608 $2,363 1,433 
Residential real estate
originations (in billions):
Held for sale(B)$48 38 $124 93 
Held for investment14 20 45 51 
Total$62 58 $169 144 
Production margin on
residential held for sale
mortgage loan originations
(A)/(B)2.16 %1.21 1.83 %1.09 
(1)Primarily includes the results of Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) loss mitigation activities, interest rate management activities and changes in estimate to the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.
Net gains from trading activities increased reflecting higher volumes and customer activity in equities trading due to volatility in the equity markets.

Net gains on debt securities increased due to higher gains from the sales of agency MBS as a result of portfolio re-balancing and actions taken to manage under the asset cap.

Net gains from equity securities decreased reflecting:
lower realized gains on nonmarketable equity securities;
partially offset by:
$224 million of net unrealized gains related to a change in the accounting measurement model for certain nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital partnerships.

Other income decreased due to:
a $1.1 billion gain in third quarter 2019 from the sale of our Institutional Retirement and Trust (IRT) business and $302 million of gains from the sales of purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans in third quarter 2019; and
a decline in commercial real estate brokerage commissions as a result of the sale of Eastdil Secured (Eastdil) in fourth quarter 2019;
partially offset by:
$228 million of higher equity method investment income related to a change in the accounting measurement model for certain nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital partnerships.

First nine months of 2020 vs. first nine months of 2019

Deposit-related fees decreased driven by:
lower customer transaction volumes and higher average consumer deposit account balances due to the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic; and
higher fee waivers and reversals as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic;
partially offset by:
higher treasury management fees on commercial accounts driven by a lower earnings credit rate due to the lower interest rate environment.
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees increased reflecting higher asset-based fees, partially offset by lower transactional revenue. Asset-based fees include fees from advisory accounts that are based on a percentage of the market value of the assets as of the beginning of the quarter.

Trust and investment management fees decreased driven by lower trust fees due to the sale of our IRT business in third quarter 2019.
Our assets under management (AUM) totaled $797.9 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $691.9 billion at September 30, 2019. Substantially all of our AUM is managed by our Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) operating segment. Our assets under administration (AUA) totaled $1.6 trillion at September 30, 2020 and $1.8 trillion at September 30, 2019. Management believes that AUM and AUA are useful metrics because they allow investors and others to assess how changes in asset amounts may impact the generation of certain asset-based fees.
Our AUM and AUA included IRT client assets of $22 billion and $708 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2020, which we continue to administer at the direction of the buyer pursuant to a transition services agreement that will terminate no later than July 2021.

Card fees decreased reflecting:
lower interchange fees, net of rewards costs, driven by decreased purchase volume due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and
higher fee waivers as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Lending-related fees decreased driven by an increase in fee waivers and reversals as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Servicing income, net decreased reflecting:
higher MSR valuation losses, net of hedge results, as gains from favorable hedge results were more than offset by valuation adjustments for higher expected servicing costs and prepayment estimates due to changes in economic conditions; and
lower servicing fees due to a lower balance of loans serviced for others and the impacts of customer accommodations instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

For additional information on servicing income, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities increased driven by:
higher residential real estate HFS origination volumes; and
an increase in production margin due to higher margins in both our retail and correspondent production channels, as well as a shift to more retail origination volume, which has a higher margin. For additional information on the production margin on residential held for sale mortgage loan originations, see Table 2a.

Net gains from trading activities increased reflecting:
higher income driven by demand for interest rate products due to lower interest rates;
higher volumes and customer activity for equities trading due to volatility in the equity markets; and
11

Earnings Performance (continued)

higher volumes for credit trading due to additional market liquidity from government actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic;
partially offset by:
losses due to higher prepayment speeds on agency MBS pools, net of hedge gains, and wider credit spreads for non-agency and certain asset-backed securities.

Net gains on debt securities increased due to higher gains from the sales of agency MBS as a result of portfolio re-balancing and actions taken to manage under the asset cap.

Net gains from equity securities decreased driven by:
changes in the value of deferred compensation plan investments (largely offset in personnel expense). Refer to Table 3a for the results for our deferred compensation plan and related investments;
lower realized gains on nonmarketable equity securities; and
impairment on equity securities of $1.6 billion, including $434 million related to a change in the accounting
measurement model for certain nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital partnerships;
partially offset by:
higher unrealized gains, including $658 million related to a change in the accounting measurement model for certain nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital partnerships.

Other income decreased due to:
a $1.1 billion gain in third quarter 2019 from the sale of our IRT business and $1.6 billion of gains from the sales of PCI loans in the first nine months of 2019;
a decline in commercial real estate brokerage commissions as a result of the sale of Eastdil in fourth quarter 2019; and
lower equity method investments income;
partially offset by:
gains on the sales of loans reclassified to held for sale in 2019 and sold in the second quarter of 2020; and
transition services fees associated with the sale of our IRT business.
Noninterest Expense
Table 3: Noninterest Expense
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Personnel$8,624 8,604 20 — %$25,863 26,309 (446)(2)%
Technology, telecommunications and equipment (1)791 821 (30)(4)2,261 2,340 (79)(3)
Occupancy (2)851 760 91 12 2,437 2,196 241 11 
Operating losses1,219 1,920 (701)(37)2,902 2,405 497 21 
Professional and outside services (1)1,760 1,737 23 5,042 4,956 86 
Leases (3)291 272 19 795 869 (74)(9)
Advertising and promotion144 266 (122)(46)462 832 (370)(44)
Restructuring charges718 — 718 NM 718 — 718 NM
Other (1)831 819 12 2,348 2,657 (309)(12)
Total$15,229 15,199 30 — $42,828 42,564 264 
NM - Not meaningful
(1)In third quarter 2020, expenses for outside professional services, contract services, and outside data processing were combined into a single line item for professional and outside services expense; expenses for technology and equipment and telecommunications were combined into a single line item for technology, telecommunications and equipment expense; and certain other expenses were reclassified to other noninterest expense. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(2)Represents expenses for both leased and owned properties.
(3)Represents expenses for assets we lease to customers.
Third quarter 2020 vs. third quarter 2019

Personnel expense remained relatively flat, reflecting:
higher salaries expense driven by the impact of annual salary increases and higher staffing levels;
partially offset by:
lower incentive compensation expense.

Occupancy expense increased due to additional cleaning fees, supplies, and equipment expenses related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating losses decreased driven by:
lower litigation accruals, as third quarter 2019 included a $1.6 billion discrete litigation accrual related to retail sales practices matters;
partially offset by:
increased customer remediation accruals reflecting expansions of the population of affected customers, remediation payments, and/or remediation time frames for a variety of matters.
Advertising and promotion expense decreased driven by decreases in marketing and brand campaign volumes due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Restructuring charges increased driven predominantly by severance costs, as well as facility closure costs, related to our efficiency initiatives that commenced in third quarter 2020. For additional information on restructuring charges, see Note 2 (Restructuring Charges) to Financial Statements in this Report.

First nine months of 2020 vs. first nine months of 2019

Personnel expense decreased driven by:
lower deferred compensation expense (offset in net gains from equity securities);
partially offset by:
higher salaries expense driven by annual salary increases and higher staffing levels; and
increases in employee benefits and incentive compensation expense related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including
12


additional payments for certain customer-facing and support employees and back-up childcare services.

Table 3a presents results for our deferred compensation plan and related hedges. Historically, we used equity securities as economic hedges of our deferred compensation plan liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the equity securities used as economic hedges were recorded in net gains (losses) from equity securities within noninterest income. In second quarter 2020, we entered into arrangements to transition our economic hedges
from equity securities to derivative instruments. Changes in fair value of derivatives used as economic hedges are presented within the same financial statement line as the related business activity being hedged. As a result of this transition, we presented the net gains (losses) on derivatives from economic hedges on the deferred compensation plan liabilities in personnel expense. For additional information on the derivatives used in the economic hedges, see Note 15 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 3a: Deferred Compensation and Related Hedges
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Net interest income
$ 13 $15 44 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities
1 (4)(274)428 
Total revenue (losses) from deferred compensation plan investments
1 (259)472 
Change in deferred compensation plan liabilities
220 112 476 
Net derivative (gains) losses from economic hedges of deferred compensation
(215)— (356)— 
Personnel expense5 (244)476 
Income (loss) before income tax expense
$(4)$(15)(4)
Technology, telecommunications and equipment expense decreased due to:
a software impairment in third quarter 2019; and
a software licensing liability accrual reversal in second quarter 2020;
partially offset by:
higher cloud computing expenses; and
higher telecommunications expense related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Occupancy expense increased due to additional cleaning fees, supplies, and equipment expenses related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating losses increased driven by:
higher customer remediation accruals reflecting expansions of the population of affected customers, remediation payments, and/or remediation time frames for a variety of matters;
partially offset by:
lower litigation accruals as third quarter 2019 included a $1.6 billion discrete litigation accrual related to retail sales practices matters.

Advertising and promotion expense decreased driven by reduced marketing and brand campaign volumes due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Restructuring charges increased driven predominantly by severance costs, as well as facility closure costs, related to our efficiency initiatives that commenced in third quarter 2020. For additional information on restructuring charges, see Note 2 (Restructuring Charges) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Other expenses decreased driven by:
a reduction in business travel and company events due to ongoing expense management initiatives, as well as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and
lower foreclosed assets expense due to the suspension of certain mortgage foreclosure activities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic;
partially offset by:
higher pension plan settlement expenses; and
higher Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit assessment expense driven by a higher assessment rate and higher deposit balances.

Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $645 million in third quarter 2020, compared with $1.3 billion in the same period a year ago, driven by lower pre-tax income. The effective income tax rate was 24.1% for third quarter 2020, compared with 22.1% for the same period a year ago. The effective income tax rate for third quarter 2020 reflected lower pre-tax income and included net discrete income tax benefits primarily related to the resolution and reevaluation of prior period matters with U.S federal and state tax authorities. The effective income tax rate for third quarter 2019 reflected a net discrete income tax expense related to the non-tax deductible treatment of a $1.6 billion discrete litigation accrual.
Income tax benefit was $3.1 billion in the first nine months of 2020, compared with income tax expense of $3.5 billion in the same period a year ago, driven by lower pre-tax income. The effective income tax rate was 111.0% for the first nine months of 2020, compared with 17.3% for the same period a year ago. The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2020 reflected lower pre-tax income and included net discrete income tax benefits primarily related to the resolution and reevaluation of prior period matters with U.S federal and state tax authorities. The effective income tax rate for the first nine months of 2019 reflected a net discrete income tax expense related to the non-tax deductible treatment of a $1.6 billion discrete litigation accrual, partially offset by net discrete income tax benefits related to the results of U.S. federal and state income tax examinations.
13

Earnings Performance (continued)

Operating Segment Results
Our operating segments are defined by product type and customer segment, and their results are based on our management reporting process. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP with specific adjustments, such as for funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, for shared revenues and expenses, and tax-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt sources. On February 11, 2020, we announced a new organizational structure. We continue to refine the composition of our operating segments and allocation methodologies. Additionally, we are still in the process of transitioning key leadership positions. We now expect to update our operating segment disclosures, including comparative financial results, in fourth quarter 2020. These changes will not impact previously reported consolidated financial results of the Company. Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by current operating segment. For additional description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management reporting process, see Note 22 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.
We perform a goodwill impairment assessment annually in the fourth quarter. Since our last annual assessment, we have observed a significant decline in market capitalization given deteriorated macroeconomic conditions from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In first and second quarter 2020, we performed interim, quantitative impairment assessments of our goodwill with no evidence of goodwill impairment. Given the uncertainty of the severity or length of the current economic downturn, we continue to monitor our performance against our internal forecasts as well as market conditions for circumstances that could have a further negative effect on the estimated fair
values of our reporting units. In third quarter 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment and concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting units were greater than their carrying amounts as of September 30, 2020.
The aggregate fair value of our reporting units calculated during our latest interim quantitative assessment exceeded our market capitalization as of September 30, 2020. Individual reporting unit fair values cannot be directly correlated to the Company’s market capitalization. However, we consider several factors in the comparison of aggregate fair value to market capitalization, including (i) control premiums adjusted for the current market environment, which include synergies that may not be reflected in current market pricing, (ii) degree of complexity and execution risk at the reporting unit level compared with the enterprise level, and (iii) issues or risks related to the Company level that may not be included in the fair value of the individual reporting units.
In connection with the planned change to our operating segment disclosures, we will realign our goodwill to the reporting units that underlie our operating segments, which could impact the results of our goodwill impairment assessment. We will reassess goodwill for impairment at the time of the realignment. In addition, we may divest or otherwise wind down certain businesses or portfolios of assets in connection with the realignment of our operating segments, which may result in the impairment of goodwill or other long-lived assets related to these businesses or portfolios.
For additional information about goodwill, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 4: Operating Segment Results – Highlights

(income/expense in millions,
Community
Banking 
Wholesale
Banking
Wealth and
Investment Management
Other (1)Consolidated
Company
balance sheet data in billions)2020201920202019202020192020201920202019
Quarter ended September 30,
Total revenue$10,722 11,239 5,594 6,942 3,794 5,141 (1,248)(1,312)18,862 22,010 
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses
556 608 219 92 (9)3 (8)769 695 
Net income (loss)336 999 1,488 2,644 463 1,280 (252)(313)2,035 4,610 
Average loans$457.6 459.0 455.1 474.3 79.8 75.9 (60.8)(59.4)931.7 949.8 
Average deposits881.7 789.7 418.8 422.0 175.3 142.4 (76.8)(62.7)1,399.0 1,291.4 
Goodwill16.7 16.7 8.4 8.4 1.3 1.3  — 26.4 26.4 
Nine months ended September 30,
Total revenue$28,984 34,794 17,974 21,118 11,169 13,270 (3,712)(3,979)54,415 65,203 
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses
5,652 1,797 8,535 254 256 (135)(14)14,308 2,043 
Net income (loss)160 6,969 (344)8,203 1,106 2,459 (613)(955)309 16,676 
Average loans$456.5 458.3 481.2 474.9 79.0 75.1 (60.8)(59.2)955.9 949.1 
Average deposits843.0 777.7 438.8 414.1 166.2 146.3 (73.4)(63.9)1,374.6 1,274.2 
Goodwill16.7 16.7 8.4 8.4 1.3 1.3  — 26.4 26.4 
(1)Includes the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which represents products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels.
14


Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $5 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. These financial products and services include checking and savings accounts, credit and debit cards, automobile, student, mortgage, home equity and small business lending, as well as referrals to
Wholesale Banking and WIM business partners. The Community Banking segment also includes the results of our Corporate Treasury activities net of allocations (including funds transfer pricing, capital, liquidity and certain corporate expenses) in support of other segments and results of investments in our affiliated venture capital and private equity partnerships. Table 4a provides additional financial information for Community Banking.
Table 4a: Community Banking
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Net interest income$5,587 6,769 (1,182)(17)%$18,073 21,083 (3,010)(14)%
Noninterest income (1)
Deposit-related fees723 952 (229)(24)2,207 2,675 (468)(17)
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees (2)489 504 (15)(3)1,440 1,433 — 
Trust and investment management (2)188 203 (15)(7)556 612 (56)(9)
Investment banking (3) (26)26 100 (166)(64)(102)NM
Total trust and investment fees677 681 (4)(1)1,830 1,981 (151)(8)
Card fees856 936 (80)(9)2,397 2,723 (326)(12)
Lending-related fees42 60 (18)(30)128 191 (63)(33)
Mortgage banking1,542 339 1,203 355 2,135 1,635 500 31 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities(11)19 (30)NM 24 13 11 85 
Net gains (losses) on debt securities240 (1)241 NM 557 51 506 992 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities (4)587 822 (235)(29)(53)1,894 (1,947)NM
Other479 662 (183)(28)1,686 2,548 (862)(34)
Total noninterest income5,135 4,470 665 15 10,911 13,711 (2,800)(20)
Total revenue10,722 11,239 (517)(5)28,984 34,794 (5,810)(17)
Provision for credit losses556 608 (52)(9)5,652 1,797 3,855 215 
Noninterest expense (5)
Personnel5,688 5,533 155 17,146 16,941 205 
Technology, telecommunications and equipment775 691 84 12 2,305 2,150 155 
Occupancy649 584 65 11 1,863 1,668 195 12 
Operating losses1,209 1,806 (597)(33)2,700 2,222 478 22 
Professional and outside services1,284 1,212 72 3,590 3,445 145 
Advertising and promotion139 252 (113)(45)442 791 (349)(44)
Restructuring charges718 — 718 NM 718 — 718 NM
Other(1,515)(1,312)(203)(15)(4,355)(3,550)(805)(23)
Total noninterest expense8,947 8,766 181 24,409 23,667 742 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
noncontrolling interests
1,219 1,865 (646)(35)(1,077)9,330 (10,407)NM
Income tax expense (benefit)703 667 36 (1,319)1,929 (3,248)NM
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests (6)180 199 (19)(10)82 432 (350)(81)
Net income$336 999 (663)(66)$160 6,969 (6,809)(98)
Average loans$457.6 459.0 (1.4)— $456.5 458.3 (1.8)— 
Average deposits881.7 789.7 92.0 12 843.0 777.7 65.3 
NM – Not meaningful
(1)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(2)Represents income on products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels which is eliminated in consolidation.
(3)Includes underwriting fees paid to Wells Fargo Securities for services related to the issuance of our corporate securities which are offset in our Wholesale Banking segment and eliminated in consolidation.
(4)Primarily represents gains (losses) resulting from venture capital investments.
(5)In third quarter 2020, expenses for outside professional services, contract services, and outside data processing were combined into a single line item for professional and outside services expense; expenses for technology and equipment and telecommunications were combined into a single line item for technology, telecommunications and equipment expense; and certain other expenses were reclassified to other noninterest expense. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(6)Reflects results attributable to noncontrolling interests predominantly associated with the Company’s consolidated venture capital investments.
Third quarter 2020 vs. third quarter 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment and changes in the mix of earning assets and funding sources;
lower deposit-related fees driven by lower customer transaction volumes and higher average consumer deposit account balances due to the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as fee waivers and reversals as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic;
lower net gains from equity securities due to impairments; and
lower other income driven by higher gains in third quarter 2019 related to sales of PCI loans;
partially offset by:
higher mortgage banking revenue due to an increase in real estate HFS origination volumes and higher MSR valuation gains, net of hedge results, driven by favorable hedge results.

Noninterest expense increased due to:
higher restructuring charges driven predominantly by severance costs, as well as facility closure costs, related to our efficiency initiatives that commenced in third quarter 2020. All restructuring charges were included in the Community Banking segment. For additional information on
15

Earnings Performance (continued)

restructuring charges, see Note 2 (Restructuring Charges) to Financial Statements in this Report;
higher personnel expense, and technology, telecommunications and equipment expense;
higher charitable contributions expense within other expense; and
higher FDIC deposit assessment expense within other expense driven by a higher assessment rate and higher deposit balances;
partially offset by:
lower operating losses, as third quarter 2019 included a $1.6 billion discrete litigation accrual related to retail sales practices matters; and
lower advertising and promotion expense.

Average deposits increased driven by government stimulus programs and lower consumer spending due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

First nine months of 2020 vs. first nine months of 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment;
a decrease in deposit-related fees and card fees driven by lower customer transaction volumes and higher average consumer deposit account balances due to the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as fee waivers and reversals as part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic;
net losses from equity securities due to impairments and changes in the value of deferred compensation plan investments (largely offset in personnel expense); and
lower other income driven by higher gains in third quarter 2019 related to sales of PCI loans;
partially offset by:
higher mortgage banking revenue as a result of an increase in real estate HFS origination volumes; and
higher gains on debt securities.
Provision for credit losses increased driven by a decline in economic conditions due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Noninterest expense increased due to:
higher restructuring charges driven predominantly by severance costs, as well as facility closure costs, related to our efficiency initiatives that commenced in third quarter 2020. All restructuring charges were included in the Community Banking segment. For additional information on restructuring charges, see Note 2 (Restructuring Charges) to Financial Statements in this Report; and
higher operating losses, personnel expense, occupancy expense, FDIC deposit assessment expense within other expense, and charitable donations within other expense;
partially offset by:
lower advertising and promotion expense and travel and entertainment expense within other expense; and
lower stock-based compensation expense within personnel expense and lower deferred compensation plan expense within personnel expense (largely offset by net losses from equity securities).

Average deposits increased driven by government stimulus programs and lower consumer spending due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
16


Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses with annual sales generally in excess of $5 million and to financial institutions globally. Products and businesses include Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Corporate and Investment
Banking, Credit Investment Portfolio, Treasury Management, and Commercial Capital. Table 4b provides additional financial information for Wholesale Banking.
Table 4b: Wholesale Banking
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Net interest income$3,481 4,382 (901)(21)%$11,508 13,451 (1,943)(14)%
Noninterest income (1)
Deposit-related fees574 527 47 1,676 1,610 66 
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees70 62 13 239 214 25 12 
Trust and investment management140 121 19 16 401 352 49 14 
Investment banking440 510 (70)(14)1,544 1,397 147 11 
Total trust and investment fees650 693 (43)(6)2,184 1,963 221 11 
Card fees55 90 (35)(39)203 271 (68)(25)
Lending-related fees310 314 (4)(1)897 925 (28)(3)
Mortgage banking49 128 (79)(62)154 300 (146)(49)
Net gains from trading activities363 247 116 47 1,198 806 392 49 
Net gains on debt securities24 20 500 156 97 59 61 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities59 135 (76)(56)(52)328 (380)NM
Other29 422 (393)(93)50 1,367 (1,317)(96)
Total noninterest income2,113 2,560 (447)(17)6,466 7,667 (1,201)(16)
Total revenue5,594 6,942 (1,348)(19)17,974 21,118 (3,144)(15)
Provision for credit losses219 92 127 138 8,535 254 8,281 NM
Noninterest expense (2)
Personnel1,414 1,455 (41)(3)4,109 4,382 (273)(6)
Technology, telecommunications and equipment10 16 (6)(38)34 48 (14)(29)
Occupancy116 95 21 22 326 286 40 14 
Operating losses9 16 (7)(44)186 27 159 589 
Professional and outside services222 263 (41)(16)651 760 (109)(14)
Advertising and promotion2 (6)(75)8 23 (15)(65)
Other2,240 2,036 204 10 6,425 6,083 342 
Total noninterest expense4,013 3,889 124 11,739 11,609 130 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) and
noncontrolling interests
1,362 2,961 (1,599)(54)(2,300)9,255 (11,555)NM
Income tax expense (benefit) (3)(127)315 (442)NM(1,959)1,049 (3,008)NM
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests1 (1)(50)3 — — 
Net income (loss)$1,488 2,644 (1,156)(44)$(344)8,203 (8,547)NM
Average loans$455.1 474.3 (19.2)(4)$481.2 474.9 6.3 
Average deposits418.8 422.0 (3.2)(1)438.8 414.1 24.7 
NM – Not meaningful
(1)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(2)In third quarter 2020, expenses for outside professional services, contract services, and outside data processing were combined into a single line item for professional and outside services expense; expenses for technology and equipment and telecommunications were combined into a single line item for technology, telecommunications and equipment expense; and certain other expenses were reclassified to other noninterest expense. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(3)Income tax expense for our Wholesale Banking operating segment included income tax credits related to low income housing and renewable energy investments of $469 million and $1.4 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and $422 million and $1.3 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, respectively.
Third quarter 2020 vs. third quarter 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment, as well as lower average loan balances and lower funds transfer pricing credit earned from lower deposit balances;
lower other noninterest income due to lower commercial real estate brokerage fees related to our sale of Eastdil in fourth quarter 2019, lower community lending investments, lower strategic capital and renewable energy equity method income, and lower lease income; and
lower investment banking fees, mortgage banking fees, and gains from equity securities;
partially offset by:
higher gains from trading activities and gains on debt securities, as well as higher deposit-related fees.

Provision for credit losses increased reflecting economic uncertainty due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our commercial loan portfolios, including the oil and gas portfolio.

Noninterest expense increased driven by:
higher other expense, including increased risk management expense;
partially offset by:
lower personnel expense, travel expense within other expense, and project-related expense within professional and outside services expense.

Average loans decreased driven by lower loan demand and higher paydowns reflecting continued liquidity and strength in the capital markets.
17

Earnings Performance (continued)

Average deposits decreased reflecting continued actions taken to manage under the asset cap.

First nine months of 2020 vs. first nine months of 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment, partially offset by higher investment asset spread and higher average loan balances and higher funds transfer pricing credit earned from higher deposit balances; and
lower noninterest income driven by lower other income from community lending investments, lower strategic capital and renewable energy equity method income, and lower commercial real estate brokerage fees related to our sale of Eastdil in fourth quarter 2019, as well as lower mortgage banking fees and net losses from equity securities;
partially offset by:
higher investment banking fees, gains from trading activities, gains on debt securities, and deposit-related fees.

Provision for credit losses increased due to:
increases in the ACL reflecting current and forecasted economic conditions due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and
higher charge-offs in the oil and gas, commercial real estate, and commercial capital portfolios.
Noninterest expense increased due to:
higher other expense, including increased risk management expense and charitable donations; and
higher operating losses;
partially offset by:
lower personnel expense, and lower lease and travel expenses within other expense, as well as the impact of the sale of Eastdil in fourth quarter 2019.

Average loans increased reflecting broad-based growth across the lines of business driven by draws of revolving lines due to the economic slowdown associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Average deposits increased reflecting customers’ preferences for liquidity due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
18


Wealth and Investment Management provides a full range of personalized wealth management, investment and retirement products and services to clients across U.S.-based businesses including Wells Fargo Advisors, The Private Bank, Abbot Downing, and Wells Fargo Asset Management. We deliver financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and fiduciary services to high-net worth and ultra-high-net worth individuals and families. We also serve clients’ brokerage needs
and provide investment management capabilities delivered to global institutional clients through separate accounts and the Wells Fargo Funds. The sale of our IRT business closed on July 1, 2019. For additional information on the sale of our IRT business, including its impact on our AUM and AUA, see the “Earnings Performance – Noninterest Income” section in this Report.
Table 4c provides additional financial information for WIM.
Table 4c: Wealth and Investment Management
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions, except average balances which are in billions)20202019$
Change
%
Change
20202019$
Change
%
Change
Net interest income$771 989 (218)(22)%$2,374 3,127 (753)(24)%
Noninterest income (1)
Deposit-related fees7 17 20 18 11 
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees
2,265 2,272 (7)— 6,701 6,644 57 
Trust and investment management
610 615 (5)(1)1,760 1,978 (218)(11)
Investment banking
4 — NM 6 50 
Total trust and investment fees
2,879 2,887 (8)— 8,467 8,626 (159)(2)
Card fees1 (1)(50)3 (2)(40)
Lending-related fees2 — — 6 — — 
Mortgage banking(3)(3)— — (9)(9)— — 
Net gains from trading activities9 10 (1)(10)8 42 (34)(81)
Net gains (losses) from equity securities3 (1)400 (114)170 (284)NM
Other125 1,249 (1,124)(90)414 1,285 (871)(68)
Total noninterest income
3,023 4,152 (1,129)(27)8,795 10,143 (1,348)(13)
Total revenue3,794 5,141 (1,347)(26)11,169 13,270 (2,101)(16)
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses(9)(12)NM 256 250 NM
Noninterest expense (2)
Personnel1,937 2,060 (123)(6)5,911 6,369 (458)(7)
Technology, telecommunications and equipment6 115 (109)(95)(77)145 (222)NM
Occupancy123 113 10 347 337 10 
Operating losses3 101 (98)(97)27 165 (138)(84)
Professional and outside services262 271 (9)(3)825 775 50 
Advertising and promotion 3 (4)(57)13 21 (8)(38)
Other850 764 86 11 2,394 2,168 226 10 
Total noninterest expense
3,184 3,431 (247)(7)9,440 9,980 (540)(5)
Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests619 1,707 (1,088)(64)1,473 3,284 (1,811)(55)
Income tax expense153 426 (273)(64)369 819 (450)(55)
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests3 200 (2)(8)NM
Net income$463 1,280 (817)(64)$1,106 2,459 (1,353)(55)
Average loans$79.8 75.9 3.9 $79.0 75.1 3.9 
Average deposits175.3 142.4 32.9 23 166.2 146.3 19.9 14 
NM – Not meaningful
(1)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(2)In third quarter 2020, expenses for outside professional services, contract services, and outside data processing were combined into a single line item for professional and outside services expense; expenses for technology and equipment and telecommunications were combined into a single line item for technology, telecommunications and equipment expense; and certain other expenses were reclassified to other noninterest expense. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
Third quarter 2020 vs. third quarter 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment, partially offset by higher funds transfer pricing credit earned from higher average deposit balances; and
lower noninterest income predominantly related to a $1.1 billion gain from the sale of our IRT business in third quarter 2019 (in other income).

Noninterest expense decreased driven by:
lower personnel expense from lower incentive compensation;
lower technology, telecommunications and equipment expense driven by a $103 million impairment of capitalized software reflecting a reevaluation of software under development in third quarter 2019; and
lower operating losses;
partially offset by:
higher project spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives included within other expense.

Average loans increased driven by growth in real estate 1-4 first mortgage loans.

Average deposits increased primarily due to growth in brokerage clients’ cash balances.
19

Earnings Performance (continued)

First nine months of 2020 vs. first nine months of 2019

Revenue decreased driven by:
lower net interest income reflecting the lower interest rate environment, partially offset by higher funds transfer pricing credit earned from higher average deposit balances; and
lower noninterest income largely related to a $1.1 billion gain from the sale of our IRT business in third quarter 2019 (in other income), as well as net losses from equity securities driven by a decline in deferred compensation plan investment results (largely offset by lower personnel expense), and lower trust and investment management income;
partially offset by:
higher retail brokerage advisory fees (priced at the beginning of the quarter).

Provision for credit losses increased due to current and forecasted economic conditions due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Noninterest expense decreased due to:
lower personnel expense driven by lower deferred compensation plan expense (largely offset by net losses from equity securities) and lower incentive compensation;
lower technology, telecommunications and equipment expense driven by a $103 million impairment of capitalized software reflecting a reevaluation of software under development in third quarter 2019, and the reversal of an accrual for software costs in second quarter 2020; and
lower operating losses;
partially offset by:
higher project spending on regulatory and compliance related initiatives included within other expense.

Average loans increased driven by growth in real estate 1-4 first mortgage loans.

Average deposits increased primarily due to growth in brokerage clients’ cash balances.

The following discussions provide additional information for client assets we oversee in our retail brokerage advisory and trust and investment management business lines.

Retail Brokerage Client Assets Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees are received for providing full-service and discount brokerage services to retail brokerage clients. A majority of our retail brokerage client assets are in accounts that earn brokerage commissions generally based on the number and size of transactions executed at the client’s direction. In addition to these types of accounts, we also offer advisory account relationships as an important component of our broader strategy of meeting brokerage clients’ financial needs. Fees from advisory accounts are based on a percentage of the market value of the assets as of the beginning of the quarter, which vary across the account types based on the distinct services provided, and are affected by investment performance as well as asset inflows and outflows. A majority of our brokerage advisory, commissions and other fee income is earned from advisory accounts. Table 4d shows advisory account client assets as a percentage of total retail brokerage client assets at September 30, 2020 and 2019.
Table 4d: Retail Brokerage Client Assets
September 30,
($ in billions)2020 2019 
Retail brokerage client assets$1,625.8 1,629.4 
Advisory account client assets601.7 569.4 
Advisory account client assets as a percentage of total client assets37 %35 
20


Advisory accounts include assets that are financial advisor-directed and separately managed by third-party managers, as well as certain client-directed brokerage assets where we earn a fee for advisory and other services, but do not have investment discretion. For third quarter 2020 and 2019, the average fee rate
by account type ranged from 80 to 120 basis points. Table 4e presents advisory account client assets activity by account type for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020 and 2019.
Table 4e: Retail Brokerage Advisory Account Client Assets
Quarter endedNine months ended
(in billions)Balance, beginning of periodInflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance, end of periodBalance,
beginning of period
Inflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance,
end of period
September 30, 2020
Client directed (4)$162.2 8.8 (10.2)9.5 170.3 $169.4 26.2 (27.6)2.3 170.3 
Financial advisor directed (5)
176.8 9.9 (9.0)11.6 189.3 176.3 29.0 (24.2)8.2 189.3 
Separate accounts (6)151.5 5.9 (6.0)8.0 159.4 160.1 17.7 (20.3)1.9 159.4 
Mutual fund advisory (7)78.9 2.9 (3.3)4.2 82.7 83.7 8.3 (10.5)1.2 82.7 
Total advisory client assets
$569.4 27.5 (28.5)33.3 601.7 $589.5 81.2 (82.6)13.6 601.7 
September 30, 2019
Client directed (4)$166.2 8.3 (8.3)0.7 166.9 $151.5 24.8 (27.3)17.9 166.9 
Financial advisor directed (5)
163.2 8.8 (7.0)3.1 168.1 141.9 24.9 (23.4)24.7 168.1 
Separate accounts (6)151.9 6.2 (6.4)2.3 154.0 136.4 18.0 (21.3)20.9 154.0 
Mutual fund advisory (7)80.0 2.9 (3.0)0.5 80.4 71.3 8.6 (9.7)10.2 80.4 
Total advisory client assets
$561.3 26.2 (24.7)6.6 569.4 $501.1 76.3 (81.7)73.7 569.4 
(1)Inflows include new advisory account assets, contributions, dividends and interest.
(2)Outflows include closed advisory account assets, withdrawals, and client management fees.
(3)Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments.
(4)Investment advice and other services are provided to client, but decisions are made by the client and the fees earned are based on a percentage of the advisory account assets, not the number and size of transactions executed by the client.
(5)Professionally managed portfolios with fees earned based on respective strategies and as a percentage of certain client assets.
(6)Professional advisory portfolios managed by Wells Fargo Asset Management or third-party asset managers. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets.
(7)Program with portfolios constructed of load-waived, no-load and institutional share class mutual funds. Fees are earned based on a percentage of certain client assets.
Trust and Investment Client Assets Under Management We earn trust and investment management fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, separate accounts, and personal trust assets, through our asset management and wealth businesses. Prior to the sale of our IRT business, which closed on July 1, 2019, we also earned fees from managing employee benefit trusts through the retirement business. Our asset management business is conducted by Wells Fargo Asset Management (WFAM), which offers Wells Fargo proprietary mutual funds and manages institutional separate accounts, and
our wealth business, which manages assets for high net worth clients. Generally, our trust and investment management fee income is earned from AUM where we have discretionary management authority over the investments and generate fees as a percentage of the market value of the AUM. For additional information on the sale of our IRT business, including its impact on our AUM and AUA, see the “Earnings Performance – Noninterest Income” section in this Report. Table 4f presents AUM activity for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020 and 2019.
Table 4f: WIM Trust and Investment – Assets Under Management
Quarter endedNine months ended
(in billions)Balance, beginning of periodInflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance, end of periodBalance,
beginning of period
Inflows (1)Outflows (2)Market impact (3)Balance,
end of period
September 30, 2020
Assets managed by WFAM (4):
Money market funds (5)
$201.9 19.2   221.1 $130.6 90.5   221.1 
Other assets managed
376.4 23.2 (24.1)10.3 385.8 378.2 76.3 (79.2)10.5 385.8 
Assets managed by Wealth and IRT (6)
176.5 7.2 (10.6)7.6 180.7 187.4 23.5 (31.8)1.6 180.7 
Total assets under management
$754.8 49.6 (34.7)17.9 787.6 $696.2 190.3 (111.0)12.1 787.6 
September 30, 2019
Assets managed by WFAM (4):
Money market funds (5)
$119.8 9.6 — — 129.4 $112.4 17.0 — — 129.4 
Other assets managed
375.3 16.4 (20.7)3.0 374.0 353.5 57.9 (65.6)28.2 374.0 
Assets managed by Wealth and IRT (6)
181.9 7.9 (9.1)1.1 181.8 170.7 25.3 (30.7)16.5 181.8 
Total assets under management
$677.0 33.9 (29.8)4.1 685.2 $636.6 100.2 (96.3)44.7 685.2 
(1)Inflows include new managed account assets, contributions, dividends and interest.
(2)Outflows include closed managed account assets, withdrawals and client management fees.
(3)Market impact reflects gains and losses on portfolio investments.
(4)Assets managed by WFAM consist of equity, alternative, balanced, fixed income, money market, and stable value, and include client assets that are managed or sub-advised on behalf of other Wells Fargo lines of business.
(5)Money Market funds activity is presented on a net inflow or net outflow basis, because the gross flows are not meaningful nor used by management as an indicator of performance.
(6)Includes $4.8 billion and $5.4 billion as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, of client assets invested in proprietary funds managed by WFAM.
21


Balance Sheet Analysis 
At September 30, 2020, our assets totaled $1.92 trillion, down $5.3 billion from December 31, 2019. The decline in assets reflected:
a decrease in debt securities of $20.7 billion;
a decrease in loans of $42.2 billion;
a decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements of $32.8 billion; and
a decrease in equity securities of $17.1 billion;
partially offset by:
an increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $105.5 billion.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and changes in our asset mix is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections and Note 23 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Table 5: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Amortized
cost, net (1)
Net
unrealized
gain (loss)
Fair valueWeighted
average expected maturity (yrs)
Amortized costNet
unrealized
gain (loss)
Fair valueWeighted average expected maturity (yrs)
Available-for-sale (2)216,311 4,262 220,573 4.5 260,060 3,399 263,459 4.7 
Held-to-maturity (3)182,595 6,839 189,434 4.5 153,933 2,927 156,860 4.9 
Total
$398,906 11,101 410,007 n/a 413,993 6,326 420,319 n/a
(1)Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the allowance for credit losses, of $79 million related to available-for-sale debt securities and $26 million related to held-to-maturity debt securities at September 30, 2020. The allowance for credit losses related to available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities was $0 at December 31, 2019, due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Available-for-sale debt securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair value, which includes the allowance for credit losses, subsequent to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
(3)Held-to-maturity debt securities are carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses, subsequent to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
Table 5 presents a summary of our portfolio of investments in available-for-sale (AFS) and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, which decreased in balance sheet carrying value from December 31, 2019, as purchases were more than offset by runoff and sales. While the overall portfolio decreased from December 31, 2019, HTM debt securities increased due to actions taken to reposition the overall portfolio for capital management purposes. See Note 5 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on AFS and HTM debt securities, including a summary of debt securities by security type.
The total net unrealized gains on AFS debt securities increased from December 31, 2019, driven by lower interest rates, partially offset by wider credit spreads. For a discussion of our investment management objectives and practices, see the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section in our 2019 Form 10-K. Also, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report for information on our use of investments to manage liquidity and interest rate risk.


Loan Portfolios
Table 6 provides a summary of total outstanding loans by portfolio segment. Commercial loans decreased from December 31, 2019, driven by:
lower demand for originations of new loans and lower utilization on existing revolving loans in commercial and industrial loans; and
loan paydowns on continued customer liquidity from strength in capital markets.

Consumer loans decreased from December 31, 2019, due to:
paydowns exceeding originations in first and junior lien mortgage loans; and
lower consumer spending and originations in credit cards;
partially offset by:
the repurchase of $26.9 billion of first lien mortgage loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, including $21.9 billion in third quarter 2020.

Table 6: Loan Portfolios
(in millions)September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
Commercial$482,289 515,719 
Consumer437,793 446,546 
Total loans
$920,082 962,265 
Change from prior year-end$(42,183)9,155 

Average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance
– Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and
22


class of financing receivable is included in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section in this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. 
See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Loan Portfolios” section in our 2019 Form 10-K for information regarding contractual loan maturities and the distribution of loans to changes in interest rates.
Deposits
Deposits increased from December 31, 2019, reflecting:
consumer and wealth customers’ preferences for liquidity given the economic uncertainty associated with the
COVID-19 pandemic, loan payment deferrals, government stimulus programs, and lower customer spending;
partially offset by:
actions taken to manage under the asset cap resulting in declines in interest-bearing checking, other time deposits, such as brokered certificates of deposit (CDs), and deposits in non-U.S. offices.

Table 7 provides additional information regarding deposits. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances is provided in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” section and Table 1 earlier in this Report. 
Table 7: Deposits
($ in millions)
Sep 30,
2020
% of
total
deposits
Dec 31,
2019
% of
total
deposits
%
Change
Noninterest-bearing$447,011 32 %$344,496 26 %30 
Interest-bearing checking48,660 4 62,814 (23)
Market rate and other savings790,117 57 751,080 57 
Savings certificates23,187 2 31,715 (27)
Other time deposits41,843 3 78,609 (47)
Deposits in non-U.S. offices (1)32,397 2 53,912 (40)
Total deposits$1,383,215 100 %$1,322,626 100 %
(1)    Includes Eurodollar sweep balances of $19.8 billion and $34.2 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Equity
Total equity was $182.0 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $188.0 billion at December 31, 2019. The decrease was driven by:
common stock repurchases of $3.4 billion (substantially all of which occurred in first quarter 2020); and
dividends of $5.6 billion;
partially offset by:
issuances of common stock of $2.4 billion predominantly related to employee stock ownership plans.
23


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded on the balance sheet, or may be recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. Our off-balance sheet arrangements include commitments to lend and purchase debt and equity securities, transactions with unconsolidated entities, guarantees, derivatives, and other commitments. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, and/or (3) diversify our funding sources. For additional information on our contractual obligations that may require future cash payments, see the “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements – Contractual Cash Obligations” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
 
Commitments to Lend
We enter into commitments to lend to customers, which are usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. When we enter into commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments are not funded. For additional information, see Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Commitments to Purchase Debt and Equity Securities
We enter into commitments to purchase securities under resale agreements. We also may enter into commitments to purchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for customers’ funding, liquidity or other future needs. For additional information, see Note 13 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions and are considered variable interest entities (VIEs). For additional information, see Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Guarantees and Other Arrangements
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, direct pay letters of credit, written options, recourse obligations, exchange and clearing house guarantees, indemnifications, and other types of similar arrangements. For additional information, see Note 13 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value, and volume can be measured in terms of the notional amount, which is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. The notional amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. For additional information, see Note 15 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report.
24


Risk Management
Wells Fargo manages a variety of risks that can significantly affect our financial performance and our ability to meet the expectations of our customers, shareholders, regulators and other stakeholders. For additional information about how we manage risk, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2019 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows supplements our discussion of the management of certain risks contained in the “Risk Management” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Credit Risk Management
We define credit risk as the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Credit risk exists with many of our assets and exposures such as debt security holdings, certain derivatives, and loans.
The Board’s Credit Committee has primary oversight responsibility for credit risk. At the management level, Credit Risk, which is part of the Company’s Independent Risk Management (IRM) organization, has primary oversight responsibility for credit risk. Credit Risk reports to the Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and also provides periodic reports related to credit risk to the Board’s Credit Committee.

Loan Portfolios
The following discussion focuses on our loan portfolios, which represent the largest component of assets on our balance sheet for which we have credit risk. Table 8 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.
Table 8: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable
(in millions)Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$320,913 354,125 
Real estate mortgage
121,910 121,824 
Real estate construction
22,519 19,939 
Lease financing
16,947 19,831 
Total commercial
482,289 515,719 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
294,990 293,847 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
25,162 29,509 
Credit card
36,021 41,013 
Automobile
48,450 47,873 
Other revolving credit and installment
33,170 34,304 
Total consumer
437,793 446,546 
Total loans
$920,082 962,265 
We manage our credit risk by establishing what we believe are sound credit policies for underwriting new business, while monitoring and reviewing the performance of our existing loan portfolios. We employ various credit risk management and monitoring activities to mitigate risks associated with multiple risk factors affecting loans we hold, could acquire or originate including:
Loan concentrations and related credit quality;
Counterparty credit risk;
Economic and market conditions;
Legislative or regulatory mandates;
Changes in interest rates;
Merger and acquisition activities; and
Reputation risk.

Our credit risk management oversight process is governed centrally, but provides for direct management and accountability by our lines of business. Our overall credit process includes comprehensive credit policies, disciplined credit underwriting, frequent and detailed risk measurement and modeling, extensive credit training programs, and a continual loan review and audit process.
A key to our credit risk management is adherence to a well-controlled underwriting process, which we believe is appropriate for the needs of our customers as well as investors who purchase the loans or securities collateralized by the loans.
Credit Quality Overview  Credit quality in third quarter 2020 continued to be affected by the economic impact that the COVID-19 pandemic had on our customer base. Third quarter 2020 results reflected:
Nonaccrual loans were $8.0 billion at September 30, 2020, up from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2019. Commercial nonaccrual loans increased to $4.4 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $2.3 billion at December 31, 2019, and consumer nonaccrual loans increased to $3.6 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $3.1 billion at December 31, 2019. Nonaccrual loans represented 0.87% of total loans at September 30, 2020, compared with 0.56% at December 31, 2019.
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of our average commercial and consumer loan portfolios were 0.29% and 0.30% in the third quarter and 0.33% and 0.44% in the first nine months of 2020, respectively, compared with 0.11% and 0.46% in the third quarter and 0.12% and 0.47% in the first nine months of 2019.
Loans that are not government insured/guaranteed and 90 days or more past due and still accruing were $108 million and $549 million in our commercial and consumer portfolios, respectively, at September 30, 2020, compared with $78 million and $855 million at December 31, 2019.
Provision for credit losses for loans was $751 million and $14.1 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, compared with $695 million and $2.0 billion for the same periods a year ago.
The ACL for loans totaled $20.5 billion, or 2.22% of total loans, at September 30, 2020, up from $10.5 billion, or 1.09%, at December 31, 2019.
Additional information on our loan portfolios and our credit quality trends follows.
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURING RELIEF The CARES Act provides banks optional, temporary relief from accounting for certain loan modifications as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). The modifications must be related to the adverse effects of COVID-19, and certain other criteria are required to be met in order to apply the relief. In first quarter 2020, we elected to apply the TDR relief provided by the CARES Act, which expires no later than December 31, 2020.
On April 7, 2020, federal banking regulators issued the Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the
25

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Coronavirus (Revised) (the Interagency Statement). The Interagency Statement provides additional TDR relief as it clarifies that it is not necessary to consider the impact of COVID-19 on the financial condition of a borrower in connection with short-term (e.g., six months or less) loan modifications related to COVID-19 provided the borrower is current at the date the modification program is implemented. For additional information regarding the TDR relief provided by the CARES Act and the clarifying TDR accounting guidance from the Interagency Statement, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
The TDR relief provided under the CARES Act, as well as from the Interagency Statement, does not change our processes for monitoring the credit quality of our loan portfolios or for updating our measurement of the allowance for credit losses for loans based on expected losses.
Additionally, our election to apply the TDR relief provided by the CARES Act and the Interagency Statement impacts our regulatory capital ratios as these loan modifications related to COVID-19 are not adjusted to a higher risk-weighting normally required with TDR classification.

COVID-Related Lending Accommodations
During the first nine months of 2020, we provided accommodations to customers in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including fee reversals for consumer and small business banking customers, and payment deferrals, fee waivers, covenant waivers, and other expanded assistance for mortgage, credit card, automobile, small business, personal and commercial lending customers. Certain foreclosure, collection and credit bureau reporting activities were also suspended. Additionally, we deferred rental payments on certain leased assets for which we are the lessor.
Table 9 and Table 9a summarize the unpaid principal balance (UPB) of commercial and consumer loans that received accommodations under loan modification programs established to assist customers with the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic (COVID-related modifications) and that remained in a deferral period as of September 30, 2020. These amounts included accommodations made for customers with loans reported on our consolidated balance sheet and excluded accommodations made for customers with loans that we service for others. COVID-related modifications primarily included payment deferrals of principal, interest or both as well as interest and fee waivers.
Customer payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic could delay the recognition of net charge-offs, delinquencies, and nonaccrual status for those customers who would have otherwise moved into past due or nonaccrual status. Customers requiring assistance after receiving payment deferrals under the programs described in Tables 9 and 9a may be eligible to receive modifications consistent with those offered prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, such as interest rate reductions, term extensions, or principal forgiveness.
Of the total modifications granted during the first nine months of 2020, $222 million and $6.1 billion of unpaid principal balance of commercial and consumer loans, respectively, were classified as TDRs as of September 30, 2020, including $201 million and $4.0 billion, respectively, that were already classified as a TDR when the COVID-related modification was granted.
For information related to loans that are classified as TDRs, see Note 6 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 9: Commercial Loan Modifications Related to COVID-19
($ in millions)Unpaid principal
balance of modified
loans still in deferral period at Sep 30, 2020 (1)
% of loan class (2)General program description
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$1,102 
*
Initial deferral of scheduled principal and/or interest up to 90 days, extensions available on a case-by-case basis, generally in increments of 90 days.
Real estate mortgage and construction
2,504 Initial deferral of scheduled principal and/or interest up to 90 days, extensions available on a case-by-case basis, generally in increments of 90 days.
Lease financing
111 Initial deferral of lease payments up to 90 days, with available extensions up to 90 days.
Total commercial
$3,717 %
*Less than 1%.
(1)COVID-related modifications are at the loan facility level.
(2)Based on total loans outstanding at September 30, 2020.


26


Table 9a: Consumer Loan Modifications Related to COVID-19
($ in millions)Unpaid
principal
balance of modified
loans still in deferral period at Jun 30, 2020
% of loan class (1)Unpaid
principal
balance of modified loans still in deferral period at Sep 30, 2020
% of loan
class (2)
% current after exit from deferral period (3)General program description
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage$25,194 %$16,994 %96 Initial deferral up to 90 days of scheduled principal and interest, with available extensions up to a total of 12 months.
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
2,812 10 1,848 94 Initial deferral up to 90 days of scheduled principal and interest, with available extensions up to a total of 12 months.
Credit card
2,616 783 92 
Initial 90 day deferral of minimum payment and waiver of interest and fees until June 2020, then initial or subsequent 60 day deferral of minimum payment and waiver of certain fees. Deferrals limited to an initial period and one subsequent deferral.
Automobile
4,880 10 2,796 96 Initial 90 day deferral of scheduled principal and interest, with available extensions of 90 days.
Other revolving credit and installment
1,673 1,057 95 Revolving lines: Initial 90 day deferral of minimum payment and waiver of interest and fees, with available extensions of 60 days.
Installment loans: Initial 90 day deferral of scheduled principal and interest, with available extensions of 90 days.
Subtotal$37,175 $23,478 
Real estate 1-4 family first
mortgage (government insured/guaranteed) (4)
7,059 19,111 
Total consumer
$44,234 10 %$42,589 10 %
(1)Based on total loans outstanding at June 30, 2020.
(2)Based on total loans outstanding at September 30, 2020.
(3)Represents the UPB of loans that exited the deferral period and had a balance that was less than 30 days past due as of September 30, 2020.
(4)Represents real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) that were primarily repurchased from GNMA loan securitization pools. For additional information on GNMA loan securitization pools, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section in this Report. FHA/VA loans are entitled to payment deferrals of scheduled principal and interest up to a total of 12 months.
Significant Loan Portfolio Reviews Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant loan portfolios. See Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information for each of the following portfolios.

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING  For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to federal banking regulators’ definitions of pass and criticized categories with the criticized category including special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss categories.
The commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio totaled $337.9 billion, or 37% of total loans, at September 30, 2020. The net charge-off rate (annualized) of average loans for this portfolio was 0.34% and 0.42% in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, compared with 0.17% for both the third quarter and first nine months of 2019. At September 30, 2020, 0.89% of this portfolio was nonaccruing, compared with 0.44% at December 31, 2019. Nonaccrual loans in this portfolio increased $1.4 billion from December 31, 2019, a significant portion of which was in the oil, gas and pipelines category due to the economic impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic. Also, $24.6 billion of the commercial and industrial loan and lease financing portfolio was internally classified as criticized in accordance with regulatory guidance at September 30, 2020, compared with $16.6 billion at December 31, 2019, reflecting increases primarily in the oil, gas and pipelines, real estate and construction, entertainment and recreation, and retail categories due to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, and debt securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment.
Table 10 provides our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry, and includes non-U.S. loans of $62.8 billion and $71.7 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. Significant industry concentrations of non-U.S. loans included $33.0 billion and $31.2 billion in the financials except banks category, and $13.0 billion and $19.9 billion in the banks category, at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. The oil, gas and pipelines category included $1.5 billion of non-U.S. loans at both September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019. The industry categories are based on the North American Industry Classification System.
Loans to financials except banks, our largest industry concentration, is comprised of loans to investment firms, financial vehicles, and non-bank creditors, including those that invest in financial assets backed predominantly by commercial or residential real estate or consumer loan assets. We had $72.8 billion and $75.9 billion of loans originated by our Asset Backed Finance (ABF) and Financial Institution Group (FIG) lines of business at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. These ABF and FIG loans are limited to a percentage
27

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
of the value of the underlying financial assets considering underlying credit risk, asset duration, and ongoing performance. These ABF and FIG loans may also have other features to manage credit risk such as cross-collateralization, credit enhancements, and contractual re-margining of collateral supporting the loans. Loans to financials except banks included collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) in loan form of $7.7 billion and $7.0 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Oil, gas and pipelines loans included $8.1 billion and $9.2 billion of senior secured loans outstanding at September 30,
2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Oil, gas and pipelines nonaccrual loans increased at September 30, 2020, compared with December 31, 2019, due to new downgrades to nonaccrual status in 2020.
In addition to the oil, gas and pipelines category, industries with escalated credit monitoring include real estate and construction, retail (including restaurants), and hotels/motels.
Table 10: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
($ in millions)Nonaccrual
loans
Loans outstanding% of
total
loans
Total commitments (1)Nonaccrual
loans
Loans outstanding% of
total
loans
Total commitments (1)
Financials except banks$204 108,597 12 %$193,838 $112 117,312 12 %$200,848 
Equipment, machinery and parts manufacturing95 19,586 2 40,649 36 23,457 42,040 
Technology, telecom and media100 24,517 3 56,417 28 22,447 53,343 
Real estate and construction287 24,959 3 52,995 47 22,011 48,217 
Banks 12,975 1 13,982 — 20,070 20,728 
Retail149 19,243 2 42,250 105 19,923 41,938 
Materials and commodities48 13,188 1 35,885 33 16,375 39,369 
Automobile related24 12,031 1 25,240 24 15,996 26,310 
Food and beverage manufacturing30 12,051 1 28,597 14,991 29,172 
Health care and pharmaceuticals163 16,074 2 32,304 28 14,920 30,168 
Oil, gas and pipelines1,188 11,138 1 31,344 615 13,562 35,445 
Entertainment and recreation85 9,643 1 16,849 44 13,462 19,854 
Transportation services390 10,216 1 16,642 224 10,957 17,660 
Commercial services145 10,618 1 24,467 50 10,455 22,713 
Agribusiness40 6,829 * 12,419 35 7,539 * 12,901 
Utilities9 5,922 * 19,315 224 5,995 * 19,390 
Insurance and fiduciaries2 3,463 * 14,814 5,525 * 15,596 
Government and education10 5,413 * 11,691 5,363 * 12,267 
Other (2)52 11,397 2 27,989 19 13,596 * 32,988 
Total
$3,021 337,860 37 %$697,687 $1,640 373,956 39 %$720,947 
*Less than 1%.
(1)Total commitments consist of loans outstanding plus unfunded credit commitments, excluding issued letters of credit.
(2)No other single industry had total loans in excess of $5.0 billion and $4.7 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) We generally subject CRE loans to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to federal banking regulators' definitions of pass and criticized categories with criticized segmented among special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss categories. The CRE portfolio, which included $8.1 billion of non-U.S. CRE loans, totaled $144.4 billion, or 16% of total loans, at September 30, 2020, and consisted of $121.9 billion of mortgage loans and $22.5 billion of construction loans.
Table 11 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals at September 30, 2020. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of CRE loans are in California, New York, Florida, and Texas, which combined represented 48% of the total CRE portfolio. By property type, the
largest concentrations are office buildings at 26% and apartments at 19% of the portfolio. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 0.95% of the CRE outstanding balance at September 30, 2020, compared with 0.43% at December 31, 2019. The increase in CRE nonaccrual loans was predominantly driven by the hotel/motel, shopping center, and office buildings property types and reflected the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. At September 30, 2020, we had $11.2 billion of criticized CRE mortgage loans, compared with $3.8 billion at December 31, 2019, and $1.5 billion of criticized CRE construction loans, compared with $187 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in criticized CRE mortgage and CRE construction loans was driven by the hotel/motel, shopping center, and retail (excluding shopping center) property types and reflected the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

28


Table 11: CRE Loans by State and Property Type
September 30, 2020
Real estate mortgageReal estate constructionTotal% of
total
loans
($ in millions)Nonaccrual
loans
Total
portfolio
Nonaccrual
loans
Total
portfolio
Nonaccrual
loans
Total
portfolio
By state:
California$172 31,615 4,515 174 36,130 %
New York97 12,973 2,022 99 14,995 
Florida24 8,104 1,542 25 9,646 
Texas325 7,855 — 1,221 325 9,076 *
Washington13 3,935 — 837 13 4,772 *
North Carolina14 3,666 — 743 14 4,409 *
Georgia12 3,919 — 446 12 4,365 *
Arizona35 3,672 — 334 35 4,006 *
New Jersey51 3,049 — 915 51 3,964 *
Colorado82 3,275 — 615 82 3,890 *
Other (1)518 39,847 29 9,329 547 49,176 
Total
$1,343 121,910 34 22,519 1,377 144,429 16 %
By property:
Office buildings$279 34,133 3,214 280 37,347 %
Apartments30 19,162 — 8,273 30 27,435 
Industrial/warehouse76 15,949 1,781 77 17,730 
Retail (excluding shopping center)170 13,886 167 172 14,053 
Hotel/motel159 10,594 — 1,694 159 12,288 
Shopping center408 10,703 — 1,029 408 11,732 
Mixed use properties91 5,516 — 701 91 6,217 *
Institutional75 3,871 20 2,344 95 6,215 *
Collateral pool— 2,659 — 191 — 2,850 *
Storage facilities1,577 — 226 1,803 *
Other54 3,860 10 2,899 64 6,759 *
Total
$1,343 121,910 34 22,519 1,377 144,429 16 %
*Less than 1%.
(1)Consists of 40 states, none of which had loans in excess of $3.8 billion.

29

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
NON-U.S LOANS Our classification of non-U.S. loans is based on whether the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At September 30, 2020, non-U.S. loans totaled $71.2 billion, representing approximately 8% of our total consolidated loans outstanding, compared with $80.5 billion, or approximately 8% of total consolidated loans outstanding, at December 31, 2019. Non-U.S. loans were approximately 4% of our consolidated total assets at both September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019.

COUNTRY RISK EXPOSURE Our country risk monitoring process incorporates centralized monitoring of economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks in countries where we do or plan to do business, along with frequent dialogue with our customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on customer needs, and through consideration of the relevant and distinct risk of each country. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our country limits in response to changing conditions. We evaluate our individual country risk exposure based on our assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay, which gives consideration for allowable transfers of risk such as guarantees and collateral and may be different from the reporting based on the borrower’s primary address.
Our largest single country exposure outside the U.S. based on our assessment of risk at September 30, 2020, was the United Kingdom, which totaled $38.1 billion, or approximately 2% of our total assets, and included $12.2 billion of sovereign claims. Our
United Kingdom sovereign claims arise predominantly from deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch. The United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union (Brexit) on January 31, 2020, and is currently subject to a transition period during which the terms and conditions of its exit are being negotiated. For additional information on our plans to address Brexit, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Country Risk Exposure” section in our 2019 Form 10-K. For additional information on risks associated with Brexit, see the “Risk Factors” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 12 provides information regarding our top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.), based on our assessment of risk, which gives consideration to the country of any guarantors and/or underlying collateral. With respect to
Table 12:
Lending and deposits exposure includes outstanding loans, unfunded credit commitments, and deposits with non-U.S. banks. These balances are presented prior to the deduction of allowance for credit losses or collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements, if any.
Securities exposure represents debt and equity securities of non-U.S. issuers. Long and short positions are netted, and net short positions are reflected as negative exposure.
Derivatives and other exposure represents foreign exchange contracts, derivative contracts, securities resale agreements, and securities lending agreements.
Table 12: Select Country Exposures
September 30, 2020
Lending and depositsSecuritiesDerivatives and otherTotal exposure
(in millions)SovereignNon-
sovereign
SovereignNon-
sovereign
SovereignNon-
sovereign
SovereignNon-
sovereign (1)
Total
Top 20 country exposures:
United Kingdom$12,150 23,010 — 1,075 1,868 12,153 25,953 38,106 
Canada14,712 — (60)— 410 15,062 15,065 
Japan20 913 8,848 229 — 20 8,868 1,162 10,030 
Cayman Islands— 6,380 — — — 186 — 6,566 6,566 
Ireland (EU)1,375 4,802 — 81 — 84 1,375 4,967 6,342 
Luxembourg (EU)— 3,772 — 99 — 90 — 3,961 3,961 
Guernsey— 3,537 — — — 3,546 3,546 
Germany (EU)— 2,834 — 197 120 3,151 3,157 
Bermuda— 2,885 — — 92 — 2,983 2,983 
China— 2,540 (12)294 39 47 27 2,881 2,908 
Netherlands (EU)— 2,340 — 304 226 2,870 2,871 
South Korea— 2,229 60 12 2,301 2,304 
Switzerland— 1,843 — (84)— 118 — 1,877 1,877 
France (EU)— 1,761 — 23 52 52 1,786 1,838 
Brazil— 1,501 — 15 1,519 1,524 
Australia— 1,366 — 33 — 22 — 1,421 1,421 
India— 1,008 — 67 — — — 1,075 1,075 
Chile— 966 — 49 — — 1,016 1,016 
United Arab Emirates— 1,004 — — — 1,009 1,009 
Singapore— 821 — 145 — 37 — 1,003 1,003 
Total top 20 country exposures
$13,548 80,224 8,838 2,524 107 3,361 22,493 86,109 108,602 
(1)Total non-sovereign exposure comprised $45.6 billion of exposure to financial institutions and $40.5 billion to non-financial corporations at September 30, 2020.


30


REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY MORTGAGE LOANS  Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio is comprised of both first and junior lien mortgage loans, which are presented in Table 13.
Table 13: Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
($ in millions)Balance% of
portfolio
Balance% of
portfolio
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
$294,990 92 %$293,847 91 %
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
25,162 8 29,509 
Total real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans
$320,152 100 %$323,356 100 %

The real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio includes some loans with an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms and some with adjustable-rate features. Interest-only loans were approximately 3% of total loans at both September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019. We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our mortgage loan portfolios, including ARM loans that have negative amortizing features that were acquired in prior business combinations. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. In connection with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, our real estate 1-4 family mortgage purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, which had a carrying value of $568 million, were reclassified as purchased credit-deteriorated (PCD) loans. PCD loans are generally accounted for in the same manner as non-PCD loans. For additional information on PCD loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. For additional information on our modification programs, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2019
Form 10-K. For additional information on customer accommodations, including loan modifications, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – COVID-Related Lending Accommodations” section in this Report.
Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, current FICO scores and loan/combined loan to collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. These credit risk indicators on the mortgage portfolio exclude government insured/guaranteed loans. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at September 30, 2020, totaled $3.1 billion, or 1% of total mortgages, compared with $3.0 billion, or 1%, at December 31, 2019. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $6.1 billion, or 2% of total mortgages at September 30, 2020, compared with $7.6 billion, or 2%, at December 31, 2019. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled $2.0 billion at September 30, 2020, or 1% of total mortgages, compared with $2.5 billion, or 1%, at December 31, 2019. Information regarding credit quality indicators can be found in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Real estate 1-4 mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 14. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented 13% of total loans at September 30, 2020, located predominantly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 5% of total loans. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage portfolios as part of our credit risk management process. Our underwriting and periodic review of loans and lines secured by residential real estate collateral includes original appraisals adjusted for the change in Home Price Index (HPI) or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. Additional information about appraisals and AVMs and our policy for their use can be found in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report and the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 14: Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans by State
September 30, 2020
($ in millions)Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
Total real
estate 1-4
family
mortgage
% of
total
loans
Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans:
California$110,292 6,795 117,087 13 %
New York31,652 1,347 32,999 
New Jersey13,020 2,406 15,426 
Florida11,063 2,254 13,317 
Washington9,935 558 10,493 
Virginia7,622 1,459 9,081 
Texas8,275 508 8,783 
North Carolina5,307 1,185 6,492 
Colorado5,771 542 6,313 
Other (1)59,116 8,108 67,224 
Government insured/
guaranteed loans (2)
32,937 — 32,937 
Total
$294,990 25,162 320,152 35 %
(1)Consists of 41 states, none of which had loans in excess of $6.3 billion.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).

31

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
First Lien Mortgage Portfolio  Our total real estate 1-4 family first lien mortgage portfolio (first mortgage) increased $1.1 billion from December 31, 2019, driven by our repurchase of $26.9 billion of loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, including $21.9 billion in third quarter 2020, and mortgage loan originations of $44.1 billion that were more than offset by paydowns. We also reclassified $9.0 billion of loans that were designated as mortgage loans held for sale (MLHFS) in second quarter 2020 to held for investment in third quarter 2020.
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average first mortgage loans were 0.00% in both the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, compared with a net recovery of 0.01% and 0.02%, respectively, for the same periods a year ago.
Nonaccrual loans were $2.6 billion at September 30, 2020, up $491 million from December 31, 2019. The increase in nonaccrual loans from December 31, 2019 was driven by COVID-related loan payment deferrals that did not qualify for legislative or regulatory relief, as well as the implementation of CECL, which required PCI loans to be classified as nonaccruing based on performance. For additional information, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)” section in this Report.
Table 15 shows certain delinquency and loss information for the first mortgage portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance.
Table 15: First Mortgage Portfolio Performance
Outstanding balance% of loans 30 days
or more past due
Loss (recovery) rate (annualized) quarter ended
($ in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
California$110,292 118,256 0.69 %0.48 (0.01)(0.01)(0.01)(0.02)(0.01)
New York31,652 31,336 0.97 0.83 0.02 0.02 (0.01)0.02 0.01 
New Jersey13,020 14,113 1.41 1.40 (0.01)0.03 — 0.02 0.02 
Florida11,063 11,804 2.07 1.81 0.03 (0.01)(0.03)(0.06)(0.07)
Washington9,935 10,863 0.55 0.29 0.01 (0.01)(0.02)(0.02)— 
Other86,091 95,750 1.28 1.20 (0.01)0.01 0.01 (0.02)— 
Total262,053 282,122 1.00 0.86  — — (0.02)(0.01)
Government insured/guaranteed loans32,937 11,170 
PCI (1)N/A555 
Total first lien mortgages$294,990 293,847 
(1)In connection with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, PCI loans were reclassified as PCD loans and are therefore included with other non-PCD loans in this table. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
32


Junior Lien Mortgage Portfolio  The junior lien mortgage portfolio consists of residential mortgage lines and loans that are subordinate in rights to an existing lien on the same property. It is not unusual for these lines and loans to have draw periods, interest-only payments, balloon payments, adjustable rates, and similar features. Junior lien loan products are mostly amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between five to 30 years.
We continuously monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of losses, such as junior lien mortgage performance when the first mortgage loan is delinquent. Table 16 shows certain delinquency and loss information for the junior lien mortgage portfolio and lists the top five states by outstanding balance. The decrease in outstanding balances since December 31, 2019, predominantly
reflected loan paydowns. Beginning in second quarter 2020, we suspended the origination of junior lien mortgages. As of September 30, 2020, 4% of the outstanding balance of the junior lien mortgage portfolio was associated with loans that had a combined loan to value (CLTV) ratio in excess of 100%. Of those junior lien mortgages with a CLTV ratio in excess of 100%, 3% were 30 days or more past due. CLTV means the ratio of the total loan balance of first mortgages and junior lien mortgages (including unused line amounts for credit line products) to property collateral value. The unsecured portion (the outstanding amount that was in excess of the most recent property collateral value) of the outstanding balances of these loans totaled 1% of the junior lien mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2020. For additional information on consumer loans by LTV/CLTV, see Table 6.12 in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 16: Junior Lien Mortgage Portfolio Performance
Outstanding balance% of loans 30 days
or more past due
Loss (recovery) rate (annualized) quarter ended
($ in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
California$6,795 8,054 1.78 %1.62 (0.34)(0.26)(0.36)(0.44)(0.51)
New Jersey2,406 2,744 2.52 2.74 (0.02)(0.12)0.13 0.07 0.11 
Florida2,254 2,600 2.74 2.93 (0.22)(0.01)— (0.09)(0.11)
Virginia1,459 1,712 2.06 1.97 (0.34)(0.05)0.09 (0.02)(0.23)
Pennsylvania1,464 1,674 1.96 2.16 (0.19)0.05 0.11 (0.10)(0.05)
Other10,784 12,712 2.01 2.05 (0.17)(0.21)0.01 (0.18)(0.29)
Total25,162 29,496 2.06 2.07 (0.22)(0.17)(0.07)(0.21)(0.28)
PCI (1)N/A13 
Total junior lien mortgages$25,162 29,509 
(1)In connection with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, PCI loans were reclassified as PCD loans and are therefore included with other non-PCD loans in this table. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Our junior lien, as well as first lien, lines of credit portfolios generally have draw periods of 10, 15 or 20 years with variable interest rate and payment options available during the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest. As of September 30, 2020, lines of credit in a draw period primarily used the interest-only option. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment schedule with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. Certain lines and loans have been structured with a balloon payment, which requires full repayment of the outstanding balance at the end of the term period. The conversion of lines or loans to fully amortizing or balloon payoff may result in a significant payment increase, which can affect some borrowers’ ability to repay the outstanding balance.

On a monthly basis, we monitor the payment characteristics of borrowers in our first and junior lien lines of credit portfolios. In September 2020, excluding borrowers with COVID-related loan modification payment deferrals, approximately 43% of borrowers paid the minimum amount due and approximately 52% paid more than the minimum amount due. The rest were either delinquent or paid less than the minimum amount due. For the borrowers with an interest-only payment feature, approximately 28% paid the minimum amount due and approximately 67% paid more than the minimum amount due.
The lines that enter their amortization period may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates than the ones in their draw or term period. We have considered this increased inherent risk in our allowance for credit loss estimate.
In anticipation of our borrowers reaching the end of their contractual commitment, we have created a program to inform, educate and help these borrowers transition from interest-only to fully-amortizing payments or full repayment. We monitor the performance of the borrowers moving through the program in an effort to refine our ongoing program strategy.

33

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 17 reflects the outstanding balance of our portfolio of junior lien mortgages, including lines and loans, and first lien lines segregated into scheduled end-of-draw or end-of-term periods and products that are currently amortizing, or in balloon repayment status. At September 30, 2020, $383 million, or 2%, of lines in their draw period were 30 days or more past due,
compared with $377 million, or 5%, of amortizing lines of credit. Included in the amortizing amounts in Table 17 is $64 million of end-of-term balloon payments which were past due. The unfunded credit commitments for junior and first lien lines totaled $55.7 billion at September 30, 2020.
Table 17: Junior Lien Mortgage Line and Loan and First Lien Mortgage Line Portfolios Payment Schedule
Scheduled end of draw / term
($ in millions)Outstanding balance September 30, 2020Remainder of 202020212022202320242025 and
thereafter (1)
Amortizing
Junior lien lines and loans$25,162 61 682 2,822 1,930 1,545 10,441 7,681 
First lien lines9,393 24 345 1,433 1,076 847 4,103 1,565 
Total$34,555 85 1,027 4,255 3,006 2,392 14,544 9,246 
% of portfolios100 %— 12 42 27 
(1)Substantially all lines and loans are scheduled to convert to amortizing loans by the end of 2029, with annual scheduled amounts through 2029 ranging from $1.5 billion to $4.1 billion and averaging $2.7 billion per year.
CREDIT CARDS  Our credit card portfolio totaled $36.0 billion at September 30, 2020, which represented 4% of our total outstanding loans. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card portfolio was 2.71% for third quarter 2020, compared with 3.22% for third quarter 2019, and 3.39% and 3.54% for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the net charge-off rate in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, compared with the same periods a year ago, was driven by payment deferral activities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the effects of government stimulus programs.
 
AUTOMOBILE  Our automobile portfolio totaled $48.5 billion at September 30, 2020. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for our automobile portfolio was 0.25% for third quarter 2020, compared with 0.65% for third quarter 2019, and 0.60% and 0.64% for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the net charge-off rate in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, compared with the same periods in 2019, was driven by payment deferral activities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and stronger recoveries from higher used car values.
OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENT Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $33.2 billion at September 30, 2020, and predominantly included student and securities-based loans. Our private student loan portfolio totaled $10.0 billion at September 30, 2020. On September 22, 2020, we notified customers of our exit from the student lending business. New applications from current customers will be accepted for the 2020-2021 academic year until January 28, 2021, with final disbursement of funds to colleges by June 30, 2021. The net charge-off rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 0.80% for third quarter 2020, compared with 1.60% for third quarter 2019, and 1.16% and 1.54% for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the net charge-off rate in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, compared with the same periods a year ago, was driven by payment deferral activities in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
34


NONPERFORMING ASSETS (NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS) Table 18 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs) for each of the last four quarters. Total NPAs increased $378 million from second quarter 2020 to $8.2 billion. Nonaccrual loans of $8.0 billion increased $417 million from second quarter 2020. The increase in nonaccrual loans was due to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans in COVID-related payment deferral programs that were classified as nonaccrual because they did not qualify for legislative or regulatory relief. Customer payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may delay recognition of delinquencies for customers who otherwise would have moved into nonaccrual status. Prior to January 1, 2020, PCI loans were excluded from nonaccrual loans because they continued to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms. However, as a result of our adoption of CECL on January 1,
2020, $275 million of real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans were reclassified from PCI to PCD loans, and as a result, were also classified as nonaccrual loans given their contractual delinquency. For additional information on PCD loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
For information about when we generally place loans on nonaccrual status, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2019 Form 10-K. For additional information on customer accommodations, including loan modifications, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – COVID-Related Lending Accommodations” section in this Report.
Foreclosed assets of $156 million were down $39 million from second quarter 2020.
Table 18: Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)
September 30, 2020June 30, 2020March 31, 2020December 31, 2019
($ in millions) Balance% of
total
loans
Balance% of
total
loans
Balance% of
total
loans
Balance% of
total
loans
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$2,834 0.88 %$2,896 0.83 %$1,779 0.44 %$1,545 0.44 %
Real estate mortgage
1,343 1.10 1,217 0.98 944 0.77 573 0.47 
Real estate construction
34 0.15 34 0.16 21 0.10 41 0.21 
Lease financing
187 1.10 138 0.79 131 0.68 95 0.48 
Total commercial
4,398 0.91 4,285 0.83 2,875 0.51 2,254 0.44 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (1)
2,641 0.90 2,393 0.86 2,372 0.81 2,150 0.73 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (1)
767 3.05 753 2.81 769 2.70 796 2.70 
Automobile
176 0.36 129 0.26 99 0.20 106 0.22 
Other revolving credit and installment
40 0.12 45 0.14 41 0.12 40 0.12 
Total consumer
3,624 0.83 3,320 0.79 3,281 0.74 3,092 0.69 
Total nonaccrual loans
8,022 0.87 7,605 0.81 6,156 0.61 5,346 0.56 
Foreclosed assets:
Government insured/guaranteed (2)
22 31 43 50 
Non-government insured/guaranteed
134 164 209 253 
Total foreclosed assets
156 195 252 303 
Total nonperforming assets
$8,178 0.89 %$7,800 0.83 %$6,408 0.63 %$5,649 0.59 %
Change in NPAs from prior quarter$378 1,392 759 (333)
(1)Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.
(2)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate resulting from government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest related to these foreclosed real estate assets are collectible because the loans were predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Receivables related to the foreclosure of certain government guaranteed residential real estate mortgage loans are excluded from this table and included in Accounts Receivable in Other Assets. For additional information on foreclosed assets, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2019 Form 10-K.
35

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 19 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.
Table 19: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans
Quarter ended
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Commercial nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of period$4,285 2,875 2,254 2,312 2,470 
Inflows
1,316 2,741 1,479 652 710 
Outflows:
Returned to accruing
(166)(64)(56)(124)(52)
Foreclosures
 — — — (78)
Charge-offs
(382)(560)(360)(201)(194)
Payments, sales and other
(655)(707)(442)(385)(544)
Total outflows
(1,203)(1,331)(858)(710)(868)
Balance, end of period4,398 4,285 2,875 2,254 2,312 
Consumer nonaccrual loans
Balance, beginning of period3,320 3,281 3,092 3,233 3,452 
Inflows (1)
696 379 749 473 448 
Outflows:
Returned to accruing
(160)(135)(254)(227)(274)
Foreclosures
(4)(6)(21)(29)(32)
Charge-offs
(36)(39)(48)(45)(44)
Payments, sales and other
(192)(160)(237)(313)(317)
Total outflows
(392)(340)(560)(614)(667)
Balance, end of period3,624 3,320 3,281 3,092 3,233 
Total nonaccrual loans
$8,022 7,605 6,156 5,346 5,545 
(1)In connection with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, we classified $275 million of PCD loans as nonaccruing based on performance.
Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status in accordance with our policy, offset by reductions for loans that are paid down, charged off, sold, foreclosed, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities.
We believe exposure to loss on nonaccrual loans is mitigated by the following factors at September 30, 2020:
92% of total commercial nonaccrual loans and 99% of total consumer nonaccrual loans are secured. Of the consumer nonaccrual loans, 94% are secured by real estate and 90% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or less.
losses of $701 million and $1.0 billion have already been recognized on 18% of commercial nonaccrual loans and 32% of consumer nonaccrual loans, respectively, in accordance with our charge-off policies. Once we write down loans to the net realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), we re-evaluate each loan regularly and record additional write-downs if needed.

74% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest and 70% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on both principal and interest, but were on nonaccrual status because the full or timely collection of interest or principal had become uncertain.
of the $1.3 billion of consumer loans in bankruptcy or discharged in bankruptcy, and classified as nonaccrual, $848 million were current.
the remaining risk of loss of all nonaccrual loans has been considered in developing our allowance for loan losses.

We continue to work with our customers experiencing financial difficulty to determine if they can qualify for a loan modification so that they can stay in their homes. Under our proprietary modification programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of payment during trial periods to demonstrate sustained performance before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status.
36


Table 20 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of changes in foreclosed assets.

Table 20: Foreclosed Assets
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Summary by loan segment
Government insured/guaranteed $22 31 43 50 59 
Commercial39 45 49 62 180 
Consumer95 119 160 191 198 
Total foreclosed assets$156 195 252 303 437 
Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets
Balance, beginning of period$195 252 303 437 377 
Net change in government insured/guaranteed (1)(9)(12)(7)(9)(9)
Additions to foreclosed assets (2)60 51 107 126 235 
Reductions:
Sales(88)(98)(154)(250)(155)
Write-downs and gains (losses) on sales(2)(1)(11)
Total reductions(90)(96)(151)(251)(166)
Balance, end of period$156 195 252 303 437 
(1)Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from FHA or VA.
(2)Includes loans moved into foreclosed assets from nonaccrual status and repossessed automobiles.
Foreclosed assets at September 30, 2020, included $104 million of foreclosed residential real estate, of which 21% is predominantly FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have minimal or no loss content. The remaining amount of foreclosed assets has been written down to estimated net realizable value. Of the $156 million in foreclosed assets at September 30, 2020, 52% have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.
As part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have temporarily suspended certain mortgage foreclosure activities, which may affect the amount of our foreclosed assets for the remainder of the year. For additional information on loans in process of foreclosure, see Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report. 


37

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS

Table 21: TDR Balances
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$2,082 1,882 1,302 1,183 1,162 
Real estate mortgage
805 717 697 669 598 
Real estate construction
21 20 33 36 40 
Lease financing
9 10 10 13 16 
Total commercial TDRs
2,917 2,629 2,042 1,901 1,816 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
9,420 7,176 7,284 7,589 7,905 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
1,298 1,309 1,356 1,407 1,457 
Credit Card
494 510 527 520 504 
Automobile
156 108 76 81 82 
Other revolving credit and installment
190 173 172 170 167 
Trial modifications
91 91 108 115 123 
Total consumer TDRs
11,649 9,367 9,523 9,882 10,238 
Total TDRs
$14,566 11,996 11,565 11,783 12,054 
TDRs on nonaccrual status$4,163 3,475 2,846 2,833 2,775 
TDRs on accrual status:
Government insured/guaranteed
3,467 1,277 1,157 1,190 1,199 
Non-government insured/guaranteed
6,936 7,244 7,562 7,760 8,080 
Total TDRs
$14,566 11,996 11,565 11,783 12,054 
Table 21 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for loan losses for TDRs was $732 million and $1.0 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. See Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding TDRs. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such forgiveness is immediately charged off. When we delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance), we charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible. As part of our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have provided borrowers relief in the form of loan modifications. Under the CARES Act and the Interagency Statement, loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic will not be classified as TDRs if they meet certain eligibility criteria. For additional information on the CARES Act and the Interagency Statement, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Credit Quality Overview – Troubled Debt Restructuring Relief” section in this Report.
For additional information on our nonaccrual policies when a restructuring is involved, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 22 provides an analysis of the changes in TDRs. Loans modified more than once are reported as TDR inflows only in the period they are first modified. Other than resolutions such as foreclosures, sales and transfers to held for sale, we may remove loans held for investment from TDR classification, but only if they have been refinanced or restructured at market terms and qualify as new loans.
38


Table 22: Analysis of Changes in TDRs
Quarter ended
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Commercial TDRs
Balance, beginning of quarter$2,629 2,042 1,901 1,816 1,988 
Inflows (1)
866 971 452 476 293 
Outflows
Charge-offs
(77)(60)(56)(48)(66)
Foreclosures
 — — (1)— 
Payments, sales and other (2)
(501)(324)(255)(342)(399)
Balance, end of quarter2,917 2,629 2,042 1,901 1,816 
Consumer TDRs
Balance, beginning of quarter9,367 9,523 9,882 10,238 10,625 
Inflows (1)
2,805 425 312 350 360 
Outflows
Charge-offs
(58)(46)(63)(57)(56)
Foreclosures
(7)(8)(57)(61)(70)
Payments, sales and other (2)
(458)(510)(544)(580)(617)
Net change in trial modifications (3)
 (17)(7)(8)(4)
Balance, end of quarter11,649 9,367 9,523 9,882 10,238 
Total TDRs
$14,566 11,996 11,565 11,783 12,054 
(1)Inflows include loans that modify, even if they resolve within the period, as well as gross advances on term loans that modified in a prior period and net advances on revolving TDRs that modified in a prior period.
(2)Other outflows consist of normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments and loans transferred to held for sale. Occasionally, loans that have been refinanced or restructured at market terms qualify as new loans, which are also included as other outflows.
(3)Net change in trial modifications includes inflows of new TDRs entering the trial payment period, net of outflows for modifications that either (i) successfully perform and enter into a permanent modification, or (ii) did not successfully perform according to the terms of the trial period plan and are subsequently charged-off, foreclosed upon or otherwise resolved.

39

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Loans 90 days or more past due are still accruing if they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. Prior to January 1, 2020, PCI loans were excluded from loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing because they continued to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms. In connection with our adoption of CECL, PCI loans were reclassified as PCD loans and classified as accruing or nonaccruing based on performance.
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing, excluding insured/guaranteed loans, at September 30, 2020, were down $276 million, or 30%, from December 31, 2019 due to lower
delinquencies in consumer loans as payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic delayed recognition of delinquencies for customers who would have otherwise moved into past due status.
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are largely insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA for mortgages at September 30, 2020, were up from December 31, 2019, driven by our repurchases of loans more than 90 days past due from GNMA loan securitization pools.
Table 23 reflects loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. For additional information on delinquencies by loan class, see Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 23: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
(in millions) Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Total:$11,698 9,739 7,023 7,285 7,130 
Less: FHA insured/VA guaranteed (1)11,041 8,922 6,142 6,352 6,308 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed$657 817 881 933 822 
By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$61 101 24 47 
Real estate mortgage
47 44 28 31 28 
Real estate construction
 — — — 
Total commercial
108 145 53 78 34 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
97 93 128 112 100 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
28 19 25 32 35 
Credit card
297 418 528 546 491 
Automobile
50 54 69 78 75 
Other revolving credit and installment
77 88 78 87 87 
Total consumer
549 672 828 855 788 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
$657 817 881 933 822 
(1)Represents loans whose repayments are largely insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

40


NET LOAN CHARGE-OFFS

Table 24: Net Loan Charge-offs
Quarter ended 
Sep 30, 2020Jun 30, 2020Mar 31, 2020Dec 31, 2019Sep 30, 2019
($ in millions)Net loan
charge-
offs
% of 
avg. 
loans (1) 
Net loan
charge-
offs
% of avg. loans (1)Net loan
charge-
offs
% of avg. loans (1)Net loan
charge-offs
% of
avg. loans (1)
Net loan
charge-offs
% of
avg.
loans (1)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$274 0.33 %$521 0.55 %$333 0.37 %$168 0.19 %$147 0.17 %
Real estate mortgage
56 0.18 67 0.22 (2)(0.01)0.01 (8)(0.02)
Real estate construction
(2)(0.03)(1)(0.02)(16)(0.32)— — (8)(0.14)
Lease financing
28 0.66 15 0.33 0.19 31 0.63 0.17 
Total commercial
356 0.29 602 0.44 324 0.25 203 0.16 139 0.11 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
(1) — (3)— (3)— (5)(0.01)
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
(14)(0.22)(12)(0.17)(5)(0.07)(16)(0.20)(22)(0.28)
Credit card
245 2.71 327 3.60 377 3.81 350 3.48 319 3.22 
Automobile
31 0.25 106 0.88 82 0.68 87 0.73 76 0.65 
Other revolving credit and installment
66 0.80 88 1.09 134 1.59 148 1.71 138 1.60 
Total consumer
327 0.30 511 0.48 585 0.53 566 0.51 506 0.46 
Total
$683 0.29 %$1,113 0.46 %$909 0.38 %$769 0.32 %$645 0.27 %
(1)Quarterly net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.

Table 24 presents net loan charge-offs for third quarter 2020 and the previous four quarters.
The decrease in commercial net loan charge-offs in third quarter 2020 from the prior quarter was driven by lower commercial and industrial losses predominantly in our oil and gas portfolio, as well as lower commercial real estate mortgage losses. The decrease in consumer net loan charge-offs in third quarter 2020 from the prior quarter was driven by lower losses in our credit card and automobile portfolios.
The COVID-19 pandemic may continue to impact the credit quality of our loan portfolio. Although the potential impacts were considered in our allowance for credit losses for loans, payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic could delay the recognition of net loan charge-offs. For additional information on customer accommodations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – COVID-Related Lending Accommodations” section in this Report.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES We maintain an allowance for credit losses (ACL) for loans, which is management’s estimate of the expected credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL for debt securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, net investments in leases, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures.
We apply a disciplined process and methodology to establish our ACL each quarter. The process for establishing the ACL for loans takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific characteristics. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. For additional information on our ACL, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report. For additional information on our ACL for loans, see Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report, and for additional information on our allowance for credit losses for debt securities, see the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Available-For-Sale and Held-To-Maturity Debt Securities” section and Note 5 (Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 25 presents the allocation of the ACL for loans by loan segment and class for the most recent quarter end and last four year ends. The detail of the changes in the ACL for loans by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is included in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.
41

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)
Table 25: Allocation of the ACL for Loans (1)
Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019Dec 31, 2018Dec 31, 2017Dec 31, 2016
($ in millions)ACLLoans
as %
of total
loans
ACLLoans
as %
of total
loans
ACLLoans
as %
of total
loans
ACLLoans
as %
of total
loans
ACLLoans
as %
of total
loans
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$7,845 35 %$3,600 37 %$3,628 37 %$3,752 35 %$4,560 34 %
Real estate mortgage
2,517 13 1,236 13 1,282 13 1,374 13 1,320 14 
Real estate construction
521 2 1,079 1,200 1,238 1,294 
Lease financing
659 2 330 307 268 220 
Total commercial
11,542 52 6,245 54 6,417 54 6,632 53 7,394 52 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
1,519 32 692 30 750 30 1,085 30 1,270 29 
Real estate 1-4 family
junior lien mortgage
710 3 247 431 608 815 
Credit card
4,082 4 2,252 2,064 1,944 1,605 
Automobile
1,225 5 459 475 1,039 817 
Other revolving credit and installment
1,393 4 561 570 652 639 
Total consumer
8,929 48 4,211 46 4,290 46 5,328 47 5,146 48 
Total
$20,471 100 %$10,456 100 %$10,707 100 %$11,960 100 %$12,540 100 %
Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019Dec 31, 2018Dec 31, 2017Dec 31, 2016
Components:
Allowance for loan losses
$19,463 9,551 9,775 11,004 11,419 
Allowance for unfunded
credit commitments
1,008 905 932 956 1,121 
Allowance for credit losses for loans
$20,471 10,456 10,707 11,960 12,540 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans
2.12 %0.99 1.03 1.15 1.18 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total net loan charge-offs (2)
716 346 356 376 324 
Allowance for credit losses for loans as a percentage of total loans
2.22 1.09 1.12 1.25 1.30 
Allowance for credit losses for loans as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans
255 196 165 156 126 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Total net loan charge-offs are annualized for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.
The ratios for the allowance for loan losses and the ACL for loans presented in Table 25 may fluctuate from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength, and the value and marketability of collateral.
The ACL for loans increased $10.0 billion, or 96%, from December 31, 2019, driven by a $11.3 billion increase in the ACL for loans in the first nine months of 2020 reflecting current and forecasted economic conditions due to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by a $1.3 billion decrease as a result of adopting CECL. Total provision for credit losses for loans was $751 million in third quarter 2020, compared with $695 million in third quarter 2019. The increase in the provision for credit losses for loans in third quarter 2020, compared with the same period a year ago, reflected an increase in the ACL for loans due to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
We consider multiple economic scenarios to develop our estimate of the ACL for loans. The scenarios include a base case considered to be the most likely economic forecast, along with an optimistic (upside) and a pessimistic (downside) economic forecast. Our estimate of the ACL for loans at September 30, 2020, was based on a weighting of the base case and downside
economic scenarios of 80% and 20%, respectively, with no weighting applied to the upside scenario. The base case economic forecast assumed near-term economic stress recovering into late 2021. The downside scenario assumed more sustained adverse economic impacts resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic compared with the base case. The downside scenario assumed U.S. real GDP increasing slowly and not fully recovering during the remainder of 2020 and 2021, and a sustained elevation in the U.S. unemployment rate until mid-2022. We considered expectations for the impact of government economic stimulus programs in effect on September 30, 2020; however, we did not consider the impact of future government economic stimulus programs. In addition, we considered expectations for the impact of customer accommodation activity, as well as the estimated impact on certain industries that we consider to be directly and most adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.
In addition to quantitative estimates, we consider qualitative factors that represent risks inherent in our processes and assumptions such as economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments. The forecasted key economic variables used in our estimate of the
42


ACL for loans generally reflected improvement from our prior expectations resulting in lower loss expectations in the quantitative component of our ACL for loans at September 30, 2020. However, we significantly increased the qualitative component of our ACL for loans at September 30, 2020, to consider the significant uncertainty related to the duration and severity of the economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic and the incremental risks to our loan portfolio, including specifically impacted industries in our commercial loan portfolio.
The forecasted key economic variables used in our estimate of the ACL for loans at June 30 and September 30, 2020, are presented in Table 26.

Table 26: Forecasted Key Economic Variables
4Q 20202Q 20214Q 2021
Blend of economic scenarios (1):
U.S. unemployment rate (2)
Jun 30, 202011.0 9.2 7.5 
Sep 30, 20208.8 7.3 6.0 
U.S. real GDP (3)
Jun 30, 20204.3 6.3 3.5 
Sep 30, 20201.7 3.9 2.8 
Home price index (4)
Jun 30, 20200.7 (3.0)(0.9)
Sep 30, 20202.0 (2.0)(1.8)
Commercial real estate asset prices (4)
Jun 30, 2020(2.5)(7.6)(5.1)
Sep 30, 2020(5.4)(10.9)(5.5)
(1)Represents a weighted average of the forecasted economic variable inputs.
(2)Quarterly average.
(3)Percent change from the preceding period, seasonally adjusted annualized rate.
(4)Percent change year over year of national average; outlook differs by geography and property type.
Future amounts of the ACL for loans will be based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality and mix changes, and changes in general economic conditions and expectations (including for unemployment and GDP), among other factors. Based on economic conditions at the end of third quarter 2020, it was difficult to estimate the length and severity of the economic downturn that may result from the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact of other factors that may influence the level of eventual losses and corresponding requirements for future amounts of the ACL, including the impact of economic stimulus programs and customer accommodation activity. The COVID-19 pandemic could continue to result in the recognition of credit losses in our loan portfolios and increases in our allowance for credit losses, particularly if the impact on the economy worsens.
We believe the ACL for loans of $20.5 billion at September 30, 2020, was appropriate to cover expected credit losses, including unfunded credit commitments, at that date. The entire allowance is available to absorb expected credit losses from the total loan portfolio. The ACL for loans is subject to change and reflects existing factors as of the date of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the ACL for loans to changes in the economic and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date.
LIABILITY FOR MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES For information on our repurchase liability, see the “Risk
Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability For Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in government-sponsored entity (GSE)-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA-insured/VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. In connection with our servicing activities, we could become subject to consent orders and settlement agreements with federal and state regulators for alleged servicing issues and practices. In general, these can require us to provide customers with loan modification relief, refinancing relief, and foreclosure prevention and assistance, and can result in the imposition of certain monetary penalties.
As a servicer, we are required to advance certain delinquent payments of principal and interest on mortgage loans we service. The amount and timing of reimbursement of these advances vary by investor and the applicable servicing agreements. Due to continued customer requests for payment deferrals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the amount of our servicing advances of principal and interest remained elevated in third quarter 2020. The amount of these advances may continue to increase if additional payment deferrals are provided. Payment deferrals also delay the collection of contractually specified servicing fees, resulting in lower net servicing income.
In accordance with applicable servicing guidelines, delinquency status continues to advance for loans with COVID-related payment deferrals, which has resulted in an increase in delinquent loans serviced for others and a corresponding increase in loans eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitization pools. Our option to repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools becomes exercisable when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. We generally repurchase these loans for cash and as a result, our total consolidated assets do not change. In third quarter 2020, we repurchased $21.9 billion of these delinquent loans, substantially all of which had COVID-related payment deferrals.
Loans that regain current status or are otherwise modified in accordance with applicable servicing guidelines may be included in future GNMA loan securitization pools. However, in accordance with guidance issued by GNMA, loans repurchased after June 30, 2020 with COVID-related payment deferrals are ineligible for inclusion in future GNMA loan securitization pools until the borrower has timely made six consecutive payments. This requirement may delay our ability to resell loans into the securitization market. At September 30, 2020, the amount of repurchased GNMA loans with COVID-related payment deferrals that were ineligible for inclusion in future GNMA loan securitization pools due to this requirement was $21.0 billion.
For additional information about the risks related to our servicing activities, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Risks Relating to Servicing Activities” section in our 2019 Form 10-K. For additional information on mortgage banking activities, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Asset/Liability Management
Asset/liability management involves evaluating, monitoring and managing interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. Primary oversight of interest rate risk and market risk resides with the Finance Committee of our Board, which oversees the administration and effectiveness of financial risk management
43

Asset/Liability Management (continued)
policies and processes used to assess and manage these risks. Primary oversight of liquidity and funding resides with the Risk Committee of the Board. At the management level we utilize a Corporate Asset/Liability Committee (Corporate ALCO), which consists of management from finance, risk and business groups, to oversee these risks and provide periodic reports to the Board’s Finance Committee and Risk Committee as appropriate. As discussed in more detail for market risk activities below, we employ separate management level oversight specific to market risk. 

INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We are subject to interest rate risk because:
assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, if assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally rising, earnings will initially increase);
assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is rising, we may increase rates paid on checking and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general rise in market interest rates);
short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (for example, the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently);
the remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (for example, if long-term mortgage interest rates increase sharply, MBS held in the debt securities portfolio may pay down slower than anticipated, which could impact portfolio income); or
interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, collateral values, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other financial instruments, the value of the pension liability and other items affecting earnings.

We assess interest rate risk by comparing outcomes under various net interest income simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. These simulations require assumptions regarding drivers of earnings and balance sheet composition such as loan originations, prepayment speeds on loans and debt securities, deposit flows and mix, as well as pricing strategies.
Currently, our profile is such that we project net interest income will benefit from higher interest rates as our assets would reprice faster and to a greater degree than our liabilities, while in the case of lower interest rates, our assets would reprice downward and to a greater degree than our liabilities.
Our most recent simulations estimate net interest income sensitivity over the next two years under a range of both lower and higher interest rates. Measured impacts from standardized ramps (gradual changes) and shocks (instantaneous changes) are summarized in Table 27, indicating net interest income sensitivity relative to the Company’s base net interest income plan. Ramp scenarios assume interest rates move gradually in parallel across the yield curve relative to the base scenario in year one, and the full amount of the ramp is held as a constant differential to the base scenario in year two. The following describes the simulation assumptions for the scenarios presented in Table 27:
Simulations are dynamic and reflect anticipated growth across assets and liabilities.
Other macroeconomic variables that could be correlated with the changes in interest rates are held constant.
Mortgage prepayment and origination assumptions vary across scenarios and reflect only the impact of the higher or lower interest rates.
Our base scenario deposit forecast incorporates mix changes consistent with the base interest rate trajectory. Deposit mix is modeled to be the same as in the base scenario across the alternative scenarios. In higher interest rate scenarios, customer activity that shifts balances into higher-yielding products could reduce expected net interest income.
We hold the size of the projected debt and equity securities portfolios constant across scenarios.
Table 27: Net Interest Income Sensitivity Over Next Two-Year Horizon Relative to Base Expectation
Lower Rates (1)Higher Rates
($ in billions)Base100 bps Ramp Parallel Decrease100 bps Instantaneous Parallel Increase200 bps Ramp Parallel Increase
First Year of Forecasting Horizon
Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Base Scenario
$(1.7)-(1.2)5.9 -6.4 5.3 -5.8 
Key Rates at Horizon End
Fed Funds Target0.25 %0.00 1.25 2.25 
10-year CMT (2)0.84 0.00 1.84 2.84 
Second Year of Forecasting Horizon
Net Interest Income Sensitivity to Base Scenario
$(3.5)-(3.0)8.6 -9.1 13.2 -13.7 
Key Rates at Horizon End
Fed Funds Target0.25 %0.00 1.25 2.25 
10-year CMT (2)0.99 0.00 1.99 2.99 
(1)U.S. interest rates are floored at zero where applicable in this scenario analysis
(2)U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate

The sensitivity results above do not capture interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense impacts. Our interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense are predominantly driven by mortgage banking activities, and may move in the opposite direction of our net interest income. Mortgage originations generally decline in response to higher interest rates and generally increase, particularly refinancing activity, in response to lower interest rates. Mortgage results are also impacted by the valuation of MSRs and related hedge positions. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for additional information.
Interest rate sensitive noninterest income also results from changes in earnings credit for noninterest-bearing deposits that reduce treasury management deposit service fees. Additionally, for the trading portfolio, our trading assets are (before the effects of certain economic hedges) generally less sensitive to changes in interest rates than the related funding liabilities. As a result, net interest income from the trading portfolio contracts and expands as interest rates rise and fall, respectively. The impact to net interest income does not include the fair value changes of trading securities and loans, which, along with the effects of related economic hedges, are recorded in noninterest income.
We use the debt securities portfolio and exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge
44


our interest rate exposures. See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities” section in this Report for additional information on the use of the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and fair value of the derivatives used to hedge our interest rate risk exposures as of September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, are presented in Note 15 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. We use derivatives for asset/liability management in two main ways:
to convert the cash flows from selected asset and/or liability instruments/portfolios including investments, commercial loans and long-term debt, from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments, or vice versa; and
to economically hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans and MSRs using interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options.
 
MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK  We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For additional information on mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Hedge results may also be impacted as the overall level of hedges changes as interest rates change, or as there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that may affect the implied carry on the MSRs.
The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $7.7 billion at September 30, 2020, and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2019. The weighted average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 4.13% at September 30, 2020, and 4.25% at December 31, 2019. The carrying value of our total MSRs represented 0.52% and 0.79% of mortgage loans serviced for others at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
MARKET RISK Market risk is the risk of possible economic loss from adverse changes in market risk factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, and the risk of possible loss due to counterparty exposure. This applies to implied volatility risk, basis risk, and market liquidity risk. It also includes price risk in the trading book, mortgage servicing rights and the hedge effectiveness risk associated with the mortgage book, and impairment on private equity investments.
The Board’s Finance Committee has primary oversight responsibility for market risk and oversees the Company’s market risk exposure and market risk management strategies. In addition, the Board’s Risk Committee has certain oversight responsibilities with respect to market risk, including adjusting the Company’s market risk appetite with input from the Finance Committee. The Finance Committee also reports key market risk matters to the Risk Committee.
At the management level, the Market and Counterparty Risk Management function, which is part of IRM, has primary oversight responsibility for market risk. The Market and Counterparty Risk Management function reports into the CRO and also provides periodic reports related to market risk to the Board’s Finance Committee.

MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES  We engage in trading activities to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers and to execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks. These trading activities predominantly occur within our Wholesale Banking businesses and to a lesser extent other divisions of the Company. Debt securities held for trading, equity securities held for trading, trading loans and trading derivatives are financial instruments used in our trading activities, and all are carried at fair value. Income earned on the financial instruments used in our trading activities include net interest income, changes in fair value and realized gains and losses. Net interest income earned from our trading activities is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our income statement. Changes in fair value of the financial instruments used in our trading activities are reflected in net gains on trading activities, a component of noninterest income in our income statement. For additional information on the financial instruments used in our trading activities and the income from these trading activities, see Note 4 (Trading Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Value-at-risk (VaR) is a statistical risk measure used to estimate the potential loss from adverse moves in the financial markets. The Company uses VaR metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in measuring and monitoring market risk. For additional information, including information regarding our monitoring activities, sensitivity analysis and stress testing, see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management – Market Risk – Trading Activities” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Trading VaR is the measure used to provide insight into the market risk exhibited by the Company’s trading positions. The
Company calculates Trading VaR for risk management purposes to establish line of business and Company-wide risk limits. Trading VaR is calculated based on all trading positions on our balance sheet.
Table 28 shows the Company’s Trading General VaR by risk category. As presented in Table 28, average Company Trading General VaR was $153 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2020, compared with $155 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, and $24 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2019. The increase in average as well as period end Company Trading General VaR for the quarter ended September 30, 2020, compared with the quarter ended September 30, 2019, was driven by market volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic, in particular changes in interest rate curves and a significant widening of credit spreads entering the 12-month historical lookback window used to calculate VaR.
45

Asset/Liability Management (continued)
Table 28: Trading 1-Day 99% General VaR by Risk Category
Quarter ended
September 30, 2020June 30, 2020September 30, 2019
(in millions)Period
end
AverageLowHighPeriod
end
AverageLowHighPeriod
end
AverageLowHigh
Company Trading General VaR Risk Categories
Credit$98 85 59 104 86 82 61 99 27 20 12 30 
Interest rate145 155 114 201 155 106 42 161 15 18 13 26 
Equity21 17 9 24 14 10 17 11 
Commodity5 5 2 8 
Foreign exchange1112 12131111
Diversification benefit (1)(121)(110)(51)(49)(16)(22)
Company Trading General VaR
$149 153 209 155 35 24 
(1)The period-end VaR was less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone. The diversification benefit is not meaningful for low and high metrics since they may occur on different days.
MARKET RISK – EQUITY SECURITIES  We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage direct investments in start-up businesses, emerging growth companies, management buy-outs, acquisitions and corporate recapitalizations. We also invest in non-affiliated funds that make similar private equity investments. These private equity investments are made within capital allocations approved by management and the Board. The Board’s policy is to review business developments, key risks and historical returns for the private equity investment portfolio at least annually. Management reviews these investments at least quarterly and assesses them for possible other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) and observable price changes. For nonmarketable equity securities, the analysis is based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows, capital needs, the viability of its business model, our exit strategy, and observable price changes that are similar to the investments held. Investments in nonmarketable equity securities include private equity investments accounted for under the equity method, fair value through net income, and the measurement alternative.
In conjunction with the March 2008 initial public offering (IPO) of Visa, Inc. (Visa), we received approximately 20.7 million shares of Visa Class B common stock, the class which was apportioned to member banks of Visa at the time of the IPO. To manage our exposure to Visa and realize the value of the appreciated Visa shares, we incrementally sold these shares through a series of sales, thereby eliminating this position as of September 30, 2015. As part of these sales, we agreed to compensate the buyer for any additional contributions to a litigation settlement fund for the litigation matters associated with the Class B shares we sold. Our exposure to this retained litigation risk has been updated quarterly and is reflected on our balance sheet. For additional information about the associated litigation matters, see the “Interchange Litigation” section in Note 14 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report.
As part of our business to support our customers, we trade public equities, listed/OTC equity derivatives and convertible bonds. We have parameters that govern these activities. We also have marketable equity securities that include investments relating to our venture capital activities. We manage these marketable equity securities within capital risk limits approved by management and the Board and monitored by Corporate ALCO and the Market Risk Committee. The fair value changes in these marketable equity securities are recognized in net income. For additional information, see Note 8 (Equity Securities) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by (1) the value of third party assets under management and, hence, fee income, (2) borrowers whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks.
46


LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING  The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under periods of Wells Fargo-specific and/or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Board establishes liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. These guidelines are monitored on a monthly basis by the Corporate ALCO and on a quarterly basis by the Board. These guidelines are established and monitored for both the consolidated company and for the Parent on a stand-alone basis to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.

Liquidity Standards We are subject to a rule, issued by the FRB, OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), that includes a quantitative liquidity requirement consistent with the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). The rule requires banking institutions, such as Wells Fargo, to hold high-quality liquid assets (HQLA), predominantly consisting of central bank deposits, government debt securities, and mortgage-backed securities of federal agencies that can be converted easily and quickly into cash, in an amount equal to or greater than its projected net cash outflows during a 30-day stress period. The rule is applicable to the Company on a consolidated basis and to our insured depository institutions (IDIs) with total assets greater than $10 billion. In addition, rules issued by the FRB impose enhanced liquidity management standards on large BHCs such as Wells Fargo.
The FRB, OCC and FDIC have issued a rule implementing a stable funding requirement, known as the net stable funding ratio (NSFR), which will require large banking organizations, including Wells Fargo, to maintain a sufficient amount of available stable funding, such as common equity, long-term subordinated debt and most types of deposits, in relation to their assets, derivative exposures and commitments over a one-year horizon period. The rule will become effective on July 1, 2021.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio As of September 30, 2020, the consolidated Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo
National Bank West were above the minimum LCR requirement of 100%, which is calculated as HQLA divided by projected net cash outflows, as each is defined under the LCR rule. Table 29 presents the Company’s quarterly average values for the daily-calculated LCR and its components calculated pursuant to the LCR rule requirements.
Table 29: Liquidity Coverage Ratio
Average for Quarter ended
(in millions, except ratio)Sep 30, 2020Jun 30, 2020Sep 30, 2019
HQLA (1)(2)$424,073 409,467 359,364 
Projected net cash outflows317,064 316,268 302,214 
LCR134 %129 119 
(1)Excludes excess HQLA at certain subsidiaries that is not transferable to other Wells Fargo entities.
(2)Net of applicable haircuts required under the LCR rule.
Liquidity Sources We maintain liquidity in the form of cash, cash equivalents and unencumbered high-quality, liquid debt securities. These assets make up our primary sources of liquidity which are presented in Table 30. Our primary sources of liquidity are substantially the same in composition as HQLA under the LCR rule; however, our primary sources of liquidity will generally exceed HQLA calculated under the LCR rule due to the applicable haircuts to HQLA and the exclusion of excess HQLA at our subsidiary IDIs required under the LCR rule.
Our cash is predominantly on deposit with the Federal Reserve. Debt securities included as part of our primary sources of liquidity are comprised of U.S. Treasury and federal agency debt, and mortgage-backed securities issued by federal agencies within our debt securities portfolio. We believe these debt securities provide quick sources of liquidity through sales or by pledging to obtain financing, regardless of market conditions. Some of these debt securities are within our held-to-maturity portfolio and as such are not intended for sale, but may be pledged to obtain financing. Some of the legal entities within our consolidated group of companies are subject to various regulatory, tax, legal and other restrictions that can limit the transferability of their funds. We believe we maintain adequate liquidity for these entities in consideration of such funds transfer restrictions.
Table 30: Primary Sources of Liquidity
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)TotalEncumberedUnencumberedTotalEncumberedUnencumbered
Interest-earning deposits with banks$221,235  221,235 119,493 — 119,493 
Debt securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies56,262 4,907 51,355 61,099 3,107 57,992 
Mortgage-backed securities of federal agencies258,554 36,935 221,619 258,589 41,135 217,454 
Total
$536,051 41,842 494,209 439,181 44,242 394,939 
In addition to our primary sources of liquidity shown in
Table 30, liquidity is also available through the sale or financing of other debt securities including trading and/or available-for-sale debt securities, as well as through the sale, securitization or financing of loans, to the extent such debt securities and loans are not encumbered. As of September 30, 2020, we also maintained approximately $262.7 billion of available borrowing capacity at various Federal Home Loan Banks and the Federal Reserve Discount Window.
Deposits have historically provided a sizable source of relatively low-cost funds. Deposits were 150% of total loans at September 30, 2020, and 137% at December 31, 2019.
Additional funding is provided by long-term debt and short-term borrowings. Table 31 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.

47

Asset/Liability Management (continued)
Table 31: Short-Term Borrowings
Quarter ended
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Jun 30,
2020
Mar 31,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2019
Balance, period end
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$44,055 49,659 79,036 92,403 110,399 
Other short-term borrowings11,169 10,826 13,253 12,109 13,509 
Total
$55,224 60,485 92,289 104,512 123,908 
Average daily balance for period
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$46,504 52,868 90,722 103,614 109,499 
Other short-term borrowings10,788 10,667 12,255 12,335 12,343 
Total
$57,292 63,535 102,977 115,949 121,842 
Maximum month-end balance for period
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (1)$49,148 50,397 91,121 111,727 110,399 
Other short-term borrowings (2)11,169 11,220 13,253 12,708 13,509 
(1)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in July, April and February 2020, and October and September 2019.
(2)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in September, April and March 2020, and October and September 2019.
Long-Term Debt We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding (generally greater than one year) through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. We issue long-term debt in a variety of maturities and currencies to achieve cost-efficient funding and to maintain an appropriate maturity profile. Proceeds from securities issued were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Long-term debt of $215.7 billion at
September 30, 2020, decreased $12.5 billion from December 31, 2019. We issued $237.1 million and $37.9 billion of long-term debt in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase our outstanding debt securities from time to time in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise. Table 32 provides the aggregate carrying value of long-term debt maturities (based on contractual payment dates) for the remainder of 2020 and the following years thereafter, as of September 30, 2020.
Table 32: Maturity of Long-Term Debt
September 30, 2020
(in millions)Remaining 20202021202220232024ThereafterTotal
Wells Fargo & Company (Parent Only)
Senior notes$2,713 18,126 18,748 11,472 12,373 88,839 152,271 
Subordinated notes— — — 3,770 768 26,251 30,789 
Junior subordinated notes— — — — — 1,820 1,820 
Total long-term debt – Parent
$2,713 18,126 18,748 15,242 13,141 116,910 184,880 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and other bank entities (Bank)
Senior notes$257 6,872 4,887 2,924 420 15,366 
Subordinated notes— — — 1,048 — 4,834 5,882 
Junior subordinated notes— — — — — 372 372 
Securitizations and other bank debt 1,254 1,353 1,057 339 156 1,383 5,542 
Total long-term debt – Bank
$1,511 8,225 5,944 4,311 162 7,009 27,162 
Other consolidated subsidiaries
Senior notes$91 1,861 205 517 124 839 3,637 
Securitizations and other bank debt— — — — — 32 32 
Total long-term debt – Other consolidated subsidiaries
$91 1,861 205 517 124 871 3,669 
Total long-term debt$4,315 28,212 24,897 20,070 13,427 124,790 215,711 
48


Credit Ratings Investors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, our debt securities do not contain credit rating covenants.
On July 22, 2020, Standard & Poor's (S&P) Global Ratings lowered the long-term rating of the Company to BBB+ from A- and revised the rating outlook to stable from negative. On
September 2, 2020, Moody’s Investors Service affirmed the Company’s ratings and revised the ratings outlook to negative from stable.
See the “Risk Factors” section in our 2019 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our credit ratings and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations, as well as Note 15 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional collateral and funding obligations required for certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade.
The credit ratings of the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as of September 30, 2020, are presented in Table 33.
Table 33: Credit Ratings as of September 30, 2020
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Senior debtShort-term
borrowings 
Long-term
deposits 
Short-term
borrowings 
Moody’sA2P-1Aa1P-1
S&P Global RatingsBBB+A-2A+A-1
Fitch Ratings, Inc.A+F1AAF1+
DBRS MorningstarAA (low)R-1 (middle)AAR-1 (high)

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP The Federal Home Loan Banks (the FHLBs) are a group of cooperatives that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities. We are a member of the FHLBs based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco. Each member of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.
49


Capital Management
We have an active program for managing capital through a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. We primarily fund our working capital needs through the retention of earnings net of both dividends and share repurchases, as well as through the issuance of preferred stock and long and short-term debt. Retained earnings at September 30, 2020, decreased $5.8 billion from December 31, 2019, predominantly as a result of common and preferred stock dividends of $5.6 billion. During third quarter 2020, we issued $325 million of common stock, excluding conversions of preferred shares. On September 30, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) announced that it was extending through fourth quarter 2020 measures it announced on June 25, 2020, prohibiting large bank holding companies (BHCs) subject to the FRB’s capital plan rule, including Wells Fargo, from making capital distributions, subject to certain limited exceptions. For additional information about capital planning, including the FRB’s recent prohibition on capital distributions, see the “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” and “Securities Repurchases” sections below.
In January 2020, we issued $2.0 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series Z. In March 2020, we redeemed the remaining $1.8 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series K, and redeemed $669 million of our Preferred Stock, Series T. In October 2020, we issued $1.2 billion of our Preferred Stock, Series AA. For additional information, see Note 17 (Preferred Stock) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Regulatory Capital Guidelines
The Company and each of our insured depository institutions (IDIs) are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures as discussed below.

RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS The Company is subject to rules issued by federal banking regulators to implement Basel III capital requirements for U.S. banking organizations. The federal banking regulators’ capital rules, among other things, required on a fully phased-in basis as of September 30, 2020:
a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 9.00%, comprised of a 4.50% minimum requirement plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and for us, as a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), a capital surcharge of 2.00%;
a minimum tier 1 capital ratio of 10.50%, comprised of a 6.00% minimum requirement plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and the G-SIB capital surcharge of 2.00%;
a minimum total capital ratio of 12.50%, comprised of a 8.00% minimum requirement plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and the G-SIB capital surcharge of 2.00%;
a potential countercyclical buffer of up to 2.50% to be added to the minimum risk-based capital ratios, which could be imposed by regulators at their discretion if it is determined that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk; and
a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.00%.
The Basel III capital requirements for calculating CET1 and tier 1 capital, along with risk-weighted assets (RWAs), are fully phased-in. However, the requirements for determining tier 2 and total capital are still in accordance with Transition Requirements and are scheduled to be fully phased-in by the end of 2021. The Basel III capital rules contain two frameworks for calculating capital requirements, a Standardized Approach and an Advanced Approach applicable to certain institutions, including Wells Fargo. Our capital adequacy is assessed based on the lower of our risk-based capital ratios calculated under the Standardized Approach and under the Advanced Approach. The difference between RWAs under the Standardized and Advanced Approach has narrowed in recent quarters due to economic conditions from the COVID-19 pandemic impacting our calculation of Advanced Approach RWAs. In particular, changes in internal credit ratings in our loan portfolio contributed to an increase in our Advanced Approach RWAs at September 30, 2020. We expect this trend to continue if the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to affect our customer base.
Effective October 1, 2020, a stress capital buffer replaced the 2.50% capital conservation buffer under the Standardized Approach. The stress capital buffer is calculated based on the decrease in a BHC’s risk-based capital ratios under the severely adverse scenario in the FRB’s annual supervisory stress test and related Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), plus four quarters of planned common stock dividends. On August 10, 2020, the FRB announced that the Company's stress capital buffer for the period October 1, 2020, through September 30, 2021, is 2.50%. Because the stress capital buffer is calculated annually as part of the FRB’s supervisory stress test and related CCAR and will be based on data that can differ over time, our stress capital buffer, and thus the regulatory minimums for our risk-based capital ratios, are subject to change in future years.
As a G-SIB, we are also subject to the FRB’s rule implementing the additional capital surcharge of between 1.00-4.50% on the minimum capital requirements of G-SIBs. Under the rule, we must annually calculate our surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method (method one) considers our size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity, consistent with the methodology developed by the BCBS and the Financial Stability Board (FSB). The second method (method two) uses similar inputs, but replaces substitutability with use of short-term wholesale funding and will generally result in higher surcharges than the BCBS methodology. Because the G-SIB capital surcharge is calculated annually based on data that can differ over time, the amount of the surcharge is subject to change in future years.

50


The tables that follow provide information about our risk-based capital and related ratios as calculated under Basel III capital guidelines. Although we report certain capital amounts and ratios in accordance with Transition Requirements for banking industry regulatory reporting purposes, we manage our capital based on a fully phased-in basis. For information about
our capital requirements calculated in accordance with Transition Requirements, see Note 23 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.
Table 34 summarizes our CET1, tier 1 capital, total capital, RWAs and capital ratios on a fully phased-in basis at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019.
Table 34: Capital Components and Ratios (Fully Phased-In) (1)
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions, except ratios)Required
Minimum
Capital Ratios
Advanced
Approach
Standardized
Approach
Advanced
Approach
Standardized
Approach
Common Equity Tier 1(A)$134,901 134,901 138,760 138,760 
Tier 1 Capital(B)154,743 154,743 158,949 158,949 
Total Capital (2)(C)184,040 193,667 187,813 195,703 
Risk-Weighted Assets (3)(D)1,171,956 1,185,610 1,165,079 1,245,853 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio (3)(A)/(D)9.00 %11.51 %11.38 *11.91 11.14 *
Tier 1 Capital Ratio (3)(B)/(D)10.50 13.20 13.05 *13.64 12.76 *
Total Capital Ratio (2)(3)(C)/(D)12.50 15.70 *16.33 16.12 15.71 *
*Denotes the lowest capital ratio as determined under the Advanced and Standardized Approaches.
(1)See Table 35 for information regarding the calculation and components of CET1, tier 1 capital, total capital and RWAs.
(2)Fully phased-in total capital amounts and ratios are considered non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management, bank regulatory agencies, investors and analysts to assess and monitor the Company’s capital position. See Table 35 for information regarding the calculation and components of our fully phased-in total capital amounts, including a corresponding reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.
(3)RWAs and capital ratios for December 31, 2019, have been revised as a result of a decrease in RWAs under the Advanced Approach due to the correction of duplicated operational loss amounts.
51

Capital Management (continued)
Table 35 provides information regarding the calculation and composition of our risk-based capital under the Advanced and
Standardized Approaches at September 30, 2020, and
December 31, 2019.
Table 35: Risk-Based Capital Calculation and Components
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Advanced
Approach
Standardized
Approach
Advanced
Approach
Standardized
Approach
Total equity$182,032 182,032 187,984 187,984 
Adjustments:
Preferred stock(21,098)(21,098)(21,549)(21,549)
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock159 159 (71)(71)
Unearned ESOP shares875 875 1,143 1,143 
Noncontrolling interests(859)(859)(838)(838)
Total common stockholders’ equity161,109 161,109 166,669 166,669 
Adjustments:
Goodwill(26,387)(26,387)(26,390)(26,390)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)(366)(366)(437)(437)
Goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity securities (included in other assets)(2,019)(2,019)(2,146)(2,146)
Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (1)842 842 810 810 
CECL transition provision (2)1,877 1,877 — — 
Other(155)(155)254 254 
Common Equity Tier 1134,901 134,901 138,760 138,760 
Common Equity Tier 1$134,901 134,901 138,760 138,760 
Preferred stock21,098 21,098 21,549 21,549 
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock(159)(159)71 71 
Unearned ESOP shares(875)(875)(1,143)(1,143)
Other(222)(222)(288)(288)
Total Tier 1 capital(A)154,743 154,743 158,949 158,949 
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 224,953 24,953 26,515 26,515 
Qualifying allowance for credit losses (3)4,504 14,131 2,566 10,456 
Other(160)(160)(217)(217)
Total Tier 2 capital (Fully Phased-In)(B)29,297 38,924 28,864 36,754 
Effect of Basel III Transition Requirements132 132 520 520 
Total Tier 2 capital (Basel III Transition Requirements)$29,429 39,056 29,384 37,274 
Total qualifying capital (Fully Phased-In)(A)+(B)$184,040 193,667 187,813 195,703 
Total Effect of Basel IIII Transition Requirements132 132 520 520 
Total qualifying capital (Basel III Transition Requirements)$184,172 193,799 188,333 196,223 
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWAs) (4)(5):
Credit risk (6)$772,206 1,125,098 790,784 1,210,209 
Market risk60,512 60,512 35,644 35,644 
Operational risk (7)339,238  338,651 — 
Total RWAs (7)$1,171,956 1,185,610 1,165,079 1,245,853 
(1)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period end.
(2)In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the ACL under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out of the benefits. The impact of the CECL transition provision on our regulatory capital at September 30, 2020, was an increase in capital of $1.9 billion, reflecting a $991 million (post-tax) increase in capital recognized upon our initial adoption of CECL, offset by 25% of the $11.5 billion increase in our ACL under CECL from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020.
(3)Under the Advanced Approach the allowance for credit losses that exceeds expected credit losses is eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 Capital, to the extent the excess allowance does not exceed 0.60% of Advanced credit RWAs, and under the Standardized Approach, the allowance for credit losses is includable in Tier 2 Capital up to 1.25% of Standardized credit RWAs, in each case with any excess allowance for credit losses being deducted from the respective total RWAs.
(4)RWAs calculated under the Advanced Approach utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models based upon our experience with internal rating grades. Advanced Approach also includes an operational risk component, which reflects the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events.
(5)Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor, or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total RWAs.
(6)Includes an increase of $1.5 billion under the Standardized Approach and a decrease of $1.3 billion under the Advanced Approach related to the impact of the CECL transition provision on our excess allowance for credit losses as of September 30, 2020. See footnote (3) to this table.
(7)Amounts for December 31, 2019, have been revised as a result of a decrease in RWAs under the Advanced Approach due to the correction of duplicated operational loss amounts.
52


Table 36 presents the changes in Common Equity Tier 1 under the Advanced Approach for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Table 36: Analysis of Changes in Common Equity Tier 1 (Advanced Approach)
(in millions)
Common Equity Tier 1 at December 31, 2019$138,760 
Net income applicable to common stock(932)
Common stock dividends(4,602)
Common stock issued, repurchased, and stock compensation-related items(1,759)
Changes in cumulative other comprehensive income561 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (1)991 
Goodwill
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)71 
Goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity securities (included in other assets)127 
Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (2)32 
CECL transition provision (3)1,877 
Other(228)
Change in Common Equity Tier 1(3,859)
Common Equity Tier 1 at September 30, 2020$134,901 
(1)Effective January 1, 2020, we adopted CECL. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period end.
(3)In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the ACL under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out of the benefits. The impact of the CECL transition provision on our regulatory capital at September 30, 2020, was an increase in capital of $1.9 billion, reflecting a $991 million (post-tax) increase in capital recognized upon our initial adoption of CECL, offset by 25% of the $11.5 billion increase in our ACL under CECL from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020.

Table 37 presents net changes in the components of RWAs under the Advanced and Standardized Approaches for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Table 37: Analysis of Changes in RWAs
(in millions)
Advanced Approach
Standardized Approach
RWAs at December 31, 2019 (1)
$1,165,079 1,245,853 
Net change in credit risk RWAs (2)
(18,578)(85,111)
Net change in market risk RWAs
24,868 24,868 
Net change in operational risk RWAs
587 — 
Total change in RWAs
6,877 (60,243)
RWAs at September 30, 2020$1,171,956 1,185,610 
(1)Amount for December 31, 2019, has been revised as a result of a decrease in RWAs under the Advanced Approach due to the correction of duplicated operational loss amounts.
(2)Includes an increase of $1.5 billion under the Standardized Approach and a decrease of $1.3 billion under the Advanced Approach related to the impact of the CECL transition provision on our excess allowance for credit losses. See Table 35 for additional information.
53

Capital Management (continued)
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY We also evaluate our business based on certain ratios that utilize tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and represents total equity less preferred equity, noncontrolling interests, goodwill, certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) and goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity securities, net of applicable deferred taxes. These tangible common equity ratios are as follows:
Tangible book value per common share, which represents tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding; and
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE), which represents our annualized earnings contribution as a percentage of tangible common equity.

The methodology of determining tangible common equity may differ among companies. Management believes that tangible book value per common share and return on average tangible common equity, which utilize tangible common equity, are useful financial measures because they enable investors and others to assess the Company’s use of equity.
Table 38 provides a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures.

Table 38: Tangible Common Equity
Balance at period endAverage balance
Quarter endedQuarter endedNine months ended
(in millions, except ratios)Sep 30,
2020
June 30, 2020Sep 30,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
June 30, 2020Sep 30,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Sep 30,
2019
Total equity$182,032 180,122 194,416 182,850 184,108 200,095 185,035 199,383 
Adjustments:
Preferred stock(21,098)(21,098)(21,549)(21,098)(21,344)(22,325)(21,411)(22,851)
Additional paid-in capital on preferred stock 159 159 (71)158 140 (78)145 (84)
Unearned ESOP shares875 875 1,143 875 1,140 1,290 1,052 1,361 
Noncontrolling interests(859)(736)(1,112)(761)(643)(1,065)(730)(968)
Total common stockholders’ equity(A)161,109 159,322 172,827 162,024 163,401 177,917 164,091 176,841 
Adjustments:
Goodwill(26,387)(26,385)(26,388)(26,388)(26,384)(26,413)(26,386)(26,416)
Certain identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs)(366)(389)(465)(378)(402)(477)(401)(508)
Goodwill and other intangibles on nonmarketable equity securities (included in other assets)(2,019)(2,050)(2,295)(2,045)(1,922)(2,159)(2,040)(2,158)
Applicable deferred taxes related to goodwill and other intangible assets (1)842 831 802 838 828 797 828 787 
Tangible common equity(B)$133,179 131,329 144,481 134,051 135,521 149,665 136,092 148,546 
Common shares outstanding(C)4,132.5 4,119.6 4,269.1 N/A N/AN/AN/AN/A
Net income applicable to common stock(D)N/AN/AN/A1,720 $(2,694)4,037 (932)15,392 
Book value per common share(A)/(C)$38.99 38.67 40.48 N/A N/AN/AN/AN/A
Tangible book value per common share(B)/(C)32.23 31.88 33.84 N/A N/AN/AN/AN/A
Return on average common stockholders’ equity (ROE) (annualized)(D)/(A)N/AN/AN/A4.22 %(6.63)9.00 (0.76)11.64 
Return on average tangible common equity (ROTCE) (annualized)(D)/(B)N/AN/AN/A5.10 (8.00)10.70 (0.91)13.85 
(1)Determined by applying the combined federal statutory rate and composite state income tax rates to the difference between book and tax basis of the respective goodwill and intangible assets at period end.
54


SUPPLEMENTARY LEVERAGE RATIO As a BHC, we are required to maintain a supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) of at least 5.00% (comprised of a 3.00% minimum requirement plus a supplementary leverage buffer of 2.00%) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. Our IDIs are required to maintain a SLR of at least 6.00% to be considered well-capitalized under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. In April 2018, the FRB and OCC proposed rules (Proposed SLR rules) that would replace the 2.00% supplementary leverage buffer with a buffer equal to one-half of our G-SIB capital surcharge. The Proposed SLR rules would similarly tailor the current 6.00% SLR requirement for our IDIs. In April 2020, the FRB issued an interim final rule that temporarily allows a BHC to exclude on-balance sheet amounts of U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the calculation of its total leverage exposure in the denominator of the SLR. This interim final rule became effective on April 1, 2020, and expires on March 31, 2021. In May 2020, federal banking regulators issued an interim final rule that permits IDIs to choose to similarly exclude these items from the denominator of their SLRs; however, if an IDI chooses to exclude such amounts from the calculation of its SLR, it will be required to request approval from its primary federal banking regulator before making capital distributions, such as paying dividends, to its parent company. As of September 30, 2020, none of the Company’s IDIs elected to apply this exclusion.
At September 30, 2020, our SLR for the Company was 7.75%, and we also exceeded the applicable SLR requirements for each of our IDIs. See Table 39 for information regarding the calculation and components of the SLR.
Table 39: Supplementary Leverage Ratio
(in millions, except ratio)Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Tier 1 capital(A)$154,743 
Total average assets1,949,549 
Less: Goodwill and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions (net of deferred tax liabilities)28,246 
Less: Other SLR exclusions257,568 
Total adjusted average assets1,663,735 
Plus adjustments for off-balance sheet exposures:
Derivatives (1)69,902 
Repo-style transactions (2)2,839 
Other (3)260,973 
Total off-balance sheet exposures333,714 
Total leverage exposure(B)$1,997,449 
Supplementary leverage ratio(A)/(B)7.75 %
(1)Adjustment represents derivatives and collateral netting exposures as defined for supplementary leverage ratio determination purposes.
(2)Adjustment represents counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions where Wells Fargo & Company is the principal (i.e., principal counterparty facing the client).
(3)Adjustment represents credit equivalent amounts of other off-balance sheet exposures not already included as derivatives and repo-style transactions exposures.
TOTAL LOSS ABSORBING CAPACITY As a G-SIB, we are required to have a minimum amount of equity and unsecured long-term debt for purposes of resolvability and resiliency, often referred to as Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). U.S. G-SIBs are required to have a minimum TLAC amount (consisting of CET1 capital and additional tier 1 capital issued directly by the top-tier or covered BHC plus eligible external long-term debt) equal to the greater of (i) 18.00% of RWAs and (ii) 7.50% of total leverage exposure (the denominator of the SLR calculation). Additionally, U.S. G-SIBs are required to maintain (i) a TLAC buffer equal to 2.50% of RWAs plus our applicable G-SIB capital surcharge calculated under
method one plus any applicable countercyclical buffer to be added to the 18.00% minimum and (ii) an external TLAC leverage buffer equal to 2.00% of total leverage exposure to be added to the 7.50% minimum, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. U.S. G-SIBs are also required to have a minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt equal to the greater of (i) 6.00% of RWAs plus our applicable G-SIB capital surcharge calculated under method two and (ii) 4.50% of the total leverage exposure. Under the Proposed SLR rules, the 2.00% external TLAC leverage buffer would be replaced with a buffer equal to one-half of our applicable G-SIB capital surcharge, and the leverage component for calculating the minimum amount of eligible unsecured long-term debt would be modified from 4.50% of total leverage exposure to 2.50% of total leverage exposure plus one-half of our applicable G-SIB capital surcharge. As of September 30, 2020, our eligible external TLAC as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets was 25.76% compared with a required minimum of 22.00%. Similar to the risk-based capital requirements, our minimum TLAC requirement is assessed based on the greater of RWAs determined under the Standardized and Advanced approaches.
OTHER REGULATORY CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY MATTERS As discussed in the “Risk Management – Asset/ Liability Management – Liquidity and Funding – Liquidity Standards” section in this Report, federal banking regulators have issued a final rule regarding the U.S. implementation of the Basel III LCR and a proposed rule regarding the NSFR.

Capital Planning and Stress Testing
Our planned long-term capital structure is designed to meet regulatory and market expectations. We believe that our long-term targeted capital structure enables us to invest in and grow our business, satisfy our customers’ financial needs in varying environments, access markets, and maintain flexibility to return capital to our shareholders. Our long-term targeted capital structure also considers capital levels sufficient to exceed capital requirements including the G-SIB capital surcharge. Accordingly, based on the final Basel III capital rules under the lower of the Standardized or Advanced Approaches CET1 capital ratios, we currently target a long-term CET1 capital ratio at or in excess of 10.00%, which includes a 2.00% G-SIB capital surcharge. Our capital targets are subject to change based on various factors, including changes to the regulatory capital framework and expectations for large banks promulgated by bank regulatory agencies, changes to the regulatory minimums for our capital ratios (including changes to our stress capital buffer), planned capital actions, changes in our risk profile and other factors.
Under the FRB’s capital plan rule, large BHCs are required to submit capital plans annually for review to determine if the FRB has any objections before making any capital distributions. The rule requires updates to capital plans in the event of material changes in a BHC’s risk profile, including as a result of any significant acquisitions. The FRB assesses, among other things, the overall financial condition, risk profile, and capital adequacy of BHCs when evaluating capital plans.
Our 2020 capital plan, which was submitted on April 3, 2020, as part of CCAR, included a comprehensive capital outlook supported by an assessment of expected sources and uses of capital over a given planning horizon under a range of expected and stress scenarios. As part of the 2020 CCAR, the FRB also generated a supervisory stress test, which assumed a sharp decline in the economy and significant decline in asset pricing using the information provided by the Company to estimate performance. The FRB reviewed the supervisory stress test
55

Capital Management (continued)
results both as required under the Dodd-Frank Act using a common set of capital actions for all large BHCs and by taking into account the Company’s proposed capital actions. The FRB published its supervisory stress test results as required under the Dodd-Frank Act on June 25, 2020.
On June 25, 2020, the FRB also announced that it was requiring large BHCs, including Wells Fargo, to update and resubmit their capital plans within 45 days after the FRB provides updated scenarios. The FRB released the updated scenarios on September 17, 2020, and has announced that it will release BHC-specific results under the updated scenarios by the end of 2020.
On September 30, 2020, the FRB announced that it was extending through fourth quarter 2020 measures it announced on June 25, 2020, prohibiting large BHCs subject to the FRB's capital plan rule, including Wells Fargo, from making any capital distribution (excluding any capital distribution arising from the issuance of a capital instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory capital ratio), unless otherwise approved by the FRB. The FRB has generally authorized BHCs to (i) make share repurchases relating to issuances of common stock related to employee stock ownership plans; (ii) provided that the BHC does not increase the amount of its common stock dividends, pay common stock dividends that do not exceed an amount equal to the average of the BHC’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, unless otherwise specified by the FRB; and (iii) make scheduled payments on additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments. These provisions may be extended by the FRB quarter-by-quarter.
Concurrently with CCAR, federal banking regulators also require large BHCs and banks to conduct their own stress tests to evaluate whether the institution has sufficient capital to continue to operate during periods of adverse economic and financial conditions. These stress testing requirements set forth the timing and type of stress test activities large BHCs and banks must undertake as well as rules governing stress testing controls, oversight and disclosure requirements. We submitted the results of our stress test to the FRB and disclosed a summary of the results in June 2020.

Securities Repurchases
From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward repurchase transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including the FRB’s response to our capital plan and to changes in our risk profile. Due to the various factors impacting the amount of our share repurchases and the fact that we tend to be in the market regularly to satisfy repurchase considerations under our capital plan, our share repurchases occur at various price levels. We may suspend share repurchase activity at any time.

On September 30, 2020, the FRB announced that it was extending through fourth quarter 2020 measures it announced on June 25, 2020, prohibiting large BHCs subject to the FRB’s capital plan rule, including Wells Fargo, from making capital distributions, subject to certain limited exceptions that are described in the “Capital Planning and Stress Testing” section above.
At September 30, 2020, we had remaining Board authority to repurchase approximately 167 million shares, subject to regulatory and legal conditions. For additional information about share repurchases during third quarter 2020, see Part II, Item 2 in this Report.
Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.
56


Regulatory Matters
Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010, the U.S. financial services industry has been subject to a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives. This increased regulation and oversight has substantially changed how most U.S. financial services companies conduct business and has increased their regulatory compliance costs.
For a discussion of certain consent orders applicable to the Company, see the “Overview” section in this Report. The following supplements our discussion of the other significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business contained in the “Regulatory Matters” and “Risk Factors” sections in our 2019 Form 10-K and in our 2020 First and Second Quarter Reports on Form 10-Q.

REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS RELATED TO COVID-19 In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and related events, federal banking regulators have undertaken a number of measures to help stabilize the banking sector, support the broader economy, and facilitate the ability of banking organizations like Wells Fargo to continue lending to consumers and businesses. For example, in order to facilitate the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), federal banking regulators issued rules designed to encourage financial institutions to participate in stimulus measures, such as the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program and the FRB’s Main Street Lending Program. Similarly, the FRB launched a number of lending facilities designed to enhance liquidity and the functioning of markets, including facilities covering money market mutual funds and term asset-backed securities loans. Federal banking regulators also issued several rules amending the regulatory capital and TLAC rules and other prudential regulations to ease certain restrictions on banking organizations and encourage the use of certain FRB-established facilities in order to further promote lending to consumers and businesses.
In addition, the OCC and the FRB issued guidelines for banks and BHCs related to working with customers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, including guidance with respect to waiving fees, offering repayment accommodations, and providing payment deferrals. Any current or future rules, regulations, and guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic and its impacts could require us to change certain of our business practices, reduce our revenue and earnings, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise adversely affect our business operations and/or competitive position.

57


Critical Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2019 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Five of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:
the allowance for credit losses (ACL);
the valuation of residential MSRs;
the fair value of financial instruments;
income taxes; and
liability for contingent litigation losses.

Management and the Board’s Audit Committee have reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review – Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2019 Form 10-K. In connection with our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, we have updated our critical accounting policy for the allowance for credit losses.

Allowance for Credit Losses
We maintain an ACL for loans, which is management’s estimate of the expected credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an allowance for credit losses for debt securities classified as either held-to-maturity (HTM) or available-for-sale (AFS), other financial assets measured at amortized cost, net investments in leases, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. In connection with our adoption of CECL, we updated our approach for estimating expected credit losses, which includes new areas for management judgment, described more fully below, and updated our accounting policies. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
For loans and HTM debt securities, the ACL is measured based on the remaining contractual term of the financial asset (including off-balance sheet credit exposures) adjusted, as appropriate, for prepayments and permitted extension options using historical experience, current conditions, and forecasted information. For AFS debt securities, the ACL is measured using a discounted cash flow approach and is limited to the difference between the fair value of the security and its amortized cost.
Changes in the ACL and, therefore, in the related provision for credit losses can materially affect net income. In applying the judgment and review required to determine the ACL, management considerations include the evaluation of past events, historical experience, changes in economic forecasts and conditions, customer behavior, collateral values, and the length of the initial loss forecast period, and other influences. From time to time, changes in economic factors or assumptions, business strategy, products or product mix, or debt security investment strategy, may result in a corresponding increase or decrease in our ACL. While our methodology attributes portions of the ACL to specific financial asset classes (loan and debt security portfolios) or loan portfolio segments (commercial and
consumer), the entire ACL is available to absorb credit losses of the Company.
Judgment is specifically applied in:
Economic assumptions and the length of the initial loss forecast period. Forecasted economic variables, such as gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rate or collateral asset prices, are used to estimate expected credit losses. While many of these economic variables are evaluated at the macro-economy level, some economic variables may be forecasted at more granular levels, for example, using the metro statistical area (MSA) level for unemployment rates, home prices and commercial real estate prices. Quarterly, we assess the length of the initial loss forecast period and have currently set the period to one year. Management exercises judgment when assigning weight to the three economic scenarios that are used to estimate future credit losses. The three scenarios include a most likely expectation of economic variables referred to as the base case scenario, as well as an optimistic (upside) scenario and a pessimistic (downside) scenario.
Reversion of losses beyond the initial forecast period. We use a reversion approach to connect the losses estimated for our initial loss forecast period to the period of our historical loss forecast based on economic conditions at the measurement date. Our reversion methodology considers the type of portfolio, point in the credit cycle, expected length of recessions and recoveries, as well as other relevant factors. The length of reversion period varies by asset type – one year for shorter contractual term loans such as commercial loans and two years for longer contractual term loans such as real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans. We assess the reversion approach on a quarterly basis and the length of the reversion period by asset type annually.
Historical loss expectations. At the end of the reversion period, we incorporate the changes in economic variables observed during representative historical time periods that include both recessions and expansions. This analysis is used to compute average losses for any given portfolio and its associated credit characteristics. Annually, we assess the historical time periods and ensure the average loss estimates are representative of our historical loss experience.
Credit risk ratings applied to individual commercial loans, unfunded credit commitments, and debt securities. Individually assessed credit risk ratings are considered key credit variables in our modeled approaches to help assess probability of default and loss given default. Borrower quality ratings are aligned to the borrower’s financial strength and contribute to forecasted probability of default curves. Collateral quality ratings combined with forecasted collateral prices (as applicable) contribute to the forecasted severity of loss in the event of default. These credit risk ratings are reviewed by experienced senior credit officers and subjected to reviews by an internal team of credit risk specialists.
Usage of credit loss estimation models. We use internally developed models that incorporate credit attributes and economic variables to generate estimates of credit losses. Management uses a combination of judgement and quantitative analytics in the determination of segmentation, modeling approach, and variables that are leveraged in the models. These models are validated in accordance with the Company’s policies by an internal model validation group. We routinely assess our model performance and apply
58


adjustments when necessary to improve the accuracy of loss estimation. We also assess our models for limitations against the company-wide risk inventory to help ensure that we appropriately capture known and emerging risks in our estimate of expected credit losses and apply overlays as needed.
Valuation of collateral. The current fair value of collateral is utilized to assess the expected credit losses when a financial asset is considered to be collateral dependent. We apply judgment when valuing the collateral either through appraisals, evaluation of the cash flows of the property, or other quantitative techniques. Decreases in collateral valuations support incremental charge-downs and increases in collateral valuation are included in the allowance for credit losses as a negative allowance when the financial asset has been previously written-down below current recovery value.
Contractual term considerations. The remaining contractual term of a loan is adjusted for expected prepayments and certain expected extensions, renewals, or modifications. We extend the contractual term when we are not able to unconditionally cancel contractual renewals or extension options. We also incorporate into our allowance for credit losses any scenarios where we reasonably expect to provide an extension through a TDR.
Qualitative factors which may not be adequately captured in the loss models. These amounts represent management’s judgment of risks inherent in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the ACL. We also consider economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments.

Sensitivity The ACL for loans is sensitive to changes in key assumptions which requires significant judgment to be used by management. Future amounts of the ACL for loans will be based on a variety of factors, including loan balance changes, portfolio credit quality, and general economic conditions. General economic conditions are forecasted using economic variables, which could have varying impacts on different financial assets or portfolios. Additionally, throughout numerous credit cycles, there are observed changes in economic variables such as the unemployment rate, GDP and real estate prices which may not move in a correlated manner as variables may move in opposite directions or differ across portfolios or geography.
Our sensitivity analysis does not represent management’s view of expected credit losses at the balance sheet date. We applied 50% weight to both the base case scenario and the downside scenario in our sensitivity analysis to reflect the potential for further economic deterioration from a COVID-19 resurgence. The outcomes of both scenarios were influenced by the duration, severity, and timing of changes in economic variables within those scenarios. The sensitivity analysis resulted in a hypothetical increase in the ACL for loans of approximately $2.3 billion at September 30, 2020. The hypothetical increase in our ACL for loans does not incorporate the impact of management judgment for qualitative factors applied in the current ACL for loans, which may have a positive or negative effect on the results. It is possible that others performing similar sensitivity analyses could reach different conclusions or results.
The sensitivity analysis excludes the ACL for debt securities given its size relative to the overall ACL. Management believes that the estimate for the ACL for loans was appropriate at the balance sheet date.


59


Current Accounting Developments
Table 40 provides the significant accounting updates applicable to us that have been issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) but are not yet effective.

Table 40: Current Accounting Developments – Issued Standards
DescriptionEffective date and financial statement impact
ASU 2018-12 – Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944):
Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts and subsequent related updates
The Update requires all features in long-duration insurance contracts that meet the definition of a market risk benefit to be measured at fair value through earnings with changes in fair value attributable to our own credit risk recognized in other comprehensive income. Currently, two measurement models exist for these features, fair value and insurance accrual. The Update requires the use of a standardized discount rate and routine updates for insurance assumptions used in valuing the liability for future policy benefits for traditional long-duration contracts. The Update also simplifies the amortization of deferred acquisition costs.The guidance becomes effective on January 1, 2022. Certain of our variable annuity reinsurance products meet the definition of market risk benefits and will require the associated insurance related reserves for these products to be measured at fair value as of the earliest period presented, with the cumulative effect on fair value for changes attributable to our own credit risk recognized in the beginning balance of accumulated other comprehensive income. The cumulative effect of the difference between fair value and carrying value, excluding the effect of our own credit, will be recognized in the opening balance of retained earnings. As of September 30, 2020, we held $1.2 billion in insurance-related reserves of which $583 million was in scope of the Update. A total of $531 million was associated with products that meet the definition of market risk benefits, and of this amount, $47 million was measured at fair value under current accounting standards. The market risk benefits are largely indexed to U.S. equity and fixed income markets. Upon adoption, we may incur periodic earnings volatility from changes in the fair value of market risk benefits generally due to the long duration of these contracts. We plan to economically hedge this volatility, where feasible. The ultimate impact of these changes will depend on the composition of our market risk benefits portfolio at the date of adoption. Changes in the accounting for the liability of future policy benefits for traditional long-duration contracts and deferred acquisition costs will be applied to all outstanding long-duration contracts on the basis of their existing carrying amounts at the beginning of the earliest period presented, and are not expected to be material.
The following Updates are applicable to us but are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements:
ASU 2020-10 - Codification Improvements
ASU 2020-09 – Debt (Topic 470): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762
ASU 2020-08 – Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs
ASU 2020-06 – Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity
ASU 2020-01 – Investments – Equity Securities (Topic 321),
Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)
ASU 2019-12 – Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

60


Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains forward-looking statements. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and our management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. In particular, forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) the future operating or financial performance of the Company, including our outlook for future growth; (ii) our noninterest expense and efficiency ratio; (iii) future credit quality and performance, including our expectations regarding future loan losses, our allowance for credit losses, and the economic scenarios considered to develop the allowance; (iv) our expectations regarding net interest income and net interest margin; (v) loan growth or the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios; (vi) future capital or liquidity levels, ratios or targets; (vii) the performance of our mortgage business and any related exposures; (viii) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, as well as our expectations regarding compliance therewith; (ix) future common stock dividends, common share repurchases and other uses of capital; (x) our targeted range for return on assets, return on equity, and return on tangible common equity; (xi) expectations regarding our effective income tax rate; (xii) the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings; and (xiii) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies.
Forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:
current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax matters, geopolitical matters, and any slowdown in global economic growth;
the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic, including on our credit quality and business operations, as well as its impact on general economic and financial market conditions;
our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the Basel III capital standards) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;
financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services;
developments in our mortgage banking business, including the extent of the success of our mortgage loan modification efforts, the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive, any negative effects relating to our mortgage servicing, loan modification or foreclosure practices, and the effects of regulatory or judicial requirements or guidance impacting our mortgage banking business and any changes in industry standards;
our ability to realize any efficiency ratio or expense target as part of our expense management initiatives, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;
the effect of the current interest rate environment or changes in interest rates or in the level or composition of our assets or liabilities on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, mortgage servicing rights and mortgage loans held for sale;
significant turbulence or a disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding costs, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of impairments of securities held in our debt securities and equity securities portfolios;
the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;
negative effects from the retail banking sales practices matter and from other instances where customers may have experienced financial harm, including on our legal, operational and compliance costs, our ability to engage in certain business activities or offer certain products or services, our ability to keep and attract customers, our ability to attract and retain qualified employees, and our reputation;
resolution of regulatory matters, litigation, or other legal actions, which may result in, among other things, additional costs, fines, penalties, restrictions on our business activities, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences;
a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;
the effect of changes in the level of checking or savings account deposits on our funding costs and net interest margin;
fiscal and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board;
changes to U.S. tax guidance and regulations, as well as the effect of discrete items on our effective income tax rate;
our ability to develop and execute effective business plans and strategies; and
the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as supplemented by the “Risk Factors” section in this Report.
 
In addition to the above factors, we also caution that the amount and timing of any future common stock dividends or repurchases will depend on the earnings, cash requirements and financial condition of the Company, market conditions, capital requirements (including under Basel capital standards), common
61

Forward-Looking Statements (continued)
stock issuance requirements, applicable law and regulations (including federal securities laws and federal banking regulations), and other factors deemed relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors, and may be subject to regulatory approval or conditions.
For additional information about factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, refer to our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the discussion under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, as supplemented by the “Risk Factors” section in this Report, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on its website at www.sec.gov1
Any forward-looking statement made by us speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.










































1 We do not control this website. Wells Fargo has provided this link for your convenience, but does not endorse and is not responsible for the content, links, privacy policy, or security policy of this website.
Forward-looking Non-GAAP Financial Measures. From time to time management may discuss forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures, such as forward-looking estimates or targets for return on average tangible common equity. We are unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because we are unable to provide, without unreasonable effort, a meaningful or accurate calculation or estimation of amounts that would be necessary for the reconciliation due to the complexity and inherent difficulty in forecasting and quantifying future amounts or when they may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant to future results.
62


Risk Factors
An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company, we refer you to the “Risk Factors” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.
The following risk factor supplements the “Risk Factors” section in our 2019 Form 10-K.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted our business and financial results, and the ultimate impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities in response to the pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted global supply chains, affected equity market valuations, created significant volatility and disruption in financial markets, and increased unemployment levels. In addition, the pandemic has resulted in restrictions and closures for many businesses, as well as the institution of social distancing and sheltering in place requirements in many states and communities. As a result, the demand for our products and services may continue to be significantly impacted, which could adversely affect our revenue. Furthermore, the pandemic could continue to result in the recognition of credit losses in our loan portfolios and increases in our allowance for credit losses, particularly if businesses remain closed, the impact on the global economy worsens, or more customers draw on their lines of credit or seek additional loans to help finance their businesses. Similarly, because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers, we may be required to recognize further impairments on the securities we hold, as well as reductions in other comprehensive income. Moreover, the persistence of adverse economic conditions and reduced revenue may adversely affect the fair value of our operating segments and underlying reporting units which may result in the impairment of goodwill or other long-lived assets. Our business operations may be further disrupted if significant portions of our workforce are unable to work effectively, including because of illness, quarantines, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, and we have already temporarily closed certain of our branches and offices.
Moreover, the pandemic has created additional operational and compliance risks, including the need to quickly implement and execute new programs and procedures for the products and services we offer our customers, provide enhanced safety measures for our employees and customers, comply with rapidly changing regulatory requirements, address any increased risk of fraudulent activity, and protect the integrity and functionality of our systems and networks as a larger number of our employees work remotely. The pandemic could also result in or contribute to additional downgrades to our credit ratings or credit outlook. In response to the pandemic, we have temporarily suspended certain mortgage foreclosure activities, and have provided fee waivers, payment deferrals, and other expanded assistance for credit card, automobile, mortgage, small business, personal and commercial lending customers, and future governmental actions may require these and other types of customer-related responses. In addition, we have reduced our common stock dividend and temporarily suspended share repurchases, and we could take, or be required to take, other capital actions in the future. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic.

63


Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of September 30, 2020, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2020.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during third quarter 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
64


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts)2020201920202019
Interest income
Debt securities$2,446 3,666 $8,864 11,388 
Mortgage loans held for sale232 232 659 579 
Loans held for sale7 20 26 64 
Loans7,954 10,982 26,467 33,652 
Equity securities101 247 423 693 
Other interest income60 1,352 889 4,112 
Total interest income10,800 16,499 37,328 50,488 
Interest expense
Deposits314 2,324 2,641 6,563 
Short-term borrowings(12)635 262 1,877 
Long-term debt1,038 1,780 3,515 5,607 
Other interest expense92 135 350 410 
Total interest expense
1,432 4,874 6,768 14,457 
Net interest income9,368 11,625 30,560 36,031 
Provision for credit losses:
Debt securities (1)18 — 159 — 
Loans751 695 14,149 2,043 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 8,599 10,930 16,252 33,988 
Noninterest income (2)
Deposit-related fees1,299 1,480 3,888 4,289 
Trust and investment fees3,514 3,559 10,439 10,500 
Card fees912 1,027 2,601 2,996 
Lending-related fees352 374 1,025 1,116 
Mortgage banking1,590 466 2,286 1,932 
Net gains from trading activities361 276 1,232 862 
Net gains on debt securities 264 713 148 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities 649 956 (219)2,392 
Lease income333 402 1,021 1,270 
Other220 1,842 869 3,667 
Total noninterest income
9,494 10,385 23,855 29,172 
Noninterest expense (3)
Personnel8,624 8,604 25,863 26,309 
Technology, telecommunications and equipment791 821 2,261 2,340 
Occupancy851 760 2,437 2,196 
Operating losses1,219 1,920 2,902 2,405 
Professional and outside services1,760 1,737 5,042 4,956 
Leases291 272 795 869 
Advertising and promotion144 266 462 832 
Restructuring charges718 — 718 — 
Other831 819 2,348 2,657 
Total noninterest expense
15,229 15,199 42,828 42,564 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)2,864 6,116 (2,721)20,596 
Income tax expense (benefit)645 1,304 (3,113)3,479 
Net income before noncontrolling interests2,219 4,812 392 17,117 
Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests184 202 83 441 
Wells Fargo net income$2,035 4,610 $309 16,676 
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other315 573 1,241 1,284 
Wells Fargo net income (loss) applicable to common stock$1,720 4,037 $(932)15,392 
Per share information
Earnings (loss) per common share
$0.42 0.93 $(0.23)3.45 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share0.42 0.92 (0.23)3.43 
Average common shares outstanding4,123.8 4,358.5 4,111.4 4,459.1 
Diluted average common shares outstanding (4)4,132.2 4,389.6 4,111.4 4,489.5 
(1)Prior to our adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL), on January 1, 2020, provision for credit losses from debt securities was not applicable and is therefore presented as $0 for both the third quarter and first nine months of 2019. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(3)In third quarter 2020, expenses for outside professional services, contract services, and outside data processing were combined into a single line item for professional and outside services expense; expenses for technology and equipment and telecommunications were combined into a single line item for technology, telecommunications and equipment expense; and certain other expenses were reclassified to other noninterest expense. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(4)For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, diluted average common shares outstanding equaled average common shares outstanding because our securities convertible into common shares had an anti-dilutive effect.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
65


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Wells Fargo net income$2,035 4,610 309 16,676 
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:
Debt securities:
Net unrealized gains arising during the period
96 652 1,582 5,192 
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income
(95)76 (357)34 
Derivative and hedging activities:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
(70)10 2 32 
Reclassification of net losses to net income
52 75 165 233 
Defined benefit plans adjustments:
Net actuarial and prior service losses arising during the period
(89)— (760)(4)
Amortization of net actuarial loss, settlements and other to net income
68 33 205 101 
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
74 (53)(70)
Other comprehensive income, before tax36 793 767 5,591 
Income tax benefit (expense) related to other comprehensive income13 (208)(206)(1,375)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax49 585 561 4,216 
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests1 —  — 
Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax48 585 561 4,216 
Wells Fargo comprehensive income2,083 5,195 870 20,892 
Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests185 202 83 441 
Total comprehensive income$2,268 5,397 953 21,333 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
66


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheet
(in millions, except shares)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Assets(Unaudited)
Cash and due from banks$25,535 21,757 
Interest-earning deposits with banks221,235 119,493 
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
246,770 141,250 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements69,304 102,140 
Debt securities:
Trading, at fair value
73,253 79,733 
Available-for-sale, at fair value (includes amortized cost of $216,311 and $260,060, net of allowance for credit losses of
$79 and $0) (1)
220,573 263,459 
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of $26 and $0 (fair value $189,434 and $156,860) (1)182,595 153,933 
Mortgage loans held for sale (includes $19,884 and $16,606 carried at fair value) (2)23,307 23,342 
Loans held for sale (includes $1,688 and $972 carried at fair value) (2)1,697 977 
Loans (includes $148 and $171 carried at fair value) (2)920,082 962,265 
Allowance for loan losses (19,463)(9,551)
Net loans
900,619 952,714 
Mortgage servicing rights: 
Measured at fair value
6,355 11,517 
Amortized
1,325 1,430 
Premises and equipment, net 8,977 9,309 
Goodwill26,387 26,390 
Derivative assets23,715 14,203 
Equity securities (includes $25,053 and $41,936 carried at fair value) (2)51,169 68,241 
Other assets86,174 78,917 
Total assets (3)
$1,922,220 1,927,555 
Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits $447,011 344,496 
Interest-bearing deposits 936,204 978,130 
Total deposits 
1,383,215 1,322,626 
Short-term borrowings55,224 104,512 
Derivative liabilities13,767 9,079 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities72,271 75,163 
Long-term debt 215,711 228,191 
Total liabilities (4)
1,740,188 1,739,571 
Equity 
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity: 
Preferred stock 
21,098 21,549 
Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 5,481,811,474 shares 9,136 9,136 
Additional paid-in capital 
60,035 61,049 
Retained earnings 
160,913 166,697 
 Cumulative other comprehensive income (loss)(750)(1,311)
Treasury stock – 1,349,294,592 shares and 1,347,385,537 shares (68,384)(68,831)
Unearned ESOP shares (875)(1,143)
Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity 
181,173 187,146 
Noncontrolling interests 859 838 
Total equity
182,032 187,984 
Total liabilities and equity
$1,922,220 1,927,555 
(1)Prior to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the allowance for credit losses (ACL) related to available-for-sale (AFS) and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities was not applicable and is therefore presented as $0 at December 31, 2019. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.
(2)Parenthetical amounts represent assets and liabilities that we are required to carry at fair value or for which we have elected the fair value option.
(3)Our consolidated assets at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, included the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $16 million and $16 million; Interest-earning deposits with banks, $0 million and $284 million; Debt securities, $662 million and $540 million; Net loans, $10.6 billion and $13.2 billion; Derivative assets, $1 million and $1 million; Equity securities, $72 million and $118 million; Other assets, $214 million and $239 million; and Total assets, $11.6 billion and $14.4 billion, respectively.
(4)Our consolidated liabilities at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, included the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $395 million and $401 million; Derivative liabilities, $1 million and $3 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $229 million and $235 million; Long-term debt, $215 million and $587 million; and Total liabilities, $840 million and $1.2 billion, respectively. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
67


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
Preferred stockCommon stock
(in millions, except shares)SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance June 30, 20205,494,773 $21,098 4,119,558,592 $9,136 
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Noncontrolling interests
Common stock issued13,087,759 
Common stock repurchased(129,469)
Preferred stock redeemed  
Preferred stock released by ESOP
Preferred stock converted to common shares   
Common stock dividends
Preferred stock dividends
Stock incentive compensation expense
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
Net change  12,958,290  
Balance September 30, 20205,494,773 $21,098 4,132,516,882 $9,136 
Balance June 30, 20199,184,169 $23,021 4,419,591,197 $9,136 
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Noncontrolling interests
Common stock issued5,834,645 
Common stock repurchased(159,099,263)
Preferred stock redeemed (1,550,000)(1,330)
Preferred stock released by ESOP
Preferred stock converted to common shares(142,000)(142)2,815,225 
Common stock dividends
Preferred stock dividends
Stock incentive compensation expense
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
Net change (1,692,000)(1,472)(150,449,393)— 
Balance September 30, 20197,492,169 $21,549 4,269,141,804 $9,136 

68


Quarter ended September 30,
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income
Treasury
stock
Unearned
ESOP
shares
Total
Wells Fargo
stockholders’
equity
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
equity
59,923 159,952 (798)(69,050)(875)179,386 736 180,122 
2,035 2,035 184 2,219 
48 48 1 49 
 (62)(62)
 (343)668 325 325 
(3)(3)(3)
   
    
    
3 (416)(413)(413)
(315)(315)(315)
136 136 136 
(27)1 (26)(26)
112 961 48 666  1,787 123 1,910 
60,035 160,913 (750)(68,384)(875)181,173 859 182,032 
60,625 164,551 (2,224)(54,775)(1,292)199,042 995 200,037 
  4,610     4,610 202 4,812 
    585   585 — 585 
      — (85)(85)
(6)(15)  299 278 278 
  (7,448)(7,448)(7,448)
(220)(1,550)(1,550)
(7)  149 142 142 
(1)  143 — — 
23 (2,253)    (2,230)(2,230)
(353)    (353)(353)
262   262 262 
(30)    (4)(34)(34)
241 1,769 585 (7,010)149 (5,738)117 (5,621)
60,866 166,320 (1,639)(61,785)(1,143)193,304 1,112 194,416 
69


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)
Preferred stockCommon stock
(in millions, except shares)SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance December 31, 20197,492,169 $21,549 4,134,425,937 $9,136 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (1)
Balance January 1, 20207,492,169 $21,549 4,134,425,937 $9,136 
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Noncontrolling interests
Common stock issued63,900,366 
Common stock repurchased(75,542,855)
Preferred stock redeemed(1,828,720)(2,215)
Preferred stock released by ESOP
Preferred stock converted to common shares(249,176)(249)9,733,434 
Preferred stock issued80,500 2,013 
Common stock dividends
Preferred stock dividends
Stock incentive compensation expense
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
Net change(1,997,396)(451)(1,909,055) 
Balance September 30, 20205,494,773 $21,098 4,132,516,882 $9,136 
Balance December 31, 20189,377,216 $23,214 4,581,253,608 $9,136 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (2)
Balance January 1, 20199,377,216 $23,214 4,581,253,608 $9,136 
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Noncontrolling interests
Common stock issued42,384,469 
Common stock repurchased(361,315,717)
Preferred stock redeemed (1,550,000)(1,330)
Preferred stock released by ESOP  
Preferred stock converted to common shares(335,047)(335)6,819,444 
Preferred stock issued— —   
Common stock dividends
Preferred stock dividends
Stock incentive compensation expense
Net change in deferred compensation and related plans
Net change (1,885,047)(1,665)(312,111,804)— 
Balance September 30, 20197,492,169 $21,549 4,269,141,804 $9,136 
(1)We adopted CECL effective January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in this Report.
(2)Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU 2016-02 – Leases (Topic 842) and subsequent related Updates, ASU 2017-08 – Receivables – Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.

70


Nine months ended September 30,
Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income
Treasury
stock
Unearned
ESOP
shares
Total
Wells Fargo
stockholders’
equity
Noncontrolling
interests
Total
equity
61,049 166,697 (1,311)(68,831)(1,143)187,146 838 187,984 
991  991 991 
61,049 167,688 (1,311)(68,831)(1,143)188,137 838 188,975 
309 309 83 392 
561 561  561 
 (62)(62)
207 (1,200)3,362 2,369 2,369 
(3,412)(3,412)(3,412)
17 (272)(2,470)(2,470)
(19)268 249 249 
(243)492   
(45)1,968 1,968 
41 (4,643)(4,602)(4,602)
(969)(969)(969)
437 437 437 
(1,409)5 (1,404)(1,404)
(1,014)(6,775)561 447 268 (6,964)21 (6,943)
60,035 160,913 (750)(68,384)(875)181,173 859 182,032 
60,685 158,163 (6,336)(47,194)(1,502)196,166 900 197,066 
(492)481 (11)(11)
60,685 157,671 (5,855)(47,194)(1,502)196,155 900 197,055 
  16,676     16,676 441 17,117 
    4,216   4,216 — 4,216 
      — (229)(229)
(8)(382)  2,206 1,816 1,816 
  (17,166)(17,166)(17,166)
— (220)(1,550)(1,550)
(24)  359 335 335 
(16)  351 — — 
—     — — 
62 (6,361)    (6,299)(6,299)
(1,064)    (1,064)(1,064)
1,053   1,053 1,053 
(886)    18 (868)(868)
181 8,649 4,216 (14,591)359 (2,851)212 (2,639)
60,866 166,320 (1,639)(61,785)(1,143)193,304 1,112 194,416 

71


Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)20202019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income before noncontrolling interests$392 17,117 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses
14,308 2,043 
Changes in fair value of MSRs, MLHFS and LHFS carried at fair value
4,434 3,704 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
6,444 4,940 
Other net (gains) losses
6,753 (2,888)
Stock-based compensation
1,337 1,885 
Originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale(134,318)(109,609)
Proceeds from sales of and paydowns on mortgage loans held for sale87,350 70,676 
Net change in:
Debt and equity securities, held for trading
58,969 17,104 
Loans held for sale
(669)241 
Deferred income taxes
(1,647)(3,142)
Derivative assets and liabilities
(5,823)(2,397)
Other assets
(9,482)(6,320)
Other accrued expenses and liabilities
(3,232)953 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities24,816 (5,693)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Net change in:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
32,836 (22,844)
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Proceeds from sales
40,709 7,709 
Prepayments and maturities
59,393 30,362 
Purchases
(54,010)(44,460)
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Paydowns and maturities
22,767 9,154 
Purchases
(41,758)(2,929)
Equity securities, not held for trading:
Proceeds from sales and capital returns
10,344 4,104 
Purchases
(6,518)(4,595)
Loans:
Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected
33,296 (15,133)
Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans held for investment
6,828 10,416 
Purchases (including participations) of loans
(1,036)(1,574)
Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans
7,150 2,990 
Loans originated by nonbank entities
(8,703)(3,816)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets and short sales967 1,992 
Other, net(223)1,519 
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities102,042 (27,105)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net change in:
Deposits
60,589 22,005 
Short-term borrowings
(49,288)18,121 
Long-term debt:
Proceeds from issuance
37,901 40,220 
Repayment
(61,151)(45,940)
Preferred stock:
Proceeds from issuance
1,968 — 
Redeemed
(2,470)(1,550)
Cash dividends paid
(910)(1,005)
Common stock:
Proceeds from issuance
513 356 
Stock tendered for payment of withholding taxes
(326)(283)
Repurchased
(3,412)(17,166)
Cash dividends paid
(4,454)(6,118)
Net change in noncontrolling interests(67)(221)
Other, net(231)(177)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities(21,338)8,242 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
105,520 (24,556)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period141,250 173,287 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period$246,770 148,731 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid for interest
$7,099 14,505 
Cash paid for income taxes
2,360 5,248 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) for noncash activities.

72


See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes. 
Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance through banking locations, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in foreign countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.
Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. For discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2019 Form 10-K).
To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including:
allowance for credit losses (Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses);
valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) and Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities));
valuations of financial instruments (Note 15 (Derivatives) and Note 16 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities));
liabilities for contingent litigation losses (Note 14 (Legal Actions)); and
income taxes.

Actual results could differ from those estimates.
These unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim financial statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our 2019 Form 10-K.
 
Accounting Standards Adopted in 2020
In 2020, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:
Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2020-04 – Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting
ASU 2019-04 – Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This Update includes guidance on recoveries of financial assets, which is included in the discussion for ASU 2016-13 below.
ASU 2018-17 – Consolidation (Topic 810): Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities
ASU 2018-15 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (a consensus of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Emerging Issues Task Force)
ASU 2018-13 – Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.
ASU 2017-04 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
ASU 2016-13 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and related subsequent Updates

ASU 2020-04 provides optional, temporary relief to ease the burden of accounting for reference rate reform activities that affect contractual modifications of floating rate financial instruments indexed to interbank offering rates (IBORs) and hedge accounting relationships. Modifications of qualifying contracts are accounted for as the continuation of an existing contract rather than as a new contract. Modifications of qualifying hedging relationships will not require discontinuation of the existing hedge accounting relationships. The application of the relief for qualifying existing hedging relationships may be made on a hedge-by-hedge basis and across multiple reporting periods.
We adopted ASU 2020-04 on April 1, 2020, and the guidance will be followed until the Update terminates on December 31, 2022. This guidance is applied on a prospective basis. The Update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-17 updates the guidance used by decision-makers of VIEs. Indirect interests held through related parties in common control arrangements will be considered on a proportional basis for determining whether fees paid to decision-makers and service providers are variable interests. This is consistent with how indirect interests held through related parties under common control are considered for determining whether a reporting entity must consolidate a VIE. The Update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-15 clarifies the accounting for implementation costs related to a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract and enhances disclosures around implementation costs for internal-use software and cloud computing arrangements. The guidance aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use
73

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
software license). It also requires the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs be presented in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting element of the arrangement and capitalized implementation costs be presented in the balance sheet in the same line item that a prepayment for the fees of the associated hosting arrangement are presented. The Update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-13 clarifies, eliminates and adds certain fair value measurement disclosure requirements for assets and liabilities, which affects our disclosures in Note 16 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities). Although the ASU became effective on January 1, 2020, it permitted early adoption of individual requirements without causing others to be early adopted and, as such, we partially adopted the Update during third quarter 2018 and the remainder of the requirements in first quarter 2020. The Update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2017-04 simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the requirement to assign the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The Update requires that a goodwill impairment loss is recognized if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, including goodwill. The goodwill impairment loss is limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The guidance did not change the qualitative assessment of goodwill. This guidance is applied on a prospective basis, and accordingly, the Update did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASU 2016-13 changes the accounting for the measurement of credit losses on loans and debt securities. For loans and held-to-maturity (HTM) debt securities, the Update requires a current expected credit loss (CECL) measurement to estimate the allowance for credit losses (ACL) for the remaining contractual term, adjusted for prepayments, of the financial asset (including off-balance sheet credit exposures) using historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Also, the Update eliminates the existing guidance for purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, but requires an allowance for purchased financial assets with more than an insignificant deterioration of credit since origination. In addition, the Update modifies the other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) model for available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities to require an allowance for credit impairment instead of a direct write-down, which allows for reversal of credit impairments in future periods based on improvements in credit. Upon adoption, we recognized an overall decrease in our ACL of approximately $1.3 billion (pre-tax) as a cumulative effect adjustment from a change in accounting policies, which increased our retained earnings and regulatory capital amounts and ratios. Loans previously classified as PCI were automatically transitioned to purchased credit-deteriorated (PCD) classification. We recognized an ACL for these new PCD loans and made a corresponding adjustment to the loan balance, with no impact to net income or transition adjustment to retained earnings. For more information on the impact of CECL by type of financial asset, see Table 1.1 below.
Table 1.1: ASU 2016-13 Adoption Impact to Allowance for Credit Losses (1)
Dec 31, 2019ASU 2016-13 Adoption ImpactJan 1, 2020
(in billions)Balance OutstandingACL BalanceCoverageACL BalanceCoverage
Total commercial (2)$515.7 6.2 1.2 %$(2.9)3.4 0.7 %
Real estate 1-4 family mortgage (3)323.4 0.9 0.3 — 0.9 0.3 
Credit card (4)41.0 2.3 5.5 0.7 2.9 7.1 
Automobile (4)47.9 0.5 1.0 0.3 0.7 1.5 
Other revolving credit and installment (4)34.3 0.6 1.6 0.6 1.2 3.5 
Total consumer446.5 4.2 0.9 1.5 5.7 1.3 
Total loans962.3 10.5 1.1 (1.3)9.1 0.9 
Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities and other assets (5)
420.0 0.1 NM — 0.1 NM
Total$1,382.3 10.6 NM $(1.3)9.3 NM
NM – Not meaningful
(1)Amounts presented in this table may not equal the sum of its components due to rounding.
(2)Decrease reflecting shorter contractual maturities given limitation to contractual terms.
(3)Impact reflects an increase due to longer contractual terms, offset by expectation of recoveries in collateral value on mortgage loans previously written down significantly below current recovery value.
(4)Increase due to longer contractual terms or indeterminate maturities.
(5)Excludes other financial assets in the scope of CECL that do not have an allowance for credit losses based on the nature of the asset.
The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not result in a change to accounting policies, except as noted herein. Our accounting policy for the ACL was updated and is now inclusive of loans, debt securities and other financing receivables. Other than the ACL and the elimination of PCI loans, there were no changes to accounting policies for loans as described in the 2019 Form 10-K. For debt securities, other than the policies with respect to the ACL, all of the current accounting policies, including those that changed as a result of CECL adoption, are included below under Debt Securities.
Debt Securities
Our investments in debt securities that are not held for trading purposes are classified as either debt securities available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity (HTM).
    Investments in debt securities for which the Company does not have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as AFS. AFS debt securities are measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in cumulative other comprehensive income (OCI), net of the allowance for credit losses and applicable income taxes. Investments in debt securities
74


for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM. HTM debt securities are measured at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses.

INTEREST INCOME AND GAIN/LOSS RECOGNITION Unamortized premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the security using the effective interest method, except for purchased callable debt securities carried at a premium. For purchased callable debt securities carried at a premium, the premium is amortized into interest income to the earliest call date using the effective interest method. As principal repayments are received on securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities (MBS)), a proportionate amount of the related premium or discount is recognized in income so that the effective interest rate on the remaining portion of the security continues unchanged.
We recognize realized gains and losses on the sale of debt securities in net gains (losses) on debt securities within noninterest income using the specific identification method.
IMPAIRMENT AND CREDIT LOSSES Unrealized losses of AFS debt securities are driven by a number of factors, including changes in interest rates and credit spreads which impact most types of debt securities with additional considerations for certain types of debt securities:
Debt securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, including federal agency MBS, are not impacted by credit movements given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government.
Debt securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions are most impacted by changes in the relationship between municipal and term funding credit curves rather than by changes in the credit quality of the underlying securities.
Structured securities, such as MBS and collateralized loan obligations (CLO), are also impacted by changes in projected collateral losses of assets underlying the security.

    For debt securities where fair value is less than amortized cost basis, we recognize impairment in earnings if we have the intent to sell the security or if it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. Impairment is recognized equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security and is classified as net gains (losses) from debt securities within noninterest income. Following the recognition of impairment, the security’s new amortized cost basis is the previous basis less impairment.
    For debt securities where fair value is less than amortized cost basis where we did not recognize impairment in earnings, we set up an allowance for credit losses as of the balance sheet date. See “Allowance for Credit Losses” section in this Note.

TRANSFERS BETWEEN CATEGORIES OF DEBT SECURITIES AFS debt securities transferred to the HTM classification are recorded at fair value and the unrealized gains or losses resulting from the transfer of these securities continue to be reported in cumulative OCI. The cumulative OCI balance is amortized into earnings over the same period as the unamortized premiums and discounts using the effective interest method. Any allowance for credit losses previously recorded under the AFS model on securities transferred to HTM is reversed and an allowance for credit losses is subsequently recorded under the HTM debt security model.


NONACCRUAL AND PAST DUE, AND CHARGE-OFF POLICIES We generally place debt securities on nonaccrual status using factors similar to those described for loans. When we place a debt security on nonaccrual status, we reverse the accrued unpaid interest receivable against interest income and suspend the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. If the ultimate collectability of the principal is in doubt on a nonaccrual debt security, any cash collected is first applied to reduce the security’s amortized cost basis to zero, followed by recovery of amounts previously charged off, and subsequently to interest income. Generally, we return a debt security to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current under the contractual terms of the security and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful.
    Our debt securities are considered past due when contractually required principal or interest payments have not been made on the due dates.
    Our charge-off policy for debt securities are similar to those described for loans. Subsequent to charge-off, the debt security will be designated as nonaccrual and follow the process described above for any cash received.

Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL is management’s estimate of the current expected credit losses in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments, at the balance sheet date, excluding loans and unfunded credit commitments carried at fair value or held for sale. Additionally, we maintain an ACL on AFS and HTM debt securities, other financing receivables measured at amortized cost, and other off-balance sheet credit exposures. While we attribute portions of the allowance to specific financial asset classes (loan and debt security portfolios), loan portfolio segments (commercial and consumer) or major security type, the entire ACL is available to absorb credit losses of the Company.
Our ACL process involves procedures to appropriately consider the unique risk characteristics of our financial asset classes, portfolio segments, and major security types. For each loan portfolio segment and each major HTM debt security type, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans or securities with similar risk characteristics. For loans and securities that do not share similar risk characteristics with other financial assets, the losses are estimated individually, which primarily includes our impaired large commercial loans and non-accruing HTM debt securities. For AFS debt securities, losses are estimated at the tax-lot level.
Our ACL amounts are influenced by a variety of factors, including changes in loan and debt security volumes, portfolio credit quality, and general economic conditions. General economic conditions are forecasted using economic variables which will create volatility as those variables change over time. See Table 1.2 for key economic variables used for our loan portfolios.
75

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Table 1.2: Key Economic Variables
Loan PortfolioKey economic variables
Total commercial
• Gross domestic product
• Commercial real estate asset prices, where applicable
• Unemployment rate
• Corporate investment-grade bond spreads
Real estate 1-4 family mortgage
• Home price index
• Unemployment rate
Other consumer (including credit card, automobile, and other revolving credit and installment)
• Unemployment rate

    Our approach for estimating expected life-time credit losses for loans and debt securities includes the following key components:
An initial loss forecast period of one year for all portfolio segments and classes of financing receivables and off-balance-sheet credit exposures. This period reflects management’s expectation of losses based on forward-looking economic scenarios over that time.
A historical loss forecast period covering the remaining contractual term, adjusted for expected prepayments and certain expected extensions, renewals, or modifications, by portfolio segment and class of financing receivables based on the changes in key historical economic variables during representative historical expansionary and recessionary periods.
A reversion period of up to two years to connect the losses estimated for our initial loss forecast period to the period of our historical loss forecast based on economic conditions at the measurement date. Our reversion methodology considers the type of portfolio, point in the credit cycle, expected length of recessions and recoveries, as well as other relevant factors.
Utilization of discounted cash flow (DCF) methods to measure credit impairment for loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, unless they are collateral dependent and measured at the fair value of the collateral. The DCF methods obtain estimated life-time credit losses using the initial and historical mean loss forecast periods described above.
For AFS debt securities and certain beneficial interests classified as HTM, we utilize the DCF methods to measure the ACL, which incorporate expected credit losses using the conceptual components described above. The ACL on AFS debt securities is subject to a limitation based on the fair value of the debt securities (fair value floor).

The ACL for financial assets held at amortized cost and AFS debt securities will be reversible with immediate recognition of recovery in earnings if credit improves. The ACL for financial assets held at amortized cost is a valuation account that is deducted from, or added to, the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected, which can include a negative allowance limited to the cumulative amounts previously charged off. For financial assets with an ACL estimated using DCF methods, changes in the ACL due to the passage of time are recorded in interest income. The ACL for AFS debt securities reflects the amount of unrealized loss related to expected credit losses, limited by the amount that fair value is less than the amortized cost basis, and cannot have an associated negative allowance.
For certain financial assets, such as residential real estate loans guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), an agency of the federal government, U. S. Treasury and Agency mortgage backed debt securities, as well as certain sovereign debt securities, the Company has not recognized an ACL as our expectation of nonpayment of the
amortized cost basis, based on historical losses, adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts, is zero.
A financial asset is collateral-dependent when the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the sale or operation of the collateral. When a collateral-dependent financial asset is probable of foreclosure, we will measure the ACL based on the fair value of the collateral. If we intend to sell the underlying collateral, we will measure the ACL based on the collateral’s net realizable value (fair value of collateral, less estimated costs to sell). In most situations, based on our charge-off policies, we will immediately write-down the financial asset to the fair value of the collateral or net realizable value. For consumer loans, collateral-dependent financial assets may have collateral in the form of residential real estate, automobiles or other personal assets. For commercial loans, collateral-dependent financial assets may have collateral in the form of commercial real estate or other business assets.
We do not generally record an ACL for accrued interest receivables because uncollectible accrued interest is reversed through interest income in a timely manner in line with our non-accrual and past due policies for loans and debt securities. For consumer credit card and certain consumer lines of credit, we include an ACL for accrued interest and fees since these loans are not placed on nonaccrual status and written off until the loan is 180 days past due. Accrued interest receivables are included in other assets, except for certain revolving loans, such as credit card loans.

COMMERCIAL LOAN PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY Generally, commercial loans, which include net investments in lease financing, are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. Our estimation approach for the commercial portfolio reflects the estimated probability of default in accordance with the borrower’s financial strength and the severity of loss in the event of default, considering the quality of any underlying collateral. Probability of default and severity at the time of default are statistically derived through historical observations of default and losses after default within each credit risk rating. These estimates are adjusted as appropriate based on additional analysis of long-term average loss experience compared with previously forecasted losses, external loss data or other risks identified from current economic conditions and credit quality trends. The estimated probability of default and severity at the time of default are applied to loan equivalent exposures to estimate losses for unfunded credit commitments.

CONSUMER LOAN PORTFOLIO SEGMENT ACL METHODOLOGY For consumer loans, we determine the allowance at the individual loan level. When developing historical loss experience, we pool loans, generally by product types with similar risk characteristics, such as residential real estate mortgages and credit cards. As appropriate and to achieve greater accuracy, we may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, origination channel,
76


vintage, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. We use pooled loan data such as historic delinquency and default and loss severity in the development of our consumer loan models, in addition to home price trends, unemployment trends, and other economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the consumer portfolio.

AFS PORTFOLIO ACL METHODOLOGY We develop our ACL estimate for AFS debt securities by utilizing a security-level multi-scenario, probability-weighted discounted cash flow model based on a combination of past events, current conditions, as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts. The projected cash flows are discounted at the security’s effective interest rate, except for certain variable rate securities which are discounted using projections of future changes in interest rates, prepayable securities which are adjusted for estimated prepayments, and securities part of a fair value hedge which use hedge-adjusted assumptions. The ACL on an AFS debt security is limited to the difference between its amortized cost basis and fair value (fair value floor) and reversals of the allowance are permitted up to the amount previously recorded.
HTM PORTFOLIO ACL METHODOLOGY For most HTM debt securities, the ACL is measured using an expected loss model, similar to the methodology used for loans. Unlike AFS debt securities, the ACL on an HTM debt security is not limited to the fair value floor.
Certain beneficial interests categorized as HTM debt securities utilize a similar discounted cash flow model as described for AFS debt securities, without the limitation of the fair value floor.

OTHER QUALITATIVE FACTORS  The ACL includes amounts for qualitative factors which may not be adequately reflected in our loss models. These amounts represent management’s judgment of risks in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the ACL. Generally, these amounts are established at a granular level below our loan portfolio segments. We also consider economic environmental factors, modeling assumptions and performance, process risk, and other subjective factors, including industry trends and emerging risk assessments.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET CREDIT EXPOSURES Our off-balance sheet credit exposures include unfunded loan commitments (generally in the form of revolving lines of credit), financial guarantees not accounted for as insurance contracts or derivatives, including standby letters of credit, and other similar instruments. For off-balance sheet credit exposures, we recognize an ACL associated with the unfunded amounts. We do not recognize an ACL for commitments that are unconditionally cancelable at our discretion. Additionally, we recognize an ACL for financial guarantees that create off-balance sheet credit exposure, such as loans sold with credit recourse and factoring guarantees. ACL for off-balance sheet credit exposures are reported as a liability in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.

OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS Other financial assets are evaluated for expected credit losses. These other financial assets include accounts receivable for fees, receivables from government-sponsored entities, such as Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and GNMA, and other accounts receivable from high-credit quality counterparties, such as central clearing
counterparties. Many of these financial assets are generally not expected to have an ACL as there is a zero loss expectation (for example, government guarantee) or no historical credit losses. Some financial assets, such as loans to employees, maintain an ACL that is presented on a net basis with the related amortized cost amounts in other assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Given the nature of these financial assets, provision for credit losses is not recognized separately from the regular income or expense associated with these financial assets.
Securities purchased under resale agreements are generally over-collateralized by securities or cash and are generally short-term in nature. We have elected the practical expedient for these financial assets given collateral maintenance provisions. These provisions require that we monitor the collateral value and customers are required to replenish collateral, if needed. Accordingly, we generally do not maintain an ACL for these financial assets.

PURCHASED CREDIT DETERIORATED FINANCIAL ASSETS Financial assets acquired that are of poor credit quality and with more than an insignificant evidence of credit deterioration since their origination or issuance are PCD assets. PCD assets are recorded at their purchase price plus an ACL estimated at the time of acquisition. Under this approach, there is no provision for credit losses recognized at acquisition; rather, there is a gross-up of the purchase price of the financial asset for the estimate of expected credit losses and a corresponding ACL recorded. Changes in estimates of expected credit losses after acquisition are recognized as provision for credit losses (or reversal of provision for credit losses) in subsequent periods. In general, interest income recognition for PCD financial assets is consistent with interest income recognition for the similar non-PCD financial asset.

Troubled Debt Restructuring and Other Relief Related to COVID-19
On March 25, 2020, the U.S. Senate approved the Coronavirus, Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) providing optional, temporary relief from accounting for certain loan modifications as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). Under the CARES Act, TDR relief is available to banks for loan modifications related to the adverse effects of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) (COVID-related modifications) granted to borrowers that are current as of December 31, 2019. TDR relief applies to COVID-related modifications made from March 1, 2020, until the earlier of December 31, 2020, or 60 days following the termination of the national emergency declared by the President of the United States. In first quarter 2020, we elected to apply the TDR relief provided by the CARES Act.
On April 7, 2020, federal banking regulators issued the Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus (Revised) (the Interagency Statement). The guidance in the Interagency Statement provides additional TDR relief as it clarifies that it is not necessary to consider the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial condition of a borrower in connection with a short-term (e.g., six months or less) COVID-related modification provided the borrower is current at the date the modification program is implemented.
For COVID-related modifications in the form of payment deferrals, delinquency status will not advance and loans that were accruing at the time the relief is provided will generally not be placed on nonaccrual status during the deferral period. COVID-related modifications that do not meet the provisions of the
77

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
CARES Act or the Interagency Statement will be assessed for TDR classification.
On April 10, 2020, the FASB Staff issued Accounting for Lease Concessions Related to the Effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic, a question and answer guide (the guide). The guide provided an election for leases accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 842, Leases, that were modified due to COVID-19 and met certain criteria in order to not require a new
lease classification test upon modification. In second quarter 2020, we elected to apply the lease modification relief provided by the guide.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Significant noncash activities are presented in Table 1.3.


Table 1.3: Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)20202019
Trading debt securities retained from securitization of mortgage loans held for sale (MLHFS)
$39,626 31,517 
Available-for-sale debt securities retained from securitization of MLHFS2,710 — 
Held-to-maturity debt securities retained from securitization of MLHFS9,016 115 
Transfers from (to) loans to (from) MLHFS4,033 5,409 
Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities1,236 13,833 
Operating lease ROU assets acquired with operating lease liabilities (1)
482 5,644 
(1)Includes amounts attributable to new leases and changes from modified leases. The nine months ended September 30, 2019, balance also includes $4.9 billion from adoption of ASU 2016-02 – Leases (Topic 842).

Subsequent Events
We have evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to September 30, 2020, and, except as disclosed in Note 17 (Preferred Stock) and Note 19 (Employee Benefits and
Other Expenses), there have been no material events that would require recognition in our third quarter 2020 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Note 2:  Restructuring Charges
The Company is pursuing various initiatives to reduce expenses and create a more efficient and streamlined organization. Actions from these initiatives may include reorganizing and simplifying business processes and structures, reducing headcount, optimizing third-party spending, and rationalizing our branch and administrative locations, which may include consolidations and closures. The evaluation of potential actions will continue in future periods.
Restructuring charges are recorded as a component of noninterest expense on our consolidated statement of income.
The following costs associated with these initiatives are included in restructuring charges
Personnel costs – Primarily severance costs associated with headcount reductions with payments made over time in accordance with our severance plan.
Facility closure costs – Write-downs and acceleration of depreciation and amortization of owned or leased assets for branch and administrative locations, as well as related decommissioning costs.
Table 2.1 provides details on our restructuring charges.

Table 2.1: Restructuring Charges
(in millions)Personnel costsFacility closure costsTotal
Restructuring charges$694 24 718 
Payments and utilization— (24)(24)
Accrual balance at September 30, 2020
$694 — 694 
78


Note 3: Cash, Loan and Dividend Restrictions
Cash and cash equivalents may be restricted as to usage or withdrawal. Federal Reserve Board (FRB) regulations require that each of our subsidiary banks maintain reserve balances on deposit with the Federal Reserve Banks. Table 3.1 provides a summary of restrictions on cash equivalents in addition to the FRB reserve cash balance requirements.
Table 3.1: Nature of Restrictions on Cash Equivalents
(in millions) Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Required reserve balance for the FRB (1)
$ 11,374 
Reserve balance for non-U.S. central banks
220 460 
Segregated for benefit of brokerage customers under federal and other brokerage regulations
875 733 
Related to consolidated variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle liabilities
of VIEs
16 300 
(1)Effective March 26, 2020, the FRB reduced reserve requirement ratios to 0%. The amount for December 31, 2019, represents an average for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Federal laws and regulations limit the dividends that a national bank may pay. Our national bank subsidiaries could have declared additional dividends of $2.7 billion at September 30, 2020, without obtaining prior regulatory approval. We have elected to retain higher capital at our national bank subsidiaries in order to meet internal capital policy minimums and regulatory requirements. Our nonbank subsidiaries are also limited by certain federal and state statutory provisions and regulations covering the amount of dividends that may be paid in any given year. In addition, under a Support Agreement dated June 28, 2017, as amended and restated on June 26, 2019, among Wells Fargo & Company, the parent holding company (the “Parent”), WFC Holdings, LLC, an intermediate holding company and subsidiary of the Parent (the “IHC”), Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, and certain other direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Parent designated as material entities for resolution planning purposes or identified as related support entities in our resolution plan, the IHC may be restricted from making dividend payments to the Parent if certain liquidity and/or capital metrics fall below defined triggers or if the Parent’s board of directors authorizes it to file a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Based on retained earnings at September 30, 2020, our nonbank subsidiaries could have declared additional dividends of $27.8 billion at September 30, 2020, without obtaining prior regulatory approval. For additional information see Note 3 (Cash, Loan and Dividend Restrictions) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
The FRB’s Capital Plan Rule (codified at 12 CFR 225.8 of Regulation Y) establishes capital planning and other requirements that govern capital distributions including dividends by certain large bank holding companies. The FRB has also published guidance regarding its supervisory expectations for capital planning, including capital policies regarding the process relating to common stock dividend and repurchase decisions in the FRB’s SR Letter 15-18. The Parent’s ability to make certain capital distributions is subject to review by the FRB as part of the Parent’s capital plan in connection with the FRB’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR). The Parent’s ability to take certain capital actions is also subject to the Parent meeting or exceeding certain regulatory capital minimums.
On September 30, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) announced that it was extending through fourth quarter 2020 measures it announced on June 25, 2020, prohibiting large bank holding companies (BHCs) subject to the FRB’s capital plan rule, including Wells Fargo, from making any capital distribution (excluding any capital distribution arising from the issuance of a capital instrument eligible for inclusion in the numerator of a regulatory capital ratio), unless otherwise approved by the FRB. The FRB has generally authorized BHCs to (i) make share repurchases relating to issuances of common stock related to employee stock ownership plans; (ii) provided that the BHC does not increase the amount of its common stock dividends, pay common stock dividends that do not exceed an amount equal to the average of the BHC’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters, unless otherwise specified by the FRB; and (iii) make scheduled payments on additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital instruments. These provisions may be extended by the FRB quarter-by-quarter.
79


Note 4:  Trading Activities
Table 4.1 presents a summary of our trading assets and liabilities measured at fair value through earnings.
Table 4.1: Trading Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Trading assets:
Debt securities
$73,253 79,733 
Equity securities
14,058 27,440 
Loans held for sale
1,688 972 
Gross trading derivative assets
57,990 34,825 
Netting (1)(35,662)(21,463)
Total trading derivative assets22,328 13,362 
Total trading assets
111,327 121,507 
Trading liabilities:
Short sale
18,779 17,430 
Gross trading derivative liabilities
51,241 33,861 
Netting (1)(39,278)(26,074)
Total trading derivative liabilities11,963 7,787 
Total trading liabilities
$30,742 25,217 
(1)Represents balance sheet netting for trading derivative asset and liability balances, and trading portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments.
Table 4.2 provides a summary of the net interest income earned from trading securities, and net gains and losses due to the realized and unrealized gains and losses from trading activities.
Net interest income also includes dividend income on trading securities and dividend expense on trading securities we have sold, but not yet purchased.

Table 4.2: Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Trading Activities
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Interest income:
Debt securities$546 790 $1,971 2,323 
Equity securities68 157 273 415 
Loans held for sale6 20 24 63 
Total interest income620 967 2,268 2,801 
Less: Interest expense93 129 350 392 
Net interest income527 838 1,918 2,409 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (1):
Debt securities 214 451 2,898 1,540 
Equity securities 1,381 (242)(691)3,061 
Loans held for sale14 26 15 
Derivatives (2)(1,248)62 (1,001)(3,754)
Total net gains from trading activities 361 276 1,232 862 
Total trading-related net interest and noninterest income$888 1,114 $3,150 3,271 
(1)Represents realized gains (losses) from our trading activities and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions.
(2)Excludes economic hedging of mortgage banking and asset/liability management activities, for which hedge results (realized and unrealized) are reported with the respective hedged activities.
80


Note 5:  Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Table 5.1 provides the amortized cost, net of the allowance for credit losses, and fair value by major categories of available-for-sale debt securities, which are carried at fair value, and held-to-maturity debt securities, which are carried at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses. The net unrealized gains (losses) for available-for-sale debt securities are reported as a component of cumulative OCI, net of the allowance for credit losses and applicable income taxes. Information on debt securities held for trading is included in Note 4 (Trading Activities).
    Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities which are included in other assets. During the first nine months of 2020, we reversed accrued interest receivable on our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities by reversing interest income of $6 million. See Note 9 (Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable.
Table 5.1: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Outstanding
(in millions) Amortized cost, net (1)Gross
unrealized gains 
Gross
unrealized losses
Fair value
September 30, 2020
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$5,826 149  5,975 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2)
31,563 239 (291)31,511 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
130,717 4,582 (72)135,227 
Residential
539 3 (1)541 
Commercial
3,393 17 (67)3,343 
Total mortgage-backed securities
134,649 4,602 (140)139,111 
Corporate debt securities
5,687 131 (46)5,772 
Collateralized loan obligations
25,389 5 (380)25,014 
Other
13,197 80 (87)13,190 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
216,311 5,206 (944)220,573 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
48,587 1,765 (65)50,287 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
14,232 682 (4)14,910 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities (3)
119,766 4,518 (57)124,227 
Other debt securities
10   10 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
182,595 6,965 (126)189,434 
Total (4)
$398,906 12,171 (1,070)410,007 
December 31, 2019
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$14,948 13 (1)14,960 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (2)
39,381 992 (36)40,337 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
160,318 2,299 (164)162,453 
Residential
814 14 (1)827 
Commercial
3,899 41 (6)3,934 
Total mortgage-backed securities
165,031 2,354 (171)167,214 
Corporate debt securities
6,343 252 (32)6,563 
Collateralized loan obligations
29,153 25 (123)29,055 
Other
5,204 150 (24)5,330 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
260,060 3,786 (387)263,459 
Held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
45,541 617 (19)46,139 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
13,486 286 (13)13,759 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities (3)
94,869 2,093 (37)96,925 
Other debt securities
37 — — 37 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
153,933 2,996 (69)156,860 
Total (4)
$413,993 6,782 (456)420,319 
(1)Represents amortized cost of the securities, net of the allowance for credit losses of $79 million related to available-for-sale debt securities and $26 million related to held-to-maturity debt securities at September 30, 2020. Prior to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the allowance for credit losses related to available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities was not applicable and is therefore presented as $0 at December 31, 2019. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Includes investments in tax-exempt preferred debt securities issued by investment funds or trusts that predominantly invest in tax-exempt municipal securities. The amortized cost net of allowance for credit losses and fair value of these types of securities was $5.6 billion at September 30, 2020, and $5.8 billion at December 31, 2019.
(3)Predominantly consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities at both September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
(4)We held available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities from Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) that each exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity, with an amortized cost of $97.1 billion and $85.0 billion and a fair value of $100.9 billion and $88.1 billion at September 30, 2020 and an amortized cost of $98.5 billion and $84.1 billion and a fair value of $100.3 billion and $85.5 billion at December 31, 2019, respectively.
81

Note 5: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)
Table 5.2 details the breakout of purchases of and transfers to held-to-maturity debt securities by major category of security.

Table 5.2: Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities Purchases and Transfers
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$ — $3,016 — 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 491 881 734 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities
23,683 3,108 46,578 3,161 
Total purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities
23,683 3,599 50,475 3,895 
Transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
1,236 4,354 1,236 5,912 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities
 3,408  7,921 
Total transfers from available-for-sale debt securities to held-to-maturity debt securities
$1,236 7,762 $1,236 13,833 
Table 5.3 shows the composition of interest income, provision for credit losses, and gross realized gains and losses
from sales and impairment write-downs included in earnings related to available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities (pre-tax).



Table 5.3: Income Statement Impacts for Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Interest income:
Available-for-sale
$1,009 1,957 $4,084 6,268 
Held-to-maturity
891 919 2,809 2,797 
Total interest income (1)
1,900 2,876 6,893 9,065 
Provision for credit losses (2):
Available-for-sale
12 — 140 — 
Held-to-maturity
6 — 19 — 
Total provision for credit losses18 — 159 — 
Realized gains and losses (3):
Gross realized gains264 21 768 223 
Gross realized losses (12)(40)(17)
Impairment write-downs included in earnings:
Credit-related (4)
 —  (23)
Intent-to-sell
 (6)(15)(35)
Total impairment write-downs included in earnings
 (6)(15)(58)
Net realized gains
$264 $713 148 
(1)Total interest income from debt securities excludes interest income from trading debt securities, which is disclosed in Note 4 (Trading Activities).
(2)Prior to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses from debt securities was not applicable and is therefore presented as $0 for the prior period. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(3)Realized gains and losses relate to available-for-sale debt securities. There were no realized gains or losses from held-to-maturity debt securities in all periods presented.
(4)For the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, credit-related impairment recognized in earnings is classified as provision for credit losses due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality of debt securities by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. The credit quality indicators that we most closely monitor include credit ratings and delinquency status and are based on information as of our financial statement date.

CREDIT RATINGS Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a debt security. We determine the credit rating of a security according to the lowest credit rating made available by national recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs).
Debt securities rated investment grade, that is those with ratings similar to BBB-/Baa3 or above, as defined by NRSROs, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, debt securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade debt securities. For debt securities not rated by NRSROs, we determine an internal credit grade of the debt securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit ratings assigned by major credit agencies. Substantially all of our debt securities were rated by NRSROs at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019.
82


    Table 5.4 shows the percentage of fair value of available-for-sale debt securities and amortized cost of held-to-maturity debt
securities determined by those rated investment grade, inclusive of those based on internal credit grades.
Table 5.4: Investment Grade Debt Securities
Available-for-SaleHeld-to-Maturity
($ in millions)Fair value % investment gradeAmortized cost% investment grade
September 30, 2020
Total portfolio$220,573 99 %182,621 99 %
Breakdown by category:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (1)$141,202 100 %167,489 100 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions31,511 99 14,245 100 
Collateralized loan obligations25,014 100 N/AN/A
All other debt securities (2)22,846 90 887 7 
December 31, 2019
Total portfolio$263,459 99 %153,933 99 %
Breakdown by category:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (1)$177,413 100 %139,619 100 %
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions40,337 99 13,486 100 
Collateralized loan obligations29,055 100 N/AN/A
All other debt securities (2)16,654 82 828 
(1)Includes federal agency mortgage-backed securities.
(2)Includes non-agency mortgage-backed, corporate, and all other debt securities.
DELINQUENCY STATUS AND NONACCRUAL DEBT SECURITIES Debt security issuers that are delinquent in payment of amounts due under contractual debt agreements have a higher probability of recognition of credit losses. As such, as part of our monitoring of the credit quality of the debt security portfolio, we consider whether debt securities we own are past due in payment of principal or interest payments and whether any securities have been placed into nonaccrual status.
    We had no debt securities that were past due and still accruing at September 30, 2020 or December 31, 2019. The fair value of available-for-sale debt securities in nonaccrual status was $98 million and $110 million as of September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. There were no held-to-
maturity debt securities in nonaccrual status as of September 30, 2020, or December 31, 2019. Purchased debt securities with credit deterioration (PCD) are not considered to be in nonaccrual status, as payments from issuers of these securities remain current.
    Table 5.5 presents detail of available-for-sale debt securities purchased with credit deterioration during the period. There were no available-for-sale debt securities purchased with credit deterioration during third quarter 2020. There were no held-to-maturity debt securities purchased with credit deterioration during the third quarter and first nine months of 2020. The amounts presented are as of the date of the PCD assets were purchased.
Table 5.5: Debt Securities Purchased with Credit Deterioration
(in millions)Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Available-for-sale debt securities purchased with credit deterioration (PCD):
Par value
$164 
Allowance for credit losses at acquisition
(11)
Discount (or premiums) attributable to other factors
Purchase price of available-for-sale debt securities purchased with credit deterioration
$156 
83

Note 5: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)
Unrealized Losses of Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
Table 5.6 shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities by length of time those individual securities in each category have been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we have recorded credit impairment are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or
“12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the (1) for the current period presented, amortized cost basis net of allowance for credit losses, or the (2) for the prior period presented, amortized cost basis.
Table 5.6: Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total 
(in millions)Gross unrealized losses Fair value Gross unrealized losses Fair value Gross unrealized losses Fair value 
September 30, 2020
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$      
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
(234)12,366 (57)1,817 (291)14,183 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
(71)15,985 (1)365 (72)16,350 
Residential
  (1)58 (1)58 
Commercial
(45)1,910 (22)331 (67)2,241 
Total mortgage-backed securities
(116)17,895 (24)754 (140)18,649 
Corporate debt securities
(35)788 (11)95 (46)883 
Collateralized loan obligations
(208)16,696 (172)7,265 (380)23,961 
Other
(34)6,545 (53)1,382 (87)7,927 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
$(627)54,290 (317)11,313 (944)65,603 
December 31, 2019
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$— — (1)2,423 (1)2,423 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
(10)2,776 (26)2,418 (36)5,194 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
(50)16,807 (114)10,641 (164)27,448 
Residential
(1)149 — — (1)149 
Commercial
(3)998 (3)244 (6)1,242 
Total mortgage-backed securities
(54)17,954 (117)10,885 (171)28,839 
Corporate debt securities
(9)303 (23)216 (32)519 
Collateralized loan obligations
(13)5,001 (110)16,789 (123)21,790 
Other
(12)1,656 (12)492 (24)2,148 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
$(98)27,690 (289)33,223 (387)60,913 
We have assessed each debt security with gross unrealized losses included in the previous table for credit impairment. As part of that assessment we evaluated and concluded that we do not intend to sell any of the debt securities, and that it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell, prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the debt securities’ amortized cost basis. In prior periods, credit impairment was recorded as a write-down to the amortized cost basis of the security. In the current period, credit impairment is recorded as an allowance for credit losses for debt securities.

For descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment as well as methodology and significant inputs used to measure credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
84


Allowance for Credit Losses for Debt Securities
Table 5.7 presents the allowance for credit losses on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities.
Table 5.7: Allowance for Credit Losses for Debt Securities
Quarter ended September 30, 2020Nine months ended September 30, 2020
(in millions)Available-for-SaleHeld-to-MaturityAvailable-for-SaleHeld-to-Maturity
Balance, beginning of period (1)$114 20 $— — 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (2)— — 24 
Balance, beginning of period, adjusted114 20 24 
Provision for credit losses12 140 19 
Securities purchased with credit deterioration— — 11 — 
Reduction due to sales— — (8)— 
Reduction due to intent to sell(2)— (13)— 
Charge-offs(48)— (81)— 
Interest income (3)— — 
Balance, end of period (4)$79 26 $79 26 
(1)Prior to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the allowance for credit losses related to available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities was not applicable and is therefore presented as $0 at December 31, 2019. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Represents the impact of adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(3)Certain debt securities with an allowance for credit losses calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the securities’ effective interest rate over its remaining life, recognize changes in the allowance for credit losses attributable to the passage of time as interest income.
(4)The allowance for credit losses for debt securities primarily relates to corporate debt securities as of September 30, 2020.

85

Note 5: Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities (continued)
Contractual Maturities
Table 5.8 shows the remaining contractual maturities, amortized cost net of allowance for credit losses, fair value and weighted average effective yields of available-for-sale debt securities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not
consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
Table 5.8: Contractual Maturities – Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions)
TotalWithin one yearAfter one year
through five years
After five years
through ten years
After ten years
September 30, 2020
Available-for-sale debt securities (1): 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
Amortized cost, net
$5,826 511 2,771 10 2,534 
Fair value
5,975 511 2,777 11 2,676 
Weighted average yield
0.99 %2.61 0.28 2.34 1.42 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
Amortized cost, net
$31,563 2,748 3,193 3,558 22,064 
Fair value
31,511 2,754 3,246 3,570 21,941 
Weighted average yield
2.34 %1.37 1.74 1.46 2.68 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
Amortized cost, net
$130,717 — 138 2,766 127,813 
Fair value
135,227 — 146 2,865 132,216 
Weighted average yield
3.01 %— 3.24 2.34 3.02 
Residential
Amortized cost, net
$539 — — — 539 
Fair value
541 — — — 541 
Weighted average yield
2.24 %— — — 2.24 
Commercial
Amortized cost, net
$3,393 — — 161 3,232 
Fair value
3,343 — — 159 3,184 
Weighted average yield
2.16 %— — 1.63 2.18 
Total mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net
$134,649 — 138 2,927 131,584 
Fair value
139,111 — 146 3,024 135,941 
Weighted average yield
2.98 %— 3.24 2.30 3.00 
Corporate debt securities
Amortized cost, net
$5,687 207 2,390 2,301 789 
Fair value
5,772 208 2,459 2,326 779 
Weighted average yield
4.75 %6.41 4.88 4.61 4.36 
Collateralized loan obligations
Amortized cost, net
$25,389 — 249 12,901 12,239 
Fair value
25,014 — 248 12,731 12,035 
Weighted average yield
1.67 %— 2.40 1.75 1.57 
Other
Amortized cost, net
$13,197 8,991 457 1,087 2,662 
Fair value
13,190 8,985 446 1,078 2,681 
Weighted average yield
0.42 %(0.15)1.76 1.03 1.84 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
Amortized cost, net
$216,311 12,457 9,198 22,784 171,872 
Fair value
220,573 12,458 9,322 22,740 176,053 
Weighted average yield
2.57 %0.41 2.17 2.03 2.82 
(1)Weighted average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on amortized cost without effect for any related hedging derivatives and are shown pre-tax.

86


Table 5.9 shows the remaining contractual maturities, amortized cost net of allowance for credit losses, fair value, and weighted average effective yields of held-to-maturity debt securities.

Table 5.9: Contractual Maturities – Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
By remaining contractual maturity ($ in millions) TotalWithin one yearAfter one year
through five years
After five years
through ten years
After ten years
September 30, 2020
Held-to-maturity debt securities (1): 
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
Amortized cost, net$48,587 24,742 20,064 — 3,781 
Fair value50,287 25,051 21,275 — 3,961 
Weighted average yield
2.14 %2.19 2.19 — 1.57 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
Amortized cost, net$14,232 292 1,006 1,830 11,104 
Fair value14,910 295 1,059 1,932 11,624 
Weighted average yield
2.72 %2.36 2.59 2.93 2.71 
Federal agency and other mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost, net$119,766 — 15 — 119,751 
Fair value124,227 — 14 — 124,213 
Weighted average yield
2.65 %— 1.50 — 2.65 
Other debt securities
Amortized cost, net$10 — — 10 — 
Fair value10 — — 10 — 
Weighted average yield
1.45 %— — 1.45 — 
Total held-to-maturity debt securities
Amortized cost, net$182,595 25,034 21,085 1,840 134,636 
Fair value189,434 25,346 22,348 1,942 139,798 
Weighted average yield
2.52 %2.19 2.21 2.92 2.62 
(1)Weighted average yields displayed by maturity bucket are weighted based on amortized cost and are shown pre-tax.

87


Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses 
Table 6.1 presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances include unearned income, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized discounts and premiums. These amounts were less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019.
Outstanding balances exclude accrued interest receivable on loans, except for certain revolving loans, such as credit card loans.
During the first nine months of 2020, we reversed accrued interest receivable by reversing interest income of $29 million for our commercial portfolio segment and $161 million for our consumer portfolio segment. See Note 9 (Other Assets) for additional information on accrued interest receivable.
Table 6.1: Loans Outstanding
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$320,913 354,125 
Real estate mortgage
121,910 121,824 
Real estate construction
22,519 19,939 
Lease financing
16,947 19,831 
Total commercial
482,289 515,719 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
294,990 293,847 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
25,162 29,509 
Credit card
36,021 41,013 
Automobile
48,450 47,873 
Other revolving credit and installment
33,170 34,304 
Total consumer
437,793 446,546 
Total loans
$920,082 962,265 
Our non-U.S. loans are reported by respective class of financing receivable in the table above. Substantially all of our non-U.S. loan portfolio is commercial loans. Table 6.2 presents total non-U.S. commercial loans outstanding by class of financing receivable.


Table 6.2: Non-U.S. Commercial Loans Outstanding
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Non-U.S. Commercial Loans
Commercial and industrial
$61,594 70,494 
Real estate mortgage
6,228 7,004 
Real estate construction
1,898 1,434 
Lease financing
1,156 1,220 
Total non-U.S. commercial loans
$70,876 80,152 

88


Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers
Table 6.3 summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale. The table excludes loans for which we have elected the fair value option and government insured/guaranteed real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans because
their loan activity normally does not impact the ACL. In the first nine months of 2020, we sold $1.2 billion of 1-4 family first mortgage loans for a gain of $724 million, which is included in other noninterest income on our consolidated income statement. These whole loans were designated as MLHFS in 2019.
Table 6.3: Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers
20202019
(in millions)CommercialConsumerTotalCommercial ConsumerTotal
Quarter ended September 30,
Purchases$260 2 262 571 910 1,481 
Sales(564) (564)(433)(85)(518)
Transfers (to) from MLHFS/LHFS(170)8,990 8,820 (25)(37)(62)
Nine months ended September 30,
Purchases$1,034 5 1,039 1,570 918 2,488 
Sales(3,334)(27)(3,361)(1,389)(417)(1,806)
Transfers (to) from MLHFS/LHFS(101)(1,387)(1,488)(117)(1,889)(2,006)
Commitments to Lend
A commitment to lend is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. We generally require a fee to extend such commitments. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements with covenants regarding the financial performance of the customer or borrowing base formulas on an ongoing basis that must be met before we are required to fund the commitment. We may reduce or cancel consumer commitments, including home equity lines and credit card lines, in accordance with the contracts and applicable law.
We may, as a representative for other lenders, advance funds or provide for the issuance of letters of credit under syndicated loan or letter of credit agreements. Any advances are generally repaid in less than a week and would normally require default of both the customer and another lender to expose us to loss. The unfunded amount of these temporary advance arrangements totaled approximately $79.9 billion at September 30, 2020.
We issue commercial letters of credit to assist customers in purchasing goods or services, typically for international trade. At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we had $942 million and $862 million, respectively, of outstanding issued commercial letters of credit. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility for different purposes in one of several forms, including a standby letter of credit. See Note 13 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments) for additional information on standby letters of credit. 
When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments are not funded. We manage the potential risk in commitments to lend by limiting the total amount of commitments, both by individual customer and in total, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of these commitments and by applying the same credit standards for these commitments as for all of our credit activities.
For loans and commitments to lend, we generally require collateral or a guarantee. We may require various types of collateral, including commercial and consumer real estate, automobiles, other short-term liquid assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Collateral requirements for each loan or commitment may vary based on the loan product and our assessment of a customer’s credit risk according to the specific credit underwriting, including credit terms and structure.
The contractual amount of our unfunded credit commitments, including unissued standby and commercial letters of credit, is summarized by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable in Table 6.4. The table excludes the issued standby and commercial letters of credit and temporary advance arrangements described above.
Table 6.4: Unfunded Credit Commitments
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$359,827 346,991 
Real estate mortgage
8,420 8,206 
Real estate construction
16,028 17,729 
Total commercial
384,275 372,926 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
30,853 34,391 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
34,452 36,916 
Credit card
121,312 114,933 
Other revolving credit and installment
22,239 25,898 
Total consumer
208,856 212,138 
Total unfunded credit commitments
$593,131 585,064 
89

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans
Table 6.5 presents the allowance for credit losses for loans, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. On January 1, 2020, we adopted CECL. Additional information regarding our adoption of CECL is included in Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
The ACL for loans increased $10.0 billion from December 31, 2019, driven by a $11.3 billion increase in the ACL for loans in the first nine months of 2020 reflecting current and forecasted economic conditions due to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by a $1.3 billion decrease as a result of adopting CECL.
Table 6.5: Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Balance, beginning of period$20,436 10,603 10,456 10,707 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (1) — (1,337)— 
Allowance for purchased credit-deteriorated (PCD) loans (2) — 8 — 
Balance, beginning of period, adjusted20,436 10,603 9,127 10,707 
Provision for credit losses751 695 14,149 2,043 
Interest income on certain loans (3)(41)(34)(117)(112)
Loan charge-offs:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
(327)(209)(1,260)(590)
Real estate mortgage
(59)(2)(134)(28)
Real estate construction
 —  (1)
Lease financing
(34)(12)(66)(35)
Total commercial
(420)(223)(1,460)(654)
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
(20)(31)(63)(101)
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
(22)(27)(70)(90)
Credit card
(339)(404)(1,225)(1,278)
Automobile
(99)(156)(413)(485)
Other revolving credit and installment
(94)(168)(372)(497)
Total consumer
(574)(786)(2,143)(2,451)
Total loan charge-offs
(994)(1,009)(3,603)(3,105)
Loan recoveries:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
53 62 132 151 
Real estate mortgage
3 10 13 26 
Real estate construction
2 19 13 
Lease financing
6 14 15 
Total commercial
64 84 178 205 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
21 36 65 148 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
36 49 101 140 
Credit card
94 85 276 258 
Automobile
68 80 194 266 
Other revolving credit and installment
28 30 84 95 
Total consumer
247 280 720 907 
Total loan recoveries
311 364 898 1,112 
Net loan charge-offs
(683)(645)(2,705)(1,993)
Other8 (6)17 (32)
Balance, end of period$20,471 10,613 20,471 10,613 
Components:
Allowance for loan losses
$19,463 9,715 19,463 9,715 
Allowance for unfunded credit commitments
1,008 898 1,008 898 
Allowance for credit losses for loans
$20,471 10,613 20,471 10,613 
Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans0.29 %0.27 0.38 0.28 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans2.12 1.02 2.12 1.02 
Allowance for credit losses for loans as a percentage of total loans2.22 1.11 2.22 1.11 
(1)Represents the overall decrease in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
(2)Represents the allowance estimated for PCI loans that automatically became PCD loans with the adoption of CECL. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(3)Loans with an allowance measured by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize changes in allowance attributable to the passage of time as interest income.
90


Table 6.6 summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses for loans by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.
Table 6.6: Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans Activity by Portfolio Segment
20202019
(in millions)CommercialConsumerTotalCommercialConsumerTotal
Quarter ended September 30,
Balance, beginning of period$11,669 8,767 20,436 6,298 4,305 10,603 
Provision for credit losses241 510 751 84 611 695 
Interest income on certain loans (1)
(18)(23)(41)(10)(24)(34)
Loan charge-offs
(420)(574)(994)(223)(786)(1,009)
Loan recoveries
64 247 311 84 280 364 
Net loan charge-offs
(356)(327)(683)(139)(506)(645)
Other
6 2 8 (3)(3)(6)
Balance, end of period$11,542 8,929 20,471 6,230 4,383 10,613 
Nine months ended September 30,
Balance, beginning of period$6,245 4,211 10,456 6,417 4,290 10,707 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policies (1)(2,861)1,524 (1,337)— — — 
Allowance for purchased credit-deteriorated (PCD) loans (2) 8 8 — — — 
Balance, beginning of period, adjusted3,384 5,743 9,127 6,417 4,290 10,707 
Provision for credit losses9,480 4,669 14,149 294 1,749 2,043 
Interest income on certain loans (3)
(44)(73)(117)(35)(77)(112)
Loan charge-offs
(1,460)(2,143)(3,603)(654)(2,451)(3,105)
Loan recoveries
178 720 898 205 907 1,112 
Net loan charge-offs
(1,282)(1,423)(2,705)(449)(1,544)(1,993)
Other
4 13 17 (35)(32)
Balance, end of period$11,542 8,929 20,471 6,230 4,383 10,613 
(1)Represents the overall decrease in our allowance for credit losses for loans as a result of our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
(2)Represents the allowance estimated for PCI loans that automatically became PCD loans with the adoption of CECL. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(3)Loans with an allowance measured by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize changes in allowance attributable to the passage of time as interest income.
Table 6.7 disaggregates our allowance for credit losses for loans and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology. This information is no longer relevant after December 31, 2019, given our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, which has a single impairment methodology.
Table 6.7: Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans by Impairment Methodology
Allowance for credit losses for loansRecorded investment in loans
(in millions)CommercialConsumerTotalCommercialConsumerTotal
December 31, 2019
Collectively evaluated (1)$5,778 3,364 9,142 512,586 436,081 948,667 
Individually evaluated (2)467 847 1,314 3,133 9,897 13,030 
PCI (3)— — — — 568 568 
Total
$6,245 4,211 10,456 515,719 446,546 962,265 
(1)Represents non-impaired loans evaluated collectively for impairment.
(2)Represents impaired loans evaluated individually for impairment.
(3)Represents the allowance for loan losses and related loan carrying value for PCI loans.

91

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Credit Quality
We monitor credit quality by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. The credit quality indicators are generally based on information as of our financial statement date, with the exception of updated Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) scores and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV). We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are generally updated at least quarterly, except in limited circumstances, including compliance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA). Generally, the LTV and CLTV indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than June 30, 2020. Amounts disclosed in the credit quality tables that follow are not comparative between reported periods due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS  We manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Generally, commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings, which is our primary credit quality indicator. Our ratings are aligned to federal banking regulators’ definitions of pass and criticized categories with the criticized category including special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss categories.
Table 6.8 provides the outstanding balances of our commercial loan portfolio by risk category. In connection with our adoption of CECL, credit quality information is provided with the year of origination for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified in a TDR. At September 30, 2020, we had $444.9 billion and $37.3 billion of pass and criticized loans, respectively.

Table 6.8: Commercial Loans Categories by Risk Categories and Vintage (1)
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loansTotal
(in millions)20202019201820172016Prior
September 30, 2020
Commercial and industrial
Pass
$46,064 39,124 18,498 8,711 4,905 5,748 172,440 2,546 298,036 
Criticized
1,591 2,010 1,893 1,207 915 428 14,645 188 22,877 
Total commercial and industrial
47,655 41,134 20,391 9,918 5,820 6,176 187,085 2,734 320,913 
Real estate mortgage
Pass
15,269 27,768 20,335 12,452 13,232 16,833 4,831 6 110,726 
Criticized
1,307 2,106 2,033 1,361 1,393 2,507 477  11,184 
Total real estate mortgage
16,576 29,874 22,368 13,813 14,625 19,340 5,308 6 121,910 
Real estate construction
Pass
4,244 6,828 5,248 2,139 618 399 1,506 3 20,985 
Criticized
123 416 518 96 371 10   1,534 
Total real estate construction
4,367 7,244 5,766 2,235 989 409 1,506 3 22,519 
Lease financing
Pass
2,958 4,276 2,496 1,759 1,381 2,324   15,194 
Criticized
254 533 469 249 151 97   1,753 
Total lease financing
3,212 4,809 2,965 2,008 1,532 2,421   16,947 
Total commercial loans
$71,810 83,061 51,490 27,974 22,966 28,346 193,899 2,743 482,289 
Commercial
and
industrial
Real
estate
mortgage
Real
estate
construction
Lease
financing
Total
December 31, 2019
By risk category:
Pass
$338,740 118,054 19,752 18,655 495,201 
Criticized
15,385 3,770 187 1,176 20,518 
Total commercial loans
$354,125 121,824 19,939 19,831 515,719 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).

92


Table 6.9 provides past due information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices; however, delinquency is not a primary credit quality indicator for commercial loans. Payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may delay recognition of delinquencies for customers who otherwise would have moved into past due status.
Table 6.9: Commercial Loan Categories by Delinquency Status
(in millions)Commercial
and
industrial
Real
estate
mortgage
Real
estate
construction
Lease
financing
Total
September 30, 2020
By delinquency status:
Current-29 days past due (DPD) and still accruing
$317,563 120,055 22,252 16,518 476,388 
30-89 DPD and still accruing
455 465 233 242 1,395 
90+ DPD and still accruing
61 47   108 
Nonaccrual loans2,834 1,343 34 187 4,398 
Total commercial loans
$320,913 121,910 22,519 16,947 482,289 
December 31, 2019
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD and still accruing
$352,110 120,967 19,845 19,484 512,406 
30-89 DPD and still accruing
423 253 53 252 981 
90+ DPD and still accruing
47 31 — — 78 
Nonaccrual loans1,545 573 41 95 2,254 
Total commercial loans
$354,125 121,824 19,939 19,831 515,719 
CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS  We have various classes of consumer loans that present unique credit risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for 1-4 family mortgage loans are the primary credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.
Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality in the establishment of our allowance for credit losses.
Table 6.10 provides the outstanding balances of our consumer loan portfolio by delinquency status. Payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may delay recognition of delinquencies for customers who otherwise would have moved into past due status.
In connection with our adoption of CECL, credit quality information is provided with the year of origination for term loans. Revolving loans may convert to term loans as a result of a contractual provision in the original loan agreement or if modified in a TDR. The revolving loans converted to term loans in the credit card loan category represent credit card loans with modified terms that require payment over a specific term.
93

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 6.10: Consumer Loan Categories by Delinquency Status and Vintage (1)
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20202019201820172016PriorTotal
September 30, 2020
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
$42,388 49,009 17,902 28,860 34,728 77,341 7,300 1,906 259,434 
30-59 DPD
40 84 36 61 64 723 28 42 1,078 
60-89 DPD
1 6 2 7 17 236 13 23 305 
90-119 DPD
2 6 2 7 2 194 9 19 241 
120-179 DPD
3 4 6 3 9 222 8 22 277 
180+ DPD
1  4 15 14 543 12 129 718 
Government insured/guaranteed
loans (2)
204 794 969 1,248 2,646 27,076   32,937 
Total real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
42,639 49,903 18,921 30,201 37,480 106,335 7,370 2,141 294,990 
Real estate 1-4 family junior mortgage
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
16 41 47 43 35 1,255 16,896 6,302 24,635 
30-59 DPD
1     23 57 86 167 
60-89 DPD
     10 24 50 84 
90-119 DPD
     8 14 29 51 
120-179 DPD
     11 12 42 65 
180+ DPD
    1 14 17 128 160 
Total real estate 1-4 family junior mortgage
17 41 47 43 36 1,321 17,020 6,637 25,162 
Credit cards
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
      35,123 264 35,387 
30-59 DPD
      196 13 209 
60-89 DPD
      118 10 128 
90-119 DPD
      93 10 103 
120-179 DPD
      185 6 191 
180+ DPD
      3  3 
Total credit cards
      35,718 303 36,021 
Automobile
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
15,736 16,210 7,186 4,087 3,269 1,053   47,541 
30-59 DPD
66 185 126 90 127 62   656 
60-89 DPD
15 54 37 27 39 20   192 
90-119 DPD
6 20 11 7 11 5   60 
120-179 DPD
 1       1 
180+ DPD
         
Total automobile
15,823 16,470 7,360 4,211 3,446 1,140   48,450 
Other revolving credit and installment
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
1,820 2,972 1,809 1,239 1,116 5,148 18,688 165 32,957 
30-59 DPD
2 7 7 6 6 41 12 6 87 
60-89 DPD
1 6 6 6 6 29 7 2 63 
90-119 DPD
 3 3 3 3 21 5 2 40 
120-179 DPD
     1 9 3 13 
180+ DPD
     1 3 6 10 
Total other revolving credit and installment
1,823 2,988 1,825 1,254 1,131 5,241 18,724 184 33,170 
Total consumer loans
$60,302 69,402 28,153 35,709 42,093 114,037 78,832 9,265 437,793 

(continued on following page)

94


(continued from previous page)

Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
Credit
card
AutomobileOther
revolving
credit and
installment
Total
December 31, 2019
By delinquency status:
Current-29 DPD
$279,722 28,870 39,935 46,650 33,981 429,158 
30-59 DPD
1,136 216 311 882 140 2,685 
60-89 DPD
404 115 221 263 81 1,084 
90-119 DPD
197 69 202 77 74 619 
120-179 DPD
160 71 343 18 593 
180+ DPD
503 155 — 10 669 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)
11,170 — — — — 11,170 
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
293,292 29,496 41,013 47,873 34,304 445,978 
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value) (3)
555 13 — — — 568 
Total consumer loans
$293,847 29,509 41,013 47,873 34,304 446,546 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $11.0 billion at September 30, 2020, compared with $6.4 billion at December 31, 2019.
(3)26% of the adjusted unpaid principal balance for consumer PCI loans was 30+ DPD at December 31, 2019.
Of the $1.9 billion of consumer loans not government insured/guaranteed that are 90 days or more past due at September 30, 2020, $549 million was accruing, compared with $1.9 billion past due and $855 million accruing at December 31, 2019.
Table 6.11 provides the outstanding balances of our consumer loan portfolio by FICO score. Substantially all of the scored consumer portfolio has an updated FICO score of 680 and above, reflecting a strong current borrower credit profile. FICO scores are not available for certain loan types, or may not be required if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes. Loans not requiring a FICO score totaled $11.3 billion and $9.1 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. Substantially all loans not requiring a FICO score are securities-based loans originated through retail brokerage.
95

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 6.11: Consumer Loan Categories by FICO and Vintage (1)
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20202019201820172016PriorTotal
September 30, 2020
By FICO:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
800+
$22,861 32,129 12,129 20,712 25,429 46,803 3,644 510 164,217 
760-799
13,693 11,343 3,522 5,002 5,507 11,999 1,428 279 52,773 
720-759
4,224 3,822 1,376 1,994 2,397 7,526 910 273 22,522 
680-719
1,249 1,170 552 745 901 4,718 557 230 10,122 
640-679
253 292 184 237 267 2,588 263 163 4,247 
600-639
30 77 66 91 77 1,522 131 107 2,101 
< 600
16 24 37 44 85 1,994 174 189 2,563 
No FICO available109 252 86 128 171 2,109 263 390 3,508 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)
204 794 969 1,248 2,646 27,076   32,937 
Total real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
42,639 49,903 18,921 30,201 37,480 106,335 7,370 2,141 294,990 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
800+
     325 8,689 1,926 10,940 
760-799
     193 3,213 1,100 4,506 
720-759
     233 2,224 1,109 3,566 
680-719
     204 1,337 930 2,471 
640-679
     114 546 528 1,188 
600-639
     70 264 323 657 
< 600
     87 291 432 810 
No FICO available
17 41 47 43 36 95 456 289 1,024 
Total real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
17 41 47 43 36 1,321 17,020 6,637 25,162 
Credit card
800+
      3,827 1 3,828 
760-799
      5,312 7 5,319 
720-759
      7,795 28 7,823 
680-719
      8,731 60 8,791 
640-679
      5,495 65 5,560 
600-639
      2,223 49 2,272 
< 600
      2,325 92 2,417 
No FICO available
      10 1 11 
Total credit card
      35,718 303 36,021 
Automobile
800+
2,102 2,856 1,378 861 577 168   7,942 
760-799
2,333 2,951 1,276 684 449 128   7,821 
720-759
2,565 2,806 1,251 687 498 153   7,960 
680-719
2,950 2,839 1,224 648 505 157   8,323 
640-679
2,839 2,190 871 464 409 137   6,910 
600-639
1,830 1,335 542 315 328 121   4,471 
< 600
1,198 1,460 814 541 660 263   4,936 
No FICO available
6 33 4 11 20 13   87 
Total automobile
15,823 16,470 7,360 4,211 3,446 1,140   48,450 
Other revolving credit and installment
800+
621 964 583 432 439 2,070 2,454 23 7,586 
760-799
485 676 365 240 225 1,058 1,198 18 4,265 
720-759
330 515 303 195 184 830 954 26 3,337 
680-719
180 363 229 147 134 590 838 28 2,509 
640-679
70 167 117 77 70 323 439 20 1,283 
600-639
18 51 41 31 31 154 165 14 505 
< 600
10 48 47 33 33 143 166 20 500 
No FICO available109 204 140 99 15 73 1,191 35 1,866 
FICO not required      11,319  11,319 
Total other revolving credit and installment
1,823 2,988 1,825 1,254 1,131 5,241 18,724 184 33,170 
Total consumer loans
$60,302 69,402 28,153 35,709 42,093 114,037 78,832 9,265 437,793 

(continued on next page)
96


(continued from prior page)

Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
Credit
card
AutomobileOther
revolving
credit and
installment
Total
December 31, 2019
By FICO:
800+
$165,460 11,851 4,037 7,900 7,585 196,833 
760-799
61,559 5,483 5,648 7,624 4,915 85,229 
720-759
27,879 4,407 8,376 7,839 4,097 52,598 
680-719
12,844 3,192 9,732 7,871 3,212 36,851 
640-679
5,068 1,499 6,626 6,324 1,730 21,247 
600-639
2,392 782 2,853 4,230 670 10,927 
< 600
3,264 1,164 3,373 6,041 704 14,546 
No FICO available3,656 1,118 368 44 2,316 7,502 
FICO not required— — — — 9,075 9,075 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)
11,170 — — — — 11,170 
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)
293,292 29,496 41,013 47,873 34,304 445,978 
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value) (3)
555 13 — — — 568 
Total consumer loans
$293,847 29,509 41,013 47,873 34,304 446,546 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(3)41% of the adjusted unpaid principal balance for consumer PCI loans had FICO scores less than 680 and 19% where no FICO was available to us at December 31, 2019.
LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage (including unused line amounts for credit line products) ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties, generally with an original value of $1 million or more, as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.
Table 6.12 shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. We consider the trends in residential real estate markets as we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit losses. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.
97

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 6.12: Consumer Loan Categories by LTV/CLTV and Vintage (1)
Term loans by origination yearRevolving loansRevolving loans converted to term loans
(in millions)20202019201820172016PriorTotal
September 30, 2020
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
By LTV/CLTV:
0-60%
$12,777 15,718 6,606 13,753 21,870 65,355 5,138 1,605 142,822 
60.01-80%
27,558 28,843 9,775 14,099 12,226 12,003 1,485 359 106,348 
80.01-100%
1,981 4,293 1,419 943 567 1,321 488 119 11,131 
100.01-120% (2)
20 110 64 59 56 226 150 32 717 
> 120% (2)
10 49 22 21 23 100 53 12 290 
No LTV/CLTV available89 96 66 78 92 254 56 14 745 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (3)
204 794 969 1,248 2,646 27,076   32,937 
Total real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
42,639 49,903 18,921 30,201 37,480 106,335 7,370 2,141 294,990 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
By LTV/CLTV:
0-60%
     572 8,819 3,829 13,220 
60.01-80%
     373 5,784 1,740 7,897 
80.01-100%
     229 1,772 773 2,774 
100.01-120% (2)
     74 452 193 719 
> 120% (2)
     22 167 61 250 
No LTV/CLTV available17 41 47 43 36 51 26 41 302 
Total real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
17 41 47 43 36 1,321 17,020 6,637 25,162 
Total$42,656 49,944 18,968 30,244 37,516 107,656 24,390 8,778 320,152 
December 31, 2019Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
Total
By LTV/CLTV:
0-60%
$151,478 14,603 166,081 
60.01-80%
114,795 9,663 124,458 
80.01-100%
13,867 3,574 17,441 
100.01-120% (2)
860 978 1,838 
> 120% (2)
338 336 674 
No LTV/CLTV available784 342 1,126 
Government insured/guaranteed loans (3)
11,170 — 11,170 
Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)293,292 29,496 322,788 
Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value) (4)
555 13 568 
Total consumer loans$293,847 29,509 323,356 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(4)9% of the adjusted unpaid principal balance for consumer PCI loans have LTV/CLTV amounts greater than 80% at December 31, 2019.
 
98


NONACCRUAL LOANS  Table 6.13 provides loans on nonaccrual status. In connection with our adoption of CECL, nonaccrual loans may have an allowance for credit losses or a negative allowance for credit losses from expected recoveries of amounts previously
written off. Payment deferral activities instituted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may delay recognition of delinquencies for customers who otherwise would have moved into nonaccrual status.
Table 6.13: Nonaccrual Loans (1)
Amortized costNine months ended September 30, 2020
(in millions)Nonaccrual loansNonaccrual loans without related allowance for credit losses (2)Recognized interest income
September 30, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$2,834 293 48 
Real estate mortgage
1,343 113 25 
Real estate construction
34 2 6 
Lease financing
187 18  
Total commercial
4,398 426 79 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
2,641 1,549 116 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
767 465 39 
Automobile
176  12 
Other revolving credit and installment
40  2 
Total consumer
3,624 2,014 169 
Total nonaccrual loans
$8,022 2,440 248 
December 31, 2019 (1)
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$1,545 
Real estate mortgage
573 
Real estate construction
41 
Lease financing
95 
Total commercial
2,254 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
2,150 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
796 
Automobile
106 
Other revolving credit and installment
40 
Total consumer
3,092 
Total nonaccrual loans (excluding PCI)
$5,346 
(1)Disclosure is not comparative due to our adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
(2)Nonaccrual loans may not have an allowance for credit losses if the loss expectations are zero given solid collateral value.
LOANS IN PROCESS OF FORECLOSURE  Our recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $2.3 billion and $3.5 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively, which included $1.9 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau guidelines, we do not commence the foreclosure process on real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans until after the loan is 120 days delinquent. Foreclosure procedures and timelines vary depending on whether the property address resides in a judicial or non-judicial state. Judicial states require the foreclosure to be processed through the state’s courts while non-judicial states are processed without court intervention. Foreclosure timelines vary according to state law. In connection with our actions to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have suspended certain mortgage foreclosure activities.

99

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING  Certain loans 90 days or more past due are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due.
Table 6.14 shows loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.
Table 6.14: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
(in millions)Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019
Total:$11,698 7,285 
Less: FHA insured/VA guaranteed (1)
11,041 6,352 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
$657 933 
By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$61 47 
Real estate mortgage
47 31 
Total commercial108 78 
 Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
97 112 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
28 32 
Credit card
297 546 
Automobile
50 78 
Other revolving credit and installment
77 87 
Total consumer
549 855 
Total, not government insured/guaranteed
$657 933 
(1)Represents loans whose repayments are largely insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.


100


IMPAIRED LOANS In connection with our adoption of CECL, we no longer provide information on impaired loans. We have retained impaired loans information for the period ended December 31, 2019. Table 6.15 summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans at December 31, 2019, predominantly included loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status. Impaired loans generally had estimated losses which are included in the allowance for credit losses. We did have impaired loans with no allowance for credit losses when the loss content has been previously recognized through charge-offs,
such as collateral dependent loans, or when loans are currently performing in accordance with their terms and no loss has been estimated. Impaired loans excluded PCI loans and loans that had been fully charged off or otherwise had zero recorded investment. Table 6.15 included trial modifications that totaled $115 million at December 31, 2019.
For additional information on our legacy impaired loans and allowance for credit losses, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 6.15: Impaired Loans Summary
Recorded investment 
(in millions)Unpaid principal balanceImpaired loansImpaired loans with related allowance for credit losses Related allowance for credit losses 
December 31, 2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$2,792 2,003 1,903 311 
Real estate mortgage1,137 974 803 110 
Real estate construction81 51 41 11 
Lease financing131 105 105 35 
Total commercial4,141 3,133 2,852 467 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage8,107 7,674 4,433 437 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage1,586 1,451 925 144 
Credit card520 520 520 209 
Automobile138 81 42 
Other revolving credit and installment178 171 155 49 
Total consumer (1)10,529 9,897 6,075 847 
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)$14,670 13,030 8,927 1,314 
(1)Included the recorded investment of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2019 of government insured/guaranteed loans that are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and generally do not have an ACL. Impaired loans may also have limited, if any, ACL when the recorded investment of the loan approximates estimated net realizable value as a result of charge-offs prior to a TDR modification.
101

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

Table 6.16 provides the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment and class.


Table 6.16: Average Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans
Year ended December 31, 2019 
(in millions)Average recorded investment Recognized interest income 
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial$2,150 129 
Real estate mortgage1,067 59 
Real estate construction52 
Lease financing93 
Total commercial3,362 195 
Consumer:
 Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
9,031 506 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage1,586 99 
Credit card488 64 
Automobile84 12 
Other revolving credit and installment162 13 
Total consumer11,351 694 
Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)$14,713 889 
Interest income:
Cash basis of accounting$241 
Other (1)648 
Total interest income$889 
(1)Included interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans.
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR, the balance of which totaled $14.6 billion and $11.8 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. We do not consider loan resolutions such as foreclosure or short sale to be a TDR. In addition, COVID-related modifications are generally not classified as TDRs due to the relief under the CARES Act and the Interagency Statement. For additional information on the TDR relief, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies).
We may require some consumer borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to make trial payments generally for a period of three to four months, according to the terms of a planned permanent modification, to determine if they can perform according to those terms. These arrangements represent trial modifications, which we classify and account for as TDRs. While loans are in trial payment programs, their original terms are not considered modified and they continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms.
Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $477 million and $500 million at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.

102


Table 6.17 summarizes our TDR modifications for the periods presented by primary modification type and includes the financial effects of these modifications. For those loans that modify more than once, the table reflects each modification that
occurred during the period. Loans that both modify and pay off within the period, as well as changes in recorded investment during the period for loans modified in prior periods, are not included in the table.
Table 6.17: TDR Modifications
Primary modification type (1)Financial effects of modifications
($ in millions)Principal forgivenessInterest
rate
reduction
Other concessions (2)TotalCharge-
offs (3)
Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (4)
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$ 7 882 889 44 0.79 %$7 
Real estate mortgage
 5 238 243 5 1.38 5 
Real estate construction
9 1 1 11  5.25 1 
Lease financing
       
Total commercial
9 13 1,121 1,143 49 1.29 13 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
1 4 2,576 2,581 1 2.06 4 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
 2 59 61 2 2.63 2 
Credit card
 72  72  15.06 72 
Automobile
 1 65 66 35 3.99 1 
Other revolving credit and installment
 3 24 27 1 7.36 3 
Trial modifications (5)  10 10    
Total consumer
1 82 2,734 2,817 39 13.64 82 
Total
$10 95 3,855 3,960 88 12.07 %$95 
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$13 209 231 39 0.67 %$
Real estate mortgage
— 72 76 — 0.91 
Real estate construction
— 15 16 — 1.00 
Lease financing
— — — — — 
Total commercial
13 14 298 325 39 0.75 14 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
24 199 227 — 2.11 16 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
19 28 — 2.49 
Credit card
— 94 — 94 — 12.78 94 
Automobile
12 17 5.30 
Other revolving credit and installment
— 14 16 — 8.38 14 
Trial modifications (5)— — — — — 
Total consumer
27 123 238 388 10.23 136 
Total
$40 137 536 713 46 9.32 %$150 

(continued on following page)
103

Note 6: Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

(continued from previous page)

Primary modification type (1)Financial effects of modifications
($ in millions)Principal forgivenessInterest
rate
reduction
Other
concessions (2)
TotalCharge-
offs (3)
Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (4)
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$18 39 2,144 2,201 126 0.74 %$39 
Real estate mortgage
 23 488 511 5 1.21 23 
Real estate construction
9 1 7 17  4.29 1 
Lease financing
  1 1    
Total commercial
27 63 2,640 2,730 131 0.98 63 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
42 10 3,021 3,073 2 1.76 35 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
4 10 95 109 2 2.43 11 
Credit card
 229  229  13.31 229 
Automobile
3 5 119 127 69 4.45 5 
Other revolving credit and installment
 18 32 50 1 7.65 18 
Trial modifications (5)  (1)(1)   
Total consumer
49 272 3,266 3,587 74 11.03 298 
Total
$76 335 5,906 6,317 205 9.29 %$361 
Nine months ended September 30, 2019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$13 54 943 1,010 78 0.47 %$54 
Real estate mortgage
— 30 240 270 — 0.59 30 
Real estate construction
13 31 45 — 1.00 
Lease financing
— — — — — 
Total commercial
26 85 1,216 1,327 78 0.51 85 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
87 674 770 1.96 54 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
30 65 99 2.38 32 
Credit card
— 280 — 280 — 13.11 280 
Automobile
38 51 21 4.84 
Other revolving credit and installment
— 37 43 — 7.92 37 
Trial modifications (5)— — 11 11 — — — 
Total consumer
97 363 794 1,254 24 10.19 410 
Total
$123 448 2,010 2,581 102 8.52 %$495 
(1)Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs may have multiple types of concessions, but are presented only once in the first modification type based on the order presented in the table above. The reported amounts include loans remodified of $382 million and $188 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $866 million and $871 million for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(2)Other concessions include loans with payment (principal and/or interest) deferral, loans discharged in bankruptcy, and loans with renewals, extensions, or other changes to original contract terms and other interest and noninterest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the contractual interest rate. The reported amounts include COVID-related payment deferrals that are new TDRs and exclude COVID-related payment deferrals previously reported as TDRs given limited current financial effects other than the payment deferral.
(3)Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification. Modifications resulted in deferring or legally forgiving principal of $2 million and $16 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and $34 million and $22 million for the first nine months of 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(4)Reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with an interest rate concession as one of its concession types, which includes loans reported as a principal primary modification type that also have an interest rate concession.
(5)Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period.
104


Table 6.18 summarizes permanent modification TDRs that have defaulted in the current period within 12 months of their permanent modification date. We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due for the commercial portfolio segment and 60 days past due for the consumer portfolio segment.



Table 6.18: Defaulted TDRs
Recorded investment of defaults
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$138 24 360 72 
Real estate mortgage
3 105 38 
Real estate construction
 12  15 
Total commercial
141 41 465 125 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
8 26 32 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
1 9 11 
Credit card
11 23 56 65 
Automobile
11 14 
Other revolving credit and installment
1 4 
Total consumer
32 37 109 122 
Total
$173 78 574 247 

105


Note 7:  Leasing Activity
The information below provides a summary of our leasing activities as a lessor and lessee. See Note 7 (Leasing Activity) in our 2019 Form 10-K for additional information about our leasing activities.

As a Lessor
Table 7.1 presents the composition of our leasing revenue.

Table 7.1: Leasing Revenue
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Interest income on lease financing
$144 208 $551 655 
Other lease revenues:
Variable revenues on lease financing
26 23 80 74 
Fixed revenues on operating leases
287 339 895 1,069 
Variable revenues on operating leases
9 16 34 48 
Other lease-related revenues (1)11 24 12 79 
Lease income
333 402 1,021 1,270 
Total leasing revenue
$477 610 $1,572 1,925 
(1)    Predominantly includes net gains (losses) on disposition of assets leased under operating leases or lease financings.

As a Lessee
Substantially all of our leases are operating leases. Table 7.2 presents balances for our operating leases.

Table 7.2: Operating Lease Right of Use (ROU) Assets and Lease Liabilities
(in millions) Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019
ROU assets$4,421 4,724 
Lease liabilities5,022 5,297 

Table 7.3 provides the composition of our lease costs, which are predominantly included in occupancy expense.

Table 7.3: Lease Costs
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)
2020201920202019
Fixed lease expense – operating leases
$286 302 $869 890 
Variable lease expense
81 81 227 234 
Other (1)
(7)(40)(63)(57)
Total lease costs$360 343 $1,033 1,067 
(1)Predominantly includes gains recognized from sale leaseback transactions and sublease rental income.

106


Note 8:  Equity Securities
Table 8.1 provides a summary of our equity securities by business purpose and accounting method, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values (marketable) and those without readily determinable fair values (nonmarketable).

Table 8.1: Equity Securities
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Held for trading at fair value:
Marketable equity securities$14,058 27,440 
Not held for trading:
Fair value:
Marketable equity securities (1)
2,412 6,481 
Nonmarketable equity securities
8,583 8,015 
Total equity securities at fair value
10,995 14,496 
Equity method:
Low income housing tax credit investments11,295 11,343 
Private equity
2,841 3,459 
Tax-advantaged renewable energy
4,142 3,811 
New market tax credit and other
356 387 
Total equity method
18,634 19,000 
Other:
Federal Reserve Bank stock and other at cost (2)
3,585 4,790 
Private equity (3)
3,897 2,515 
Total equity securities not held for trading
37,111 40,801 
Total equity securities
$51,169 68,241 
(1)Includes $206 million and $3.8 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively, related to securities held as economic hedges of our deferred compensation plan liabilities. In second quarter 2020, we entered into arrangements to transition our economic hedges of our deferred compensation plan liabilities from equity securities to derivative instruments.
(2)Includes $3.5 billion and $4.8 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively, related to investments in Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.
(3)Represents nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative.

Equity Securities Held for Trading
Equity securities held for trading purposes are marketable equity securities traded on organized exchanges. These securities are held as part of our customer accommodation trading activities. For additional information on these activities, see Note 4 (Trading Activities).


Equity Securities Not Held for Trading
We also hold equity securities unrelated to trading activities. These securities include private equity and tax credit investments, securities held as economic hedges or to meet regulatory requirements (for example, Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock).

FAIR VALUE Marketable equity securities held for purposes other than trading consist of exchange-traded equity funds held to economically hedge obligations related to our deferred compensation plans, as well as other holdings of publicly traded equity securities held for investment purposes. We account for certain nonmarketable equity securities under the fair value method, and substantially all of these securities are economically hedged with equity derivatives.

EQUITY METHOD Our equity method investments consist of tax credit and private equity investments, the majority of which are our low income housing tax credit (LIHTC) investments.
We invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the LIHTC, which are designed to promote private development of low income housing. These investments typically generate a return through realization of federal tax credit and other tax benefits. In the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, we recognized pre-tax losses of $336 million and $1.0 billion, respectively, related to our LIHTC investments, compared with $304 million and $875 million, respectively, for the same periods a year ago. These losses were recognized in other noninterest income. We also recognized total tax benefits of $422 million and $1.2 billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, which included tax credits recorded to income taxes of $339 million and $970 million for the same periods, respectively. In the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, total tax benefits were $362 million and $1.1 billion, respectively, which included tax credits of $286 million and $891 million for the same periods, respectively. We are periodically required to provide additional financial support during the investment period. A liability is recognized for unfunded commitments that are both legally binding and probable of funding. These commitments are predominantly funded within three years of initial investment. Our liability for these unfunded commitments was $4.0 billion at September 30, 2020, and $4.3 billion at December 31, 2019. This liability for unfunded commitments is included in long-term debt.

OTHER The remaining portion of our nonmarketable equity securities portfolio consists of securities accounted for using the cost or measurement alternative.
107

Note 8: Equity Securities (continued)
Realized Gains and Losses Not Held for Trading
Table 8.2 provides a summary of the net gains and losses from equity securities not held for trading. Gains and losses for
securities held for trading are reported in net gains from trading activities.

Table 8.2: Net Gains (Losses) from Equity Securities Not Held for Trading
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Net gains (losses) from equity securities carried at fair value:
Marketable equity securities$38 116 $(371)757 
Nonmarketable equity securities265 1,477 585 3,145 
Total equity securities carried at fair value303 1,593 214 3,902 
Net gains (losses) from nonmarketable equity securities not carried at fair value:
Impairment write-downs (1)(535)(43)(1,576)(110)
Net unrealized gains related to measurement alternative observable transactions (1)1,030 158 1,276 489 
Net realized gains on sale 60 623 259 1,029 
Total nonmarketable equity securities not carried at fair value555 738 (41)1,408 
Net gains (losses) from economic hedge derivatives (2)(209)(1,375)(392)(2,918)
Total net gains (losses) from equity securities not held for trading$649 956 $(219)2,392 
(1)In third quarter 2020, we recorded $452 million of income related to a change in the accounting measurement model from the equity method to the measurement alternative for certain nonmarketable equity securities from our affiliated venture capital partnerships. This amount is comprised of $(434) million of impairment write-downs and $$658 million of net unrealized gains reported in the table above, as well as $228 million of equity method investment income reported in other noninterest income.
(2)Includes net gains (losses) on derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

Measurement Alternative
Table 8.3 provides additional information about the impairment write-downs and observable price adjustments related to nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative. Gains and losses related to these adjustments are also included in Table 8.2.



Table 8.3: Net Gains (Losses) from Measurement Alternative Equity Securities
Quarter ended Sep 30,Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Net gains (losses) recognized in earnings during the period:
Gross unrealized gains due to observable price changes $1,030 158 $1,276 500 
Gross unrealized losses due to observable price changes
 —  (11)
Impairment write-downs(506)(20)(918)(53)
Realized net gains from sale 8 36 21 161 
Total net gains (losses) recognized during the period
$532 174 $379 597 


Table 8.4 presents cumulative carrying value adjustments to nonmarketable equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative that were still held at the end of each reporting period presented.



Table 8.4: Measurement Alternative Cumulative Gains (Losses)
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Cumulative gains (losses):
Gross unrealized gains due to observable price changes
$2,138 973 
Gross unrealized losses due to observable price changes
(43)(42)
Impairment write-downs
(1,024)(134)

108


Note 9:  Other Assets
Table 9.1 presents the components of other assets.

Table 9.1: Other Assets
(in millions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Corporate/bank-owned life insurance$20,303 20,070 
Accounts receivable (1)34,524 29,137 
Interest receivable:
AFS and HTM debt securities
1,399 1,729 
Loans
3,074 3,099 
Trading and other
409 758 
Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles
352 423 
Foreclosed assets:
Residential real estate:
Government insured/guaranteed (1)
22 50 
Non-government insured/guaranteed
82 172 
Other
52 81 
Operating lease assets (lessor)7,573 8,221 
Operating lease ROU assets (lessee)4,421 4,724 
Due from customers on acceptances207 253 
Other13,756 10,200 
Total other assets
$86,174 78,917 
(1)Certain government-guaranteed residential real estate mortgage loans upon foreclosure are included in Accounts receivable. For additional information, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
109


Note 10: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities
Involvement with Special Purpose Entities (SPEs)
In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with SPEs, which are corporations, trusts, limited liability companies or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. For further description
of our involvement with SPEs, see Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 10.1 provides the classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet for our transactions with VIEs.
Table 10.1: Balance Sheet Transactions with VIEs

(in millions)
VIEs that we
do not
consolidate
VIEs
that we
consolidate
Transfers that
we account
for as secured
borrowings
Total
September 30, 2020
Cash and due from banks$ 16  16 
Interest-earning deposits with banks    
Debt securities (1):
Trading debt securities1,869 267  2,136 
Available-for-sale debt securities1,484 395  1,879 
Held-to-maturity debt securities1,170   1,170 
Loans1,960 10,634 69 12,663 
Mortgage servicing rights7,009   7,009 
Derivative assets247 1  248 
Equity securities11,356 72  11,428 
Other assets1,002 214  1,216 
Total assets26,097 11,599 69 37,765 
Short-term borrowings 595  595 
Derivative liabilities2 1  3 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities223 229  452 
Long-term debt4,080 215 68 4,363 
Total liabilities4,305 1,040 68 5,413 
Noncontrolling interests 35  35 
Net assets$21,792 10,524 1 32,317 
December 31, 2019
Cash and due from banks$— 16 — 16 
Interest-earning deposits with banks— 284 — 284 
Debt securities (1):
Trading debt securities792 339 — 1,131 
Available-for-sale debt securities1,696 201 — 1,897 
Held-to-maturity debt securities791 — — 791 
Loans2,127 13,170 80 15,377 
Mortgage servicing rights11,884 — — 11,884 
Derivative assets142 — 143 
Equity securities11,401 118 — 11,519 
Other assets1,268 239 — 1,507 
Total assets30,101 14,368 80 44,549 
Short-term borrowings— 401 — 401 
Derivative liabilities— 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities189 235 — 424 
Long-term debt4,817 587 79 5,483 
Total liabilities5,007 1,226 79 6,312 
Noncontrolling interests— 43 — 43 
Net assets$25,094 13,099 38,194 
(1)Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).
Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs
Our transactions with unconsolidated VIEs include predominantly securitizations of residential and commercial mortgage loans, and investments in tax credit structures. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including servicing, holding senior or
subordinated interests, and entering into liquidity arrangements and derivative contracts. Involvements with these unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet in debt and equity securities, loans, MSRs, derivative assets and liabilities, other assets, other liabilities, and long-term debt, as appropriate.
110


Table 10.2 provides a summary of our exposure to unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement but for which we are not the primary beneficiary.
We include transactions where we were the sponsor or servicer and also have other significant forms of continuing involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the VIE or marketed the transaction to investors. We consider investments in securities, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, commitments and certain derivatives to be other forms of
continuing involvement that may be significant. We also include transactions where we transferred assets to a VIE, account for the transfer as a sale, and service the VIE collateral or have other forms of continuing involvement that may be significant (as described above). We exclude certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs when our continuing involvement is temporary in nature or insignificant in size. We also exclude secured borrowing transactions with unconsolidated VIEs (for information on these transactions, see the Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings section in this Note).
Table 10.2: Unconsolidated VIEs
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE
assets
Debt and
equity
interests (1)
Servicing
assets and advances
DerivativesDebt, guarantees, and other
commitments
Net
assets
September 30, 2020
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
Conforming (2)
$979,592 2,067 6,787  (217)8,637 
Other/nonconforming
5,762 15 38   53 
Commercial mortgage loan securitizations (2)177,421 2,512 1,186 179 (76)3,801 
Tax credit structures39,532 13,094   (4,010)9,084 
Other asset-based finance structures865 100  66  166 
Other1,153 51    51 
Total
$1,204,325 17,839 8,011 245 (4,303)21,792 
Maximum exposure to loss
Debt and
equity
interests (1)
Servicing
assets and advances
DerivativesDebt, guarantees, and other
commitments
Total
exposure
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
Conforming (2)
$2,047 6,787  1,355 10,189 
Other/nonconforming
15 38   53 
Commercial mortgage loan securitizations (2)2,461 1,186 179 12,200 16,026 
Tax credit structures13,094   1,331 14,425 
Other asset-based finance structures100  70 71 241 
Other51   157 208 
Total
$17,768 8,011 249 15,114 41,142 
Carrying value – asset (liability)
(in millions)Total
VIE
assets
Debt and
equity
interests (1)
Servicing
assets and advances
DerivativesDebt, guarantees,
and other
commitments
Net
assets
December 31, 2019
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
Conforming (2)
$1,098,103 1,528 11,931 — (683)12,776 
Other/nonconforming
5,178 152 — — 158 
Commercial mortgage loan securitizations (2)169,736 2,239 1,069 80 (43)3,345 
Tax credit structures39,091 12,826 — — (4,260)8,566 
Other asset-based finance structures1,355 157 — 61 (20)198 
Other1,167 51 — — — 51 
Total
$1,314,630 16,807 13,152 141 (5,006)25,094 
Maximum exposure to loss
Debt and
equity
interests (1)
Servicing
assets and advances
DerivativesDebt, guarantees,
and other
commitments
Total
exposure
Residential mortgage loan securitizations:
Conforming (2)
$972 11,931 — 937 13,840 
Other/nonconforming
152 — — 158 
Commercial mortgage loan securitizations (2)2,239 1,069 80 11,667 15,055 
Tax credit structures12,826 — — 1,701 14,527 
Other asset-based finance structures157 — 63 91 311 
Other51 — — 157 208 
Total
$16,251 13,152 143 14,553 44,099 
(1)Includes total equity interests of $11.4 billion at both September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
(2)Carrying values include assets and related liabilities of $71 million and $556 million at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively, related to certain unexercised unconditional repurchase options. These amounts represent the carrying value of the loans and associated debt that would be payable if the option was exercised to repurchase eligible loans from GNMA residential and multifamily loan securitizations. These amounts are excluded from maximum exposure to loss as we are not obligated to exercise the options.
In Table 10.2, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet
related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” is determined as the carrying value of our investment in the VIEs excluding the unconditional repurchase options that have not been exercised, plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally
111

Note 10: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.
For complete descriptions of our transactions with unconsolidated VIEs with which we have a significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary, see Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.

Loan Sales and Securitization Activity
We periodically transfer consumer and commercial loans and other types of financial assets in securitization and whole loan sale transactions. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the transferred financial assets. We may also provide liquidity to
investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements. Through these transfers we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers.
Table 10.3 presents information about transfers of assets during the period to unconsolidated VIEs or third-party investors for which we recorded the transfers as sales and have continuing involvement with the transferred assets. In connection with these transfers, we recorded servicing assets, securities, and a liability for repurchase losses which reflects management’s estimate of probable losses related to various representations and warranties for the loans transferred. Each of these interests are initially measured at fair value. Servicing rights are classified as Level 3 measurements, and generally securities are initially classified as Level 2.
Sales with continuing involvement include securitizations of conforming residential mortgages that are sold to the government-sponsored entities (GSEs) or GNMA. Substantially all transfers to these entities resulted in no gain or loss because the loans were already measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Table 10.3: Transfers With Continuing Involvement
(in millions)20202019
Quarter ended September 30,Residential mortgagesCommercial mortgagesResidential mortgagesCommercial mortgages
Net gains (losses) on sale$1 54 25 72 
Asset balances sold71,032 2,430 48,378 4,419 
Servicing rights recognized477 32 532 33 
Securities recognized (1)12,024 5 4,271 — 
Liability for repurchase losses recognized8  — 
Nine months ended September 30,
Net gains (losses) on sale$53 187 85 193 
Asset balances sold182,473 7,663 119,153 10,479 
Servicing rights recognized1,366 114 1,239 92 
Securities recognized (1)14,074 79 7,665 — 
Liability for repurchase losses recognized15  13 — 
(1)Includes securities retained upon initial transfer and subsequent sales during the periods presented, which may result in a net reduction of securities recognized.
Table 10.4 presents the key weighted average assumptions we used to measure residential MSRs at the date of securitization.
Table 10.4: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights
Residential mortgage
servicing rights
20202019
Quarter ended September 30,
Prepayment speed (1)16.7 %13.2 
Discount rate6.7 7.4 
Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)$107 101 
Nine months ended September 30,
Prepayment speed (1)15.0 %13.3 
Discount rate6.8 7.6 
Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)$99 106 
(1)The prepayment speed assumption for residential MSRs includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(2)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs, which can vary period to period due to changes in model assumptions and the mix of modified government-guaranteed loans sold to GNMA.
Table 10.5 presents the proceeds related to transfers accounted for as sales in which we have continuing involvement with the transferred financial assets, as well as current period cash flows from continuing involvement with previous transfers accounted for as sales. Cash flows from other interests held exclude cash flows from certain debt securities related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA and predominantly include principal and interest payments received on retained bonds. Repurchases of assets represent cash paid to repurchase loans from investors under representation and warranty obligations or in connection with the exercise of cleanup calls on securitizations. Loss reimbursements are cash paid to reimburse investors for losses on individual loans that are already liquidated. Repurchases of government insured loans result from the exercise of our option, as servicer, to repurchase loans from GNMA loan securitization pools, when three scheduled loan payments remain unpaid by the borrower. These loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA. Cash flows from servicing advances include principal and interest payments to investors required by servicing agreements.

112


Table 10.5: Cash Inflows (Outflows) From Sales and Securitization Activity
Mortgage loans
(in millions)20202019
Quarter ended September 30,
Proceeds from securitizations and whole loan sales$73,673 52,274 
Fees from servicing rights retained676 793 
Cash flows from other interests held174 131 
Repurchases of assets/loss reimbursements:
Non-agency securitizations and whole loan transactions
1 (1,369)
Government insured loans
(21,905)(1,402)
Agency securitizations
(152)(26)
Servicing advances, net of recoveries(66)73 
Nine months ended September 30,
Proceeds from securitizations and whole loan sales$188,911 128,478 
Fees from servicing rights retained2,095 2,359 
Cash flows from other interests held533 375 
Repurchases of assets/loss reimbursements:
Non-agency securitizations and whole loan transactions
 (1,370)
Government insured loans
(26,939)(4,590)
Agency securitizations
(213)(70)
Servicing advances, net of recoveries (126)166 
113

Note 10: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Retained Interests from Unconsolidated VIEs
Table 10.6 provides key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residential MSRs and other interests held related to unconsolidated VIEs to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. Amounts for residential MSRs include purchased servicing rights as well as servicing rights resulting from the transfer of loans. See Note 16 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) for additional information on key economic assumptions for residential MSRs. “Other interests held” were obtained when we securitized residential and commercial mortgage loans. Residential mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs or GNMA, are excluded
from the table because these securities have a remote risk of credit loss due to the GSE or government guarantee. These securities also have economic characteristics similar to GSE or GNMA mortgage-backed securities that we purchase, which are not included in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.
Table 10.6: Retained Interests from Unconsolidated VIEs
Residential
mortgage
servicing rights
Other interests held
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Subordinated
bonds
Senior
bonds
Fair value of interests held at September 30, 2020$6,355 1,009 276 
Expected weighted average life (in years)3.76.86.3
Key economic assumptions:
Prepayment speed assumption
19.7 %
Decrease in fair value from:
10% adverse change
$452 
25% adverse change
1,044 
Discount rate assumption
5.8 %5.3 1.5 
Decrease in fair value from:
100 basis point increase
$236 56 15 
200 basis point increase
454 109 29 
Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)
138 
Decrease in fair value from:
10% adverse change
204 
25% adverse change
508 
Credit loss assumption
4.5 % 
Decrease in fair value from:
10% higher losses
$32  
25% higher losses
35  
Fair value of interests held at December 31, 2019$11,517 909 352 
Expected weighted average life (in years)5.37.35.5
Key economic assumptions:
Prepayment speed assumption11.9 %
Decrease in fair value from:
10% adverse change
$537 
25% adverse change
1,261 
Discount rate assumption
7.2 %4.0 2.9 
Decrease in fair value from:
100 basis point increase
$464 53 16 
200 basis point increase
889 103 32 
Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)
102 
Decrease in fair value from:
10% adverse change
253 
25% adverse change
632 
Credit loss assumption
3.1 %— 
Decrease in fair value from:
10% higher losses
$— 
25% higher losses
— 
In addition to residential MSRs included in the previous table, we have a small portfolio of commercial MSRs, which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value (LOCOM), with a fair value of $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion at September 30, 2020, and
December 31, 2019, respectively. Prepayment assumptions do not significantly impact values of commercial MSRs and commercial mortgage bonds as commercial loans generally include contractual restrictions on prepayment. Servicing costs
114


are not a driver of our MSR value as we are typically primary or master servicer; the higher costs of servicing delinquent and foreclosed loans is generally borne by the special servicer. The primary economic driver impacting the fair value of our commercial MSRs is forward interest rates, which are derived from market observable yield curves used to price capital markets instruments. Market interest rates significantly affect interest earned on custodial deposit balances. The sensitivity of the current fair value of our commercial MSRs to a hypothetical immediate adverse 25% change in the assumption about interest earned on deposit balances at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, would result in a decrease in fair value of $89 million and $205 million, respectively. See Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on our commercial MSRs.
The sensitivities in the preceding paragraph and table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently
without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.
Off-Balance Sheet Loans
Table 10.7 presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet loans that were sold or securitized, including residential mortgage loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA and other investors, for which we have some form of continuing involvement (including servicer). Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and loans in bankruptcy, regardless of delinquency status. In accordance with applicable servicing guidelines, delinquency status continues to advance for loans with COVID-related payment deferrals. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would only experience a loss if we were required to repurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts.
Table 10.7: Off-Balance Sheet Loans Sold or Securitized
Net charge-offs (2)
Total loansDelinquent loans
and foreclosed assets (1)
Nine months ended Sep 30,
(in millions)Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 201920202019
Commercial:
Real estate mortgage
$114,479 112,507 2,363 776 129 109 
Total commercial
114,479 112,507 2,363 776 129 109 
Consumer:
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage
875,298 1,008,446 36,605 6,664 71 180 
Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage
10 13 2  — 
Total consumer
875,308 1,008,459 36,607 6,666 71 180 
Total off-balance sheet sold or securitized loans (3)
$989,787 1,120,966 38,970 7,442 200 289 
(1)Includes $397 million and $492 million of commercial foreclosed assets and $264 million and $356 million of consumer foreclosed assets at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
(2)Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.
(3)At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, the table includes total loans of $920.7 billion and $1.0 trillion respectively, delinquent loans of $35.0 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively, and foreclosed assets of $205 million and $251 million, respectively, for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
115

Note 10: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)
Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings
Table 10.8 presents a summary of financial assets and liabilities for asset transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. Carrying values of “Assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and
therefore in some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” For VIEs that obtain exposure synthetically through derivative instruments, the notional amount of the derivative is included in “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.
Table 10.8: Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings
Carrying value
(in millions)Total
VIE assets
AssetsLiabilitiesNoncontrolling
interests
Net assets
September 30, 2020
Secured borrowings:
Residential mortgage securitizations
$69 69 (68) 1 
Total secured borrowings
69 69 (68) 1 
Consolidated VIEs:
Commercial and industrial loans and leases
6,978 4,924 (227)(13)4,684 
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations
622 538 (214) 324 
Commercial real estate loans
5,379 5,379   5,379 
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
596 599 (596) 3 
Other
159 159 (3)(22)134 
Total consolidated VIEs
13,734 11,599 (1,040)(35)10,524 
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
$13,803 11,668 (1,108)(35)10,525 
December 31, 2019
Secured borrowings:
Residential mortgage securitizations
$81 80 (79)— 
Total secured borrowings
81 80 (79)— 
Consolidated VIEs:
Commercial and industrial loans and leases
8,054 8,042 (529)(16)7,497 
Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations
935 809 (290)— 519 
Commercial real estate loans
4,836 4,836 — — 4,836 
Municipal tender option bond securitizations
401 402 (401)— 
Other
279 279 (6)(27)246 
Total consolidated VIEs
14,505 14,368 (1,226)(43)13,099 
Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs
$14,586 14,448 (1,305)(43)13,100 
We have raised financing through the securitization of certain financial assets in transactions with VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings. We also consolidate VIEs where we are the primary beneficiary. In certain transactions, we provide contractual support in the form of limited recourse and liquidity to facilitate the remarketing of short-term securities issued to third-party investors. Other than this limited contractual support, the assets of the VIEs are the sole source of repayment of the securities held by third parties.
For complete descriptions of our accounting for transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvement with consolidated VIEs, see Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.

Other Transactions
In addition to the transactions included in the previous tables, we have used wholly-owned trust preferred security VIEs to issue debt securities or preferred equity exclusively to third-party investors. As the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us, we do not consolidate the VIEs even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs, and may have the right to redeem the third-party securities under certain circumstances. In our
consolidated balance sheet we reported the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt with a carrying value of $698 million and $2.1 billion at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. During first quarter 2020, we liquidated certain of our trust preferred security VIEs. As part of these liquidations, the preferred securities issued by the trusts were canceled and junior subordinated debentures with a total carrying value of $1.4 billion were distributed to the preferred security holders. Prior to the liquidations, we held $10 million of these preferred securities, which were exchanged for junior subordinated debentures upon liquidation and subsequently retired with no impact to earnings. See Note 17 (Preferred Stock) for additional information about trust preferred securities.
Certain money market funds are also excluded from the previous tables because they are exempt from the consolidation analysis. We voluntarily waived a portion of our management fees for these money market funds to maintain a minimum level of daily net investment income. The amount of fees waived was $30 million and $63 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, compared with $10 million and $30 million for the same periods a year ago.
116


Note 11: Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking activities consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sales and servicing.
We apply the amortization method to commercial MSRs and the fair value method to residential MSRs. Table 11.1 presents the changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method.
Table 11.1: Analysis of Changes in Fair Value MSRs
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Fair value, beginning of period$6,819 12,096 $11,517 14,649 
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)
351 538 1,274 1,279 
Sales and other (2)
 (4)(32)(286)
Net additions
351 534 1,242 993 
Changes in fair value:
Due to valuation inputs or assumptions:
Mortgage interest rates (3)
(294)(718)(3,916)(2,811)
Servicing and foreclosure costs (4)
157 13 (265)
Discount rates
 188 27 179 
Prepayment estimates and other (5)
(80)(445)(451)(302)
Net changes in valuation inputs or assumptions
(217)(962)(4,605)(2,931)
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (6)
(598)(596)(1,799)(1,639)
Total changes in fair value
(815)(1,558)(6,404)(4,570)
Fair value, end of period$6,355 11,072 $6,355 11,072 
(1)Includes impacts associated with exercising cleanup calls on securitizations and our right to repurchase delinquent loans from GNMA loan securitization pools. MSRs may increase upon repurchase due to servicing liabilities associated with these delinquent GNMA loans.
(2)Includes sales and transfers of MSRs, which can result in an increase in MSRs if related to portfolios with servicing liabilities.
(3)Includes prepayment speed changes as well as other valuation changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates.
(4)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.
(5)Represents other changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions including prepayment speed estimation changes that are independent of mortgage interest rate changes.
(6)Represents the reduction in the MSR fair value for the cash flows expected to be collected during the period, net of income accreted due to the passage of time.
 
Table 11.2 presents the changes in amortized MSRs.
Table 11.2: Analysis of Changes in Amortized MSRs
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Balance, beginning of period$1,361 1,407 $1,430 1,443 
Purchases
6 25 21 65 
Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers
32 33 114 92 
Amortization (1)
(74)(68)(240)(203)
Balance, end of period$1,325 1,397 $1,325 1,397 
Fair value of amortized MSRs:
Beginning of period
$1,401 1,897 $1,872 2,288 
End of period
1,400 1,813 1,400 1,813 
(1)Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) for multi-family properties and non-agency. There was a $7 million and $37 million impairment recorded in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and an associated valuation allowance of $37 million recorded at September 30, 2020, on the commercial amortized MSRs.

117

Note 11: Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)
We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in Table 11.3 at unpaid principal balance for loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.
 
Table 11.3: Managed Servicing Portfolio
(in billions)Sep 30, 2020Dec 31, 2019
Residential mortgage servicing:
Serviced and subserviced for others
$920 1,065 
Owned loans serviced
342 343 
Total residential servicing1,262 1,408 
Commercial mortgage servicing:
Serviced and subserviced for others
579 575 
Owned loans serviced
123 124 
Total commercial servicing
702 699 
Total managed servicing portfolio
$1,964 2,107 
Total serviced for others, excluding subserviced for others$1,488 1,629 
Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others0.52 %0.79 
Weighted average note rate (mortgage loans serviced for others)4.13 4.25 
At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we had servicer advances, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts, of $2.6 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. As the servicer of loans for others, we advance certain payments of principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and default-related expenses which are generally reimbursed within a short timeframe from cash flows from the trust, GSEs, insurer or borrower. The credit risk related to these advances is limited since the reimbursement is generally senior to cash payments to investors. We also advance payments of taxes and insurance for our owned loans which are collectible
from the borrower. We maintain an allowance for uncollectible amounts for advances on loans serviced for others that may not be reimbursed if the payments were not made in accordance with applicable servicing agreements or if the insurance or servicing agreements contain limitations on reimbursements. Servicing advances on owned loans are charged-off when deemed uncollectible.
Table 11.4 presents the components of mortgage banking noninterest income. 

Table 11.4: Mortgage Banking Noninterest Income
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Servicing fees:
Contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees
$838 924 $2,452 2,749 
Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1)
(121)(118)(333)(272)
Servicing fees717 806 2,119 2,477 
Amortization (2)
(74)(68)(240)(203)
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows (3)
(A)(598)(596)(1,799)(1,639)
Net servicing fees
45 142 80 635 
Changes in fair value of MSRs due to valuation inputs or assumptions (4)
(B)(217)(962)(4,605)(2,931)
Net derivative gains from economic hedges (5)
513 678 4,448 2,795 
Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results296 (284)(157)(136)
Total servicing income (loss), net
341 (142)(77)499 
Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities (6)
1,249 608 2,363 1,433 
Total mortgage banking noninterest income
$1,590 466 $2,286 1,932 
Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value(A)+(B)$(815)(1,558)$(6,404)(4,570)
(1)Includes costs associated with foreclosures, unreimbursed interest advances to investors, and other interest costs.
(2)Includes a $7 million and $37 million impairment recorded in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, on the commercial amortized MSRs.
(3)Represents the reduction in the MSR fair value for the cash flows expected to be collected during the period, net of income accreted due to the passage of time.
(4)Refer to the analysis of changes in fair value MSRs presented in Table 11.1 in this Note for more detail.
(5)See Note 15 (Derivatives) for additional discussion and detail on economic hedges.
(6)Includes net gains (losses) of $(297) million and $(1.6) billion in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and $58 million and $(376) million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and derivative loan commitments.

118


Note 12: Intangible Assets
Table 12.1 presents the gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization.
Table 12.1: Intangible Assets
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Gross
carrying
value
Accumulated
amortization
Net
carrying
value
Gross
carrying
value
Accumulated
amortization
Net
carrying
value
Amortized intangible assets (1):
MSRs (2)
$4,557 (3,232)1,325 4,422 (2,992)1,430 
Customer relationship and other intangibles
879 (527)352 947 (524)423 
Total amortized intangible assets
$5,436 (3,759)1,677 5,369 (3,516)1,853 
Unamortized intangible assets:
MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)
$6,355 11,517 
Goodwill
26,387 26,390 
Trademark
14 14 
(1)Balances are excluded commencing in the period following full amortization.
(2)Includes a $37 million valuation allowance recorded for amortized MSRs at September 30, 2020. See Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities) for additional information on MSRs.

Table 12.2 provides the current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets. We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing
asset balances at September 30, 2020. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.
Table 12.2: Amortization Expense for Intangible Assets
(in millions)Amortized MSRsCustomer
relationship
and other
intangibles
Total
Nine months ended September 30, 2020 (actual)$240 71 311 
Estimate for the remainder of 2020$66 24 90 
Estimate for year ended December 31,
2021239 81 320 
2022212 68 280 
2023184 59 243 
2024159 48 207 
2025134 39 173 
Table 12.3 shows the allocation of goodwill to our reportable operating segments. We assess goodwill for impairment at a
reporting unit level, which is generally one level below the operating segments.
Table 12.3: Goodwill
(in millions)Community
Banking
Wholesale
Banking
Wealth and Investment ManagementConsolidated
Company
December 31, 2018$16,685 8,450 1,283 26,418 
Reclassification of goodwill held for sale to other assets— (25)— (25)
Reduction in goodwill related to divested business and other— — (7)(7)
Foreign currency translation— — 
September 30, 2019$16,685 8,427 1,276 26,388 
December 31, 2019$16,685 8,429 1,276 26,390 
Foreign currency translation (3) (3)
September 30, 2020$16,685 8,426 1,276 26,387 

119


Note 13: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments
Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby and direct pay letters of credit, written options, recourse obligations, and other types of similar
arrangements. For complete descriptions of our guarantees, see Note 16 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments) in our 2019 Form 10-K. Table 13.1 shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the related non-investment grade amounts.
Table 13.1: Guarantees – Carrying Value and Maximum Exposure to Loss
Maximum exposure to loss
(in millions)Carrying
value of obligation (asset)
Expires in
one year
or less
Expires after
one year
through
three years
Expires after
three years
through
five years
Expires
after five
years
TotalNon-
investment
grade
September 30, 2020
Standby letters of credit $195 12,381 4,287 1,844 446 18,958 7,484 
Direct pay letters of credit 42 2,227 2,853 704 48 5,832 1,175 
Written options (1) (245)13,356 10,851 2,379 152 26,738 16,205 
Loans and MLHFS sold with recourse (2)
34 231 752 1,596 10,016 12,595 10,254 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees    5,516 5,516  
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3)1 567 1 1 1,667 2,236 528 
Total guarantees
$27 28,762 18,744 6,524 17,845 71,875 35,646 
December 31, 2019
Standby letters of credit $36 11,569 4,460 2,812 467 19,308 7,104 
Direct pay letters of credit— 1,861 3,815 824 105 6,605 1,184 
Written options (1)(345)17,088 10,869 2,341 273 30,571 18,113 
Loans and MLHFS sold with recourse (2)52 114 576 1,356 10,050 12,096 9,835 
Exchange and clearing house guarantees— — — — 4,817 4,817 — 
Other guarantees and indemnifications (3)785 809 1,598 698 
Total guarantees
$(256)31,417 19,721 7,336 16,521 74,995 36,934 
(1)Written options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 15 (Derivatives). Carrying value net asset position is a result of certain deferred premium option trades.
(2)Represent recourse provided, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements.
(3)Includes indemnifications provided to certain third-party clearing agents. Outstanding customer obligations under these arrangements were $176 million and $80 million with related collateral of $1.5 billion and $696 million at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.

“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is a remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in Table 13.1 do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss. The carrying value represents the fair value of the guarantee, if any, and also includes an ACL for guarantees, if applicable.
Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of performance under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. Credit quality indicators we usually consider in evaluating risk of payments or performance are described in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses).
We provide debit and credit card transaction processing services through the payment networks directly for merchants and as a sponsor for merchant processing servicers, including our joint venture with a third party that is accounted for as an equity method investment. In our role as the merchant acquiring bank, we have a potential obligation for payment and delivery disputes between the merchant and the cardholder that are resolved in favor of the cardholder. If we are unable to collect the amounts from the merchant, we incur a loss for the refund to the cardholder. We are secondarily obligated to make a refund for transactions involving the sponsored merchant processing servicers. We have a low likelihood of loss since most products and services are delivered when purchased and amounts are refunded when items are returned to the merchant. In addition, we may reduce our risk by withholding future payments and requiring cash or other collateral. For the first nine months of 2020, we processed card transaction volume of $982.7 billion as a merchant acquiring bank, and related losses, including those from our joint venture entity, were immaterial.
The Parent fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment of principal, interest, and any other amounts that may be due on securities that its 100% owned finance subsidiary, Wells Fargo Finance LLC, may issue. These guaranteed liabilities were $2.4 billion and $1.6 billion at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. These guarantees rank on parity with all of the Parent’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.
120


Pledged Assets
Table 13.2 provides the carrying amount of on-balance sheet pledged assets and the fair value of other pledged collateral. Other pledged collateral is collateral we have received from third parties, have the right to repledge and is not recognized on our balance sheet.

TRADING RELATED ACTIVITY Our trading businesses may pledge debt and equity securities in connection with securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) and securities lending arrangements. The collateral that we pledge related to our trading activities may include our own collateral as well as collateral that we have received from third parties and have the right to repledge. All of the trading activity pledged collateral is eligible to be repledged or sold by the secured party.
NON-TRADING RELATED ACTIVITY As part of our liquidity management strategy, we may pledge loans, debt securities, and
other assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings and letters of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and FRB and for other purposes as required or permitted by law or insurance statutory requirements. Substantially all of the non-trading activity pledged collateral is not eligible to be repledged or sold by the secured party.

VIE RELATED We pledge assets in connection with various types of transactions entered into with VIEs. These pledged assets can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. We also have loans recorded on our balance sheet which represent certain delinquent loans that are eligible for repurchase from GNMA loan securitizations. See Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information on consolidated VIE assets and VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings.
Table 13.2: Pledged Assets
(in millions) Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Related to trading activities:
Repledged third-party owned debt and equity securities
$37,121 60,083 
Trading debt securities and other
20,483 51,083 
Equity securities
835 1,379 
Total pledged assets related to trading activities
58,439 112,545 
Related to non-trading activities:
Loans
364,865 406,106 
Debt securities:
Available-for-sale
55,479 61,126 
Held-to-maturity
2,786 3,685 
Mortgage loans held for sale
 2,266 
Total pledged assets related to non-trading activities
423,130 473,183 
Related to VIEs:
Consolidated VIE assets
11,599 14,368 
VIEs accounted for as secured borrowings
69 80 
Loans eligible for repurchase from GNMA securitizations
76 568 
Total pledged assets related to VIEs11,744 15,016 
Total pledged assets
$493,313 600,744 

Securities Financing Activities
We enter into resale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and lending agreements (collectively, “securities financing activities”) typically to finance trading positions (including securities and derivatives), acquire securities to cover short trading positions, accommodate customers’ financing needs, and settle other securities obligations. These activities are conducted through our broker-dealer subsidiaries and to a lesser extent through other bank entities. Our securities financing activities primarily involve high quality, liquid securities such as U.S. Treasury securities and government agency securities, and to a lesser extent, less liquid securities, including equity securities, corporate bonds and asset-backed securities. We account for these transactions as collateralized financings in which we typically receive or pledge securities as collateral. We believe these financing transactions generally do not have material credit risk given the collateral provided and the related monitoring processes.

OFFSETTING OF SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES Table 13.3 presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master
repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). Collateralized financings with a single counterparty are presented net on our balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. Most transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting.
Collateral we pledged consists of non-cash instruments, such as securities or loans, and is not netted on the balance sheet against the related liability. Collateral we received includes securities or loans and is not recognized on our balance sheet. Collateral pledged or received may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds, as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, U.S. GAAP requires disclosure in this table to limit the reported amount of such collateral to the
121

Note 13: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments (continued)
amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.
In addition to the amounts included in Table 13.3, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that is disclosed in Note 15 (Derivatives).
Table 13.3: Offsetting – Securities Financing Activities
(in millions) Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Assets:
Resale and securities borrowing agreements
Gross amounts recognized
$94,579 140,773 
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)
(11,066)(19,180)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2)
83,513 121,593 
Collateral not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3)
(82,736)(120,786)
Net amount (4)
$777 807 
Liabilities:
Repurchase and securities lending agreements
Gross amounts recognized
$54,888 111,038 
Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)
(11,066)(19,180)
Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (5)
43,822 91,858 
Collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (6)
(43,602)(91,709)
Net amount (4)
$220 149 
(1)Represents recognized amount of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet.
(2)Includes $69.2 billion and $102.1 billion classified on our consolidated balance sheet in federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. Also includes securities purchased under long-term resale agreements (generally one year or more) classified in loans, which totaled $14.3 billion and $19.5 billion, at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
(3)Represents the fair value of collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the table above to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty. At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we have received total collateral with a fair value of $106.5 billion and $150.9 billion, respectively, all of which we have the right to sell or repledge. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $35.9 billion at September 30, 2020, and $59.1 billion at December 31, 2019.
(4)Represents the amount of our exposure (assets) or obligation (liabilities) that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.
(5)Amount is classified in short-term borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet.
(6)Represents the fair value of collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited in the table above to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we have pledged total collateral with a fair value of $56.5 billion and $113.3 billion, respectively, substantially all of which may be sold or repledged by the counterparty.

REPURCHASE AND SECURITIES LENDING AGREEMENTS Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements are effectively short-term collateralized borrowings. In these transactions, we receive cash in exchange for transferring securities as collateral and recognize an obligation to reacquire the securities for cash at the transaction’s maturity. These types of transactions create risks, including (1) the counterparty may fail to return the securities at maturity, (2) the fair value of the securities transferred may decline below the amount of our obligation to reacquire the securities, and therefore create an obligation for us to pledge additional amounts, and (3) the counterparty may accelerate the maturity on demand, requiring us to reacquire the security prior to contractual maturity. We attempt to mitigate these risks in various ways. Our collateral primarily consists of highly liquid securities. In addition, we underwrite and monitor the financial strength of our counterparties, monitor the fair value of collateral pledged relative to contractually required repurchase amounts, and monitor that our collateral is properly returned through the clearing and settlement process in advance of our cash repayment. Table 13.4 provides the gross amounts recognized on the balance sheet (before the effects of offsetting) of our liabilities for repurchase and securities lending agreements disaggregated by underlying collateral type.
122


Table 13.4: Gross Obligations by Underlying Collateral Type
(in millions) Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Repurchase agreements:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
$22,342 48,161 
Securities of U.S. States and political subdivisions
46 104 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities
13,184 44,737 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
1,176 1,818 
Corporate debt securities
8,780 7,126 
Asset-backed securities
1,050 1,844 
Equity securities
1,463 1,674 
Other
830 705 
Total repurchases
48,871 106,169 
Securities lending arrangements:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
57 163 
Federal agency mortgage-backed securities
42 — 
Corporate debt securities
98 223 
Equity securities (1)
5,788 4,481 
Other
32 
Total securities lending
6,017 4,869 
Total repurchases and securities lending
$54,888 111,038 
(1)Equity securities are generally exchange traded and represent collateral received from third parties that has been repledged. We received the collateral through either margin lending agreements or contemporaneous securities borrowing transactions with other counterparties.
Table 13.5 provides the contractual maturities of our gross obligations under repurchase and securities lending agreements.
Table 13.5: Contractual Maturities of Gross Obligations
(in millions) Overnight/continuousUp to 30 days30-90 days>90 daysTotal gross obligation
September 30, 2020
Repurchase agreements$37,173 1,963 6,150 3,585 48,871 
Securities lending arrangements5,467  550  6,017 
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)
$42,640 1,963 6,700 3,585 54,888 
December 31, 2019
Repurchase agreements$79,793 17,681 4,825 3,870 106,169 
Securities lending arrangements4,724 — 145 — 4,869 
Total repurchases and securities lending (1)
$84,517 17,681 4,970 3,870 111,038 
(1)Securities lending is executed under agreements that allow either party to terminate the transaction without notice, while repurchase agreements have a term structure to them that technically matures at a point in time. The overnight/continuous repurchase agreements require election of both parties to roll the trade rather than the election to terminate the arrangement as in securities lending.
OTHER COMMITMENTS To meet the financing needs of our customers, we may enter into commitments to purchase debt and equity securities to provide capital for their funding, liquidity or other future needs. As of September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we had commitments to purchase debt securities of $18 million in both periods and commitments to purchase equity securities of $3.2 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively.
As part of maintaining our memberships in certain clearing organizations, we are required to stand ready to provide liquidity to sustain market clearing activity in the event unforeseen events occur or are deemed likely to occur. Certain of these obligations are guarantees of other members’ performance and accordingly are included in Other guarantees and indemnifications in Table 13.1.
Also, we have commitments to purchase loans and securities under resale agreements from certain counterparties, including central clearing organizations. The amount of our unfunded contractual commitments was $9.1 billion and $7.5 billion as of September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
Given the nature of these commitments, they are excluded from Table 6.4 (Unfunded Credit Commitments) in Note 6 (Loans and Related Allowance for Credit Losses).

123


Note 14: Legal Actions
Wells Fargo and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration, and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from the conduct of our business activities, and many of those proceedings and investigations expose Wells Fargo to potential financial loss. These proceedings and investigations include actions brought against Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries with respect to corporate-related matters and transactions in which Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries were involved. In addition, Wells Fargo and our subsidiaries may be requested to provide information or otherwise cooperate with government authorities in the conduct of investigations of other persons or industry groups.
Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, Wells Fargo and/or our subsidiaries have generally denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant legal actions pending against us, including the matters described below, and we intend to defend vigorously each case, other than matters we describe as having settled. We establish accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. For such accruals, we record the amount we consider to be the best estimate within a range of potential losses that are both probable and estimable; however, if we cannot determine a best estimate, then we record the low end of the range of those potential losses. The actual costs of resolving legal actions may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those actions.
ATM ACCESS FEE LITIGATION In October 2011, plaintiffs filed a putative class action, Mackmin, et al. v. Visa, Inc. et al., against Wells Fargo & Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Visa, MasterCard, and several other banks in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia. Plaintiffs allege that the Visa and MasterCard requirement that if an ATM operator charges an access fee on Visa and MasterCard transactions, then that fee cannot be greater than the access fee charged for transactions on other networks, violates antitrust rules. Plaintiffs seek treble damages, restitution, injunctive relief, and attorneys’ fees where available under federal and state law. Two other antitrust cases that make similar allegations were filed in the same court, but these cases did not name Wells Fargo as a defendant. On February 13, 2013, the district court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the three actions. Plaintiffs appealed the dismissals and, on August 4, 2015, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit vacated the district court’s decisions and remanded the three cases to the district court for further proceedings. On June 28, 2016, the United States Supreme Court granted defendants’ petitions for writ of certiorari to review the decisions of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. On November 17, 2016, the United States Supreme Court dismissed the petitions as improvidently granted, and the three cases returned to the district court for further proceedings. The Company has entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company will pay $20.8 million to resolve the cases, subject to court approval.
AUTOMOBILE LENDING MATTERS On April 20, 2018, the Company entered into consent orders with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) to resolve, among other things, investigations by the agencies into the Company’s compliance risk management
program and its past practices involving certain automobile collateral protection insurance (CPI) policies and certain mortgage interest rate lock extensions. The consent orders require remediation to customers and the payment of a total of $1.0 billion in civil money penalties to the agencies. In July 2017, the Company announced a plan to remediate customers who may have been financially harmed due to issues related to automobile CPI policies purchased through a third-party vendor on their behalf. Multiple putative class action cases alleging, among other things, unfair and deceptive practices relating to these CPI policies, have been filed against the Company and consolidated into one multi-district litigation in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The Company has reached an agreement to resolve the multi-district litigation pursuant to which the Company has agreed to pay, consistent with its remediation obligations under the consent orders, approximately $643 million in remediation to customers with CPI policies placed between October 15, 2005, and September 30, 2016. The settlement amount is not incremental to the Company’s remediation obligations under the consent orders, but instead encompasses those obligations, including remediation payments to date. The settlement amount is subject to change as the Company finalizes its remediation activity under the consent orders. In addition, the Company has agreed to contribute $1 million to a common fund for the class. The district court granted final approval of the settlement on November 21, 2019. A putative class of shareholders also filed a securities fraud class action against the Company and its executive officers alleging material misstatements and omissions of CPI-related information in the Company’s public disclosures. In January 2020, the court dismissed this action as to all defendants except the Company and a former executive officer and limited the action to two alleged misstatements. In addition, the Company is subject to a class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that customers are entitled to refunds related to the unused portion of guaranteed automobile protection (GAP) waiver or insurance agreements between the customer and dealer and, by assignment, the lender. Allegations related to the CPI and GAP programs are among the subjects of shareholder derivative lawsuits pending in federal and state court in California. The court dismissed the state court action in September 2018, but plaintiffs filed an amended complaint in November 2018. The parties to the state court action have entered into an agreement to resolve the action pursuant to which the Company will pay plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and undertake certain business and governance practices. The state court granted final approval of the settlement on January 15, 2020, and a notice of appeal has been filed. These and other issues related to the origination, servicing, and collection of consumer automobile loans, including related insurance products, have also subjected the Company to formal or informal inquiries, investigations, or examinations from federal and state government agencies. In December 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with all 50 state Attorneys General and the District of Columbia to resolve an investigation into the Company’s retail sales practices, CPI and GAP, and mortgage interest rate lock matters, pursuant to which the Company paid $575 million.
CONSENT ORDER DISCLOSURE LITIGATION Wells Fargo shareholders have brought a securities fraud class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
124


York alleging that the Company and certain of its current and former executive officers made false or misleading statements regarding the Company’s efforts to comply with the February 2018 consent order with the Federal Reserve Board and the April 2018 consent orders with the CFPB and OCC.
CONSUMER DEPOSIT ACCOUNT RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATION The CFPB is conducting an investigation into whether customers were unduly harmed by the Company’s historical practices associated with the freezing (and, in many cases, closing) of consumer deposit accounts after the Company detected suspected fraudulent activity (by third parties or account holders) that affected those accounts.
CORONAVIRUS AID, RELIEF, AND ECONOMIC SECURITY ACT/PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM Plaintiffs have filed putative class actions in various federal courts against the Company. The actions seek damages and injunctive relief related to the Company’s offering of Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, as well as claims for fees by purported agents who allegedly assisted customers with preparing PPP loan applications submitted to the Company. The Company has also received formal and informal inquiries from federal and state governmental agencies regarding its offering of PPP loans. In addition, Wells Fargo shareholders have brought a securities fraud class action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Company and certain of its executive officers made false or misleading statements regarding the Company's participation in the PPP and the Company's compliance with related regulations.
FIDUCIARY AND CUSTODY ACCOUNT FEE CALCULATIONS Federal government agencies are conducting formal or informal inquiries, investigations, or examinations regarding fee calculations within certain fiduciary and custody accounts in the Company’s investment and fiduciary services business, which is part of the wealth management business within the Wealth and Investment Management (WIM) operating segment. The Company has determined that there have been instances of incorrect fees being applied to certain assets and accounts, resulting in both overcharges and undercharges to customers.
FOREIGN EXCHANGE BUSINESS The United States Department of Justice (Department of Justice) is investigating certain activities in the Company’s foreign exchange business, including whether customers may have received pricing inconsistent with commitments made to those customers. Previous investigations by other federal government agencies have been resolved.
INTERCHANGE LITIGATION Plaintiffs representing a putative class of merchants have filed putative class actions, and individual merchants have filed individual actions, against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo & Company, Wachovia Bank, N.A., and Wachovia Corporation regarding the interchange fees associated with Visa and MasterCard payment card transactions. Visa, MasterCard, and several other banks and bank holding companies are also named as defendants in these actions. These actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The amended and consolidated complaint asserts claims against defendants based on alleged violations of federal and state antitrust laws and seeks damages, as well as injunctive relief. Plaintiff merchants allege that Visa, MasterCard, and payment card issuing banks unlawfully colluded to set interchange rates. Plaintiffs also allege that enforcement of certain Visa and MasterCard rules and alleged tying and bundling
of services offered to merchants are anticompetitive. Wells Fargo and Wachovia, along with other defendants and entities, are parties to Loss and Judgment Sharing Agreements, which provide that they, along with other entities, will share, based on a formula, in any losses from the Interchange Litigation. On July 13, 2012, Visa, MasterCard, and the financial institution defendants, including Wells Fargo, signed a memorandum of understanding with plaintiff merchants to resolve the consolidated class action and reached a separate settlement in principle of the consolidated individual actions. The settlement payments to be made by all defendants in the consolidated class and individual actions totaled approximately $6.6 billion before reductions applicable to certain merchants opting out of the settlement. The class settlement also provided for the distribution to class merchants of 10 basis points of default interchange across all credit rate categories for a period of eight consecutive months. The district court granted final approval of the settlement, which was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit by settlement objector merchants. Other merchants opted out of the settlement and are pursuing several individual actions. On June 30, 2016, the Second Circuit vacated the settlement agreement and reversed and remanded the consolidated action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York for further proceedings. On November 23, 2016, prior class counsel filed a petition to the United States Supreme Court, seeking review of the reversal of the settlement by the Second Circuit, and the Supreme Court denied the petition on March 27, 2017. On November 30, 2016, the district court appointed lead class counsel for a damages class and an equitable relief class. The parties have entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the money damages class claims pursuant to which defendants will pay a total of approximately $6.2 billion, which includes approximately $5.3 billion of funds remaining from the 2012 settlement and $900 million in additional funding. The Company’s allocated responsibility for the additional funding is approximately $94.5 million. The court granted final approval of the settlement on December 13, 2019, which was appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit by settlement objector merchants. Several of the opt-out and direct action litigations have been settled while others remain pending. Discovery is proceeding in the opt-out litigations and the equitable relief class case.
LOW INCOME HOUSING TAX CREDITS Federal government agencies have undertaken formal or informal inquiries or investigations regarding the manner in which the Company purchased, and negotiated the purchase of, certain federal low income housing tax credits in connection with the financing of low income housing developments.
MOBILE DEPOSIT PATENT LITIGATION  The Company is a defendant in two separate cases brought by United Services Automobile Association (USAA) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging claims of patent infringement regarding mobile deposit capture technology patents held by USAA. Trial in the first case commenced on October 30, 2019, and resulted in a $200 million verdict against the Company. Trial in the second case commenced on January 6, 2020, and resulted in a $102.7 million verdict against the Company. The Company has filed post-trial motions to, among other things, vacate the verdicts, and USAA has filed post-trial motions seeking future royalty payments and damages for willful infringement.
125

Note 14: Legal Actions (continued)
MORTGAGE LOAN MODIFICATION LITIGATION Plaintiffs representing a putative class of mortgage borrowers have filed separate putative class actions, Hernandez v. Wells Fargo, et al., Coordes v. Wells Fargo, et al., Ryder v. Wells Fargo, Liguori v. Wells Fargo, and Dore v. Wells Fargo, against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, the United States District Court for the District of Washington, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania, respectively. Plaintiffs allege that Wells Fargo improperly denied mortgage loan modifications or repayment plans to customers in the foreclosure process due to the overstatement of foreclosure attorneys’ fees that were included for purposes of determining whether a customer in the foreclosure process qualified for a mortgage loan modification or repayment plan. The district court in the Hernandez case certified a nationwide breach of contract class for foreclosed borrowers and denied certification on claims pertaining to other impacted borrowers. In March 2020, the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company will pay $18.5 million to resolve the claims of the certified class in the Hernandez case, which was approved by the district court in October 2020. The plaintiffs and the Company have informed the district court that they will move to reopen the Hernandez settlement to include additional borrowers who the Company determined should have been included in the settlement class once the total number of additional borrowers has been confirmed. The Company has identified a population of additional borrowers during the relevant class period whose loans had not previously been reviewed for inclusion in the original population of impacted customers. The identification of these additional borrowers may also increase the potential class of mortgage borrowers in the other pending matters.
MORTGAGE-RELATED REGULATORY INVESTIGATIONS Federal and state government agencies, including the Department of Justice, have been investigating or examining certain mortgage related activities of Wells Fargo and predecessor institutions. Wells Fargo, for itself and for predecessor institutions, has responded to requests from these agencies seeking information regarding the origination, underwriting, and securitization of residential mortgages, including sub-prime mortgages. These agencies have advanced theories of purported liability with respect to certain of these activities. An agreement, pursuant to which the Company paid $2.09 billion, was reached in August 2018 to resolve the Department of Justice investigation, which related to certain 2005-2007 residential mortgage-backed securities activities. In addition, the Company reached an agreement with the Attorney General of the State of Illinois in November 2018 pursuant to which the Company paid $17 million in restitution to certain Illinois state pension funds and reached an agreement with the Attorney General of the State of Maryland in June 2020 pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay $20 million in restitution, in each case to resolve claims relating to certain residential mortgage-backed securities activities. Other financial institutions have entered into similar settlements with these agencies, the nature of which related to the specific activities of those financial institutions, including the imposition of significant financial penalties and remedial actions.
NOMURA/NATIXIS MORTGAGE-RELATED LITIGATION In August 2014 and August 2015, Nomura Credit & Capital Inc. (Nomura) and Natixis Real Estate Holdings, LLC (Natixis) filed a total of seven third-party complaints against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in New York state court. In the underlying first-party actions,
Nomura and Natixis have been sued for alleged breaches of representations and warranties made in connection with residential mortgage-backed securities sponsored by them. In the third-party actions, Nomura and Natixis allege that Wells Fargo, as master servicer, primary servicer or securities administrator, failed to notify Nomura and Natixis of their own breaches, failed to properly oversee the primary servicers, and failed to adhere to accepted servicing practices. Natixis additionally alleges that Wells Fargo failed to perform default oversight duties. Wells Fargo has asserted counterclaims alleging that Nomura and Natixis failed to provide Wells Fargo notice of their representation and warranty breaches.
OFAC RELATED INVESTIGATION The Company has self-identified an issue whereby certain foreign banks utilized a Wells Fargo software-based solution to conduct import/export trade-related financing transactions with countries and entities prohibited by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) of the United States Department of the Treasury. We do not believe any funds related to these transactions flowed through accounts at Wells Fargo as a result of the aforementioned conduct. The Company has made voluntary self-disclosures to OFAC and is cooperating with an inquiry from the Department of Justice.
ORDER OF POSTING LITIGATION  Plaintiffs filed a series of putative class actions against Wachovia Bank, N.A., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as well as many other banks, challenging the “high to low” order in which the banks post debit card transactions to consumer deposit accounts. Most of these actions were consolidated in multi-district litigation proceedings (MDL proceedings) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The court in the MDL proceedings has certified a class of putative plaintiffs, and Wells Fargo moved to compel arbitration of the claims of unnamed class members. The court denied the motions to compel arbitration in October 2016, and Wells Fargo appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. In May 2018, the Eleventh Circuit ruled in Wells Fargo’s favor and found that Wells Fargo had not waived its arbitration rights and remanded the case to the district court for further proceedings. On September 26, 2019, the district court entered an order granting Wells Fargo’s motion and dismissed the claims of unnamed class members in favor of arbitration. Plaintiffs appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit.
RETAIL SALES PRACTICES MATTERS A number of bodies or entities, including (a) federal, state, and local government agencies, including the Department of Justice, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and the United States Department of Labor, (b) state attorneys general, including the New York Attorney General, and (c) Congressional committees, have undertaken formal or informal inquiries, investigations, or examinations arising out of certain retail sales practices of the Company that were the subject of settlements with the CFPB, the OCC, and the Office of the Los Angeles City Attorney announced by the Company on September 8, 2016. These matters are at varying stages. The Company has responded, and continues to respond, to requests from certain of the foregoing. In October 2018, the Company entered into an agreement to resolve the New York Attorney General’s investigation pursuant to which the Company paid $65 million to the State of New York. In December 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with all 50 state Attorneys General and the District of Columbia to resolve an investigation into the Company’s retail sales
126


practices, CPI and GAP, and mortgage interest rate lock matters, pursuant to which the Company paid $575 million. On February 21, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with the Department of Justice to resolve the Department of Justice’s criminal investigation into the Company’s retail sales practices, as well as a separate agreement to resolve the Department of Justice’s civil investigation. As part of the Department of Justice criminal settlement, no charges will be filed against the Company provided the Company abides by all the terms of the agreement. The Department of Justice criminal settlement also includes the Company’s agreement that the facts set forth in the settlement document constitute sufficient facts for the finding of criminal violations of statutes regarding bank records and personal information. On February 21, 2020, the Company also entered into an order to resolve the SEC’s investigation arising out of the Company’s retail sales practices. The SEC order contains a finding, to which the Company consented, that the facts set forth include violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. As part of the resolution of the Department of Justice and SEC investigations, the Company has agreed to make payments totaling $3.0 billion. In addition, as part of the settlements and included in the $3.0 billion amount, the Company has agreed to the creation of a $500 million Fair Fund for the benefit of investors who were harmed by the conduct covered in the SEC settlement.
In addition, a number of lawsuits have been filed by non-governmental parties seeking damages or other remedies related to these retail sales practices. First, various class plaintiffs, purporting to represent consumers who allege that they received products or services without their authorization or consent, have brought separate putative class actions against the Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and various other jurisdictions. On June 14, 2018, the district court granted final approval of a settlement entered into by the Company in the first-filed action, Jabbari v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., pursuant to which the Company will pay $142 million to resolve claims regarding certain products or services provided without authorization or consent for the time period May 1, 2002 to April 20, 2017. On July 20, 2020, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court's order granting final approval of the settlement. On September 29, 2020, the district court approved the settlement distribution to the Jabbari claimants. Second, the Company was subject to a consolidated securities fraud class action alleging certain misstatements and omissions in the Company’s disclosures related to sales practices matters. The Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve this matter pursuant to which the Company paid $480 million. Third, Wells Fargo shareholders have brought numerous shareholder derivative lawsuits asserting breach of fiduciary duty claims against, among others, current and former directors and officers for their alleged involvement with and failure to detect and prevent sales practices issues. These actions are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and California state court as consolidated or coordinated proceedings. The parties have entered into settlement agreements to resolve the shareholder derivative lawsuits pursuant to which insurance carriers will pay the Company approximately $240 million for alleged damage to the Company, and the Company will pay plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees. The federal court granted final approval of the settlement for its action on April 7, 2020. The state court granted final approval of the settlement for its action on January 15, 2020. Fourth, a purported Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) class action was filed in the United States District Court for the
District of Minnesota on behalf of 401(k) plan participants. The district court dismissed the action, and on July 27, 2020, the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit affirmed the dismissal.
RMBS TRUSTEE LITIGATION In November 2014, a group of institutional investors (Institutional Investor Plaintiffs), including funds affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., filed a putative class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., alleging claims against the Company in its capacity as trustee for a number of residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) trusts (Federal Court Complaint). Similar complaints have been filed against other trustees in various courts, including in the Southern District of New York, in New York state court, and in other states, by RMBS investors. The Federal Court Complaint alleged that Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, caused losses to investors and asserted causes of action based upon, among other things, the trustee’s alleged failure to notify and enforce repurchase obligations of mortgage loan sellers for purported breaches of representations and warranties, notify investors of alleged events of default, and abide by appropriate standards of care following alleged events of default. Plaintiffs sought money damages in an unspecified amount, reimbursement of expenses, and equitable relief. In December 2014 and December 2015, certain other investors filed additional complaints alleging similar claims against Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in the Southern District of New York (Related Federal Cases). In January 2016, the Southern District of New York entered an order in connection with the Federal Court Complaint dismissing claims related to certain of the trusts at issue (Dismissed Trusts). The Company’s subsequent motion to dismiss the Federal Court Complaint and the complaints for the Related Federal Cases was granted in part and denied in part in March 2017. In May 2017, the Company filed third-party complaints against certain investment advisors affiliated with the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs seeking contribution with respect to claims alleged in the Federal Court Complaint (Third-Party Claims).
In December 2016, the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs filed a new putative class action complaint in New York state court in respect of 261 RMBS trusts, including the Dismissed Trusts, for which Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., serves or served as trustee (State Court Action). A complaint raising similar allegations to those in the Federal Court Complaint was filed in May 2016 in New York state court by IKB International and IKB Deutsche Industriebank (IKB Action).
In July 2017, certain of the plaintiffs from the State Court Action filed a civil complaint relating to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.’s setting aside reserves for legal fees and expenses in connection with the liquidation of eleven RMBS trusts at issue in the State Court Action (Declaratory Judgment Action). The complaint sought, among other relief, declarations that the Company is not entitled to indemnification, the advancement of funds, or the taking of reserves from trust funds for legal fees and expenses it incurs in defending the claims in the State Court Action.
In May 2019, the New York state court approved a settlement agreement among the Institutional Investor Plaintiffs and the Company pursuant to which, among other terms, the Company paid $43 million to resolve the Federal Court Complaint and the State Court Action. The settlement also resolved the Third Party Claims and the Declaratory Judgment Action. The settlement did not affect the Related Federal Cases or the IKB Action, which remain pending.
127

Note 14: Legal Actions (continued)
SEMINOLE TRIBE TRUSTEE LITIGATION The Seminole Tribe of Florida filed a complaint in Florida state court alleging that Wells Fargo, as trustee, charged excess fees in connection with the administration of a minor’s trust and failed to invest the assets of the trust prudently. The complaint was later amended to include three individual current and former beneficiaries as plaintiffs and to remove the Tribe as a party to the case. In December 2016, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on the grounds that the Tribe is a necessary party and that the individual beneficiaries lack standing to bring claims. The motion was denied in June 2018. The case is pending trial.
WHOLESALE BANKING CONSENT ORDER INVESTIGATION On November 19, 2015, the Company entered into a consent order with the OCC, pursuant to which the Wholesale Banking group was required to implement customer due diligence standards that include collection of current beneficial ownership information for certain business customers. The Company is responding to inquiries from various federal government agencies regarding potentially inappropriate conduct in connection with the collection of beneficial ownership information.
OUTLOOK  As described above, the Company establishes accruals for legal actions when potential losses associated with the actions become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential losses in excess of the Company’s accrual for probable and estimable losses was approximately $2.4 billion as of September 30, 2020. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible. It is also inherently difficult to estimate the amount of any loss and there may be matters for which a loss is probable or reasonably possible but not currently estimable. Accordingly, actual losses may be in excess of the established accrual or the range of reasonably possible loss. Wells Fargo is unable to determine whether the ultimate resolution of the retail sales practices matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage, and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of other actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial condition. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of a matter, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

128


Note 15: Derivatives
We use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate certain derivatives as hedging instruments in qualifying hedge accounting relationships (fair value or cash flow hedges). Our remaining derivatives consist of economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting, and derivatives held for customer accommodation trading or other purposes. For additional information on our derivative activities, see Note 18 (Derivatives) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 15.1 presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined.
Table 15.1: Notional or Contractual Amounts and Fair Values of Derivatives
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
Notional or
contractual
amount
Fair valueNotional or
contractual
amount
Fair value
(in millions)Derivative
assets
Derivative
liabilities
Derivative
assets
Derivative
liabilities
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate contracts
$185,124 3,483 1,820 182,789 2,595 1,237 
Foreign exchange contracts
38,477 587 616 32,386 341 1,170 
Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments
4,070 2,436 2,936 2,407 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Economic hedges:
Interest rate contracts
344,263 470 266 235,810 207 160 
Equity contracts
23,624 1,724 209 19,263 1,126 224 
Foreign exchange contracts
44,282 422 555 26,595 118 286 
Credit contracts – protection purchased
81 32  1,400 27 — 
Subtotal
2,648 1,030 1,478 670 
Customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest rate contracts
10,657,433 37,949 28,936 11,117,542 21,245 17,969 
Commodity contracts
73,086 2,344 2,446 79,737 1,421 1,770 
Equity contracts
305,900 13,009 16,066 272,145 7,410 10,240 
Foreign exchange contracts
347,499 4,880 4,717 364,469 4,755 4,791 
Credit contracts – protection sold
16,067 11 48 12,215 12 65 
Credit contracts – protection purchased
25,657 75 17 24,030 69 18 
Subtotal
58,268 52,230 34,912 34,853 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
60,916 53,260 36,390 35,523 
Total derivatives before netting64,986 55,696 39,326 37,930 
Netting(41,271)(41,929)(25,123)(28,851)
Total
$23,715 13,767 14,203 9,079 


129

Note 15: Derivatives (continued)
Table 15.2 provides information on the gross fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting net fair value amount recorded on our balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. We execute substantially all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements and reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis within the balance sheet. The “Gross amounts recognized” column in the following table includes $55.9 billion and $48.6 billion of gross derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2020, and $33.7 billion and $33.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019, with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that are eligible for balance sheet netting adjustments. The majority of these amounts are interest rate contracts executed in over-the-counter (OTC) markets. The remaining gross derivative assets and liabilities of $9.1 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively, at September 30, 2020, and $5.6 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019, include those with counterparties subject to master netting arrangements for which we have not assessed the enforceability because they are with counterparties where we do not currently have positions to offset, those subject to master netting arrangements where we have not been able to confirm the enforceability and those not subject to master netting arrangements. As such, we do not net derivative balances or collateral within the balance sheet for these counterparties. Cash collateral receivables and payables that have not been offset against our derivatives were $3.6 billion and $605 million, respectively, at September 30, 2020, and $6.3 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019.
We determine the balance sheet netting adjustments based on the terms specified within each master netting arrangement. We disclose the balance sheet netting amounts within the column titled “Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet.” Balance sheet netting adjustments are determined at the counterparty level for which there may be multiple contract types. For disclosure purposes, we allocate these netting adjustments to the contract type for each counterparty proportionally based upon the “Gross amounts recognized” by counterparty. As a result, the net amounts disclosed by contract type may not represent the actual exposure upon settlement of the contracts.
We do not net non-cash collateral that we receive and pledge on the balance sheet. For disclosure purposes, we present the fair value of this non-cash collateral in the column titled “Gross amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet (Disclosure-only netting)” within the table. We determine and allocate the Disclosure-only netting amounts in the same manner as balance sheet netting amounts.
The “Net amounts” column within Table 15.2 represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet and Disclosure-only netting adjustments. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. Derivative contracts executed in OTC markets include bilateral contractual arrangements that are not cleared through a central clearing organization but are typically subject to master netting arrangements. The proportion of these derivative contracts relative to our total derivative assets and liabilities are presented in the “Percent exchanged in over-the-counter market” column in Table 15.2. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also have balance sheet netting related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 13 (Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral, and Other Commitments).
130


Table 15.2: Gross Fair Values of Derivative Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)Gross
amounts
recognized
Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance
sheet (1)
Net amounts in
consolidated
balance
sheet
Gross amounts
not offset in
consolidated
balance sheet
(Disclosure-only
netting)
Net
amounts
Percent
exchanged in
over-the-counter
market
September 30, 2020
Derivative assets
Interest rate contracts$41,902 (26,163)15,739 (1,380)14,359 97 %
Commodity contracts2,344 (1,345)999 (6)993 80 
Equity contracts14,733 (9,390)5,343 (794)4,549 71 
Foreign exchange contracts5,889 (4,306)1,583 (8)1,575 100 
Credit contracts – protection sold11 (8)3  3 73 
Credit contracts – protection purchased107 (59)48 (2)46 88 
Total derivative assets$64,986 (41,271)23,715 (2,190)21,525 
Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts$31,022 (27,112)3,910 (2,039)1,871 97 %
Commodity contracts2,446 (1,225)1,221 (6)1,215 79 
Equity contracts16,275 (9,341)6,934 (372)6,562 73 
Foreign exchange contracts5,888 (4,206)1,682 (624)1,058 100 
Credit contracts – protection sold48 (40)8 (5)3 95 
Credit contracts – protection purchased17 (5)12  12 85 
Total derivative liabilities$55,696 (41,929)13,767 (3,046)10,721 
December 31, 2019
Derivative assets
Interest rate contracts$24,047 (14,878)9,169 (445)8,724 95 %
Commodity contracts1,421 (888)533 (2)531 80 
Equity contracts8,536 (5,570)2,966 (69)2,897 65 
Foreign exchange contracts5,214 (3,722)1,492 (22)1,470 100 
Credit contracts – protection sold12 (9)— 84 
Credit contracts – protection purchased96 (56)40 (1)39 97 
Total derivative assets$39,326 (25,123)14,203 (539)13,664 
Derivative liabilities
Interest rate contracts$19,366 (16,595)2,771 (545)2,226 94 %
Commodity contracts1,770 (677)1,093 (2)1,091 82 
Equity contracts10,464 (6,647)3,817 (319)3,498 81 
Foreign exchange contracts6,247 (4,866)1,381 (169)1,212 100 
Credit contracts – protection sold65 (60)(3)98 
Credit contracts – protection purchased18 (6)12 — 12 93 
Total derivative liabilities$37,930 (28,851)9,079 (1,038)8,041 
(1)Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet, including related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. Counterparty valuation adjustments related to derivative assets were $507 million and $231 million and debit valuation adjustments related to derivative liabilities were $236 million and $100 million at September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively. Cash collateral totaled $6.4 billion and $7.3 billion, netted against derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at September 30, 2020, and $2.9 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019.

Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedges
For fair value hedges, we use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and time certificates of deposit to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in fair value for certain mortgage loans held for sale. For certain fair value hedges of foreign currency risk, changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads are excluded from the
assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income. See Note 21 (Other Comprehensive Income) for the amounts recognized in other comprehensive income.
For cash flow hedges, we use interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans and paid on certain floating-rate debt due to changes in the contractually specified interest rate. We also use cross-currency swaps to hedge variability in interest payments on fixed-rate foreign currency-denominated long-term debt due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
We estimate $175 million pre-tax of deferred net losses related to cash flow hedges in OCI at September 30, 2020, will be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. The deferred losses expected to be reclassified into net interest income are predominantly related to discontinued hedges of floating rate loans. For cash flow hedges as of
131

Note 15: Derivatives (continued)
September 30, 2020, we are hedging our foreign currency exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 10 years. For additional information on our accounting hedges, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) and Note 18 (Derivatives) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 15.3 and Table 15.4 show the net gains (losses) by income statement line item impacted, related to derivatives in fair value and cash flow hedging relationships, respectively.
Table 15.3: Gains (Losses) Recognized on Fair Value Hedging Relationships
Net interest incomeNoninterest incomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)Debt securitiesMortgage loans held for saleDepositsLong-term debtOtherDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income
and other comprehensive income
$2,446 232 (314)(1,038)220 N/A(18)
Interest contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives(114) 157 542  585 
Recognized on derivatives280 1 (156)(1,357) (1,232) 
Recognized on hedged items(265)(1)156 1,269  1,159 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(99) 157 454  512  
Foreign exchange contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives16   (5) 11 
Recognized on derivatives1   52 856 909 (82)
Recognized on hedged items(1)  (5)(849)(855)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts16   42 7 65 (82)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$(83) 157 496 7 577 (82)
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$8,864 659 (2,641)(3,515)869 N/A167 
Interest contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives (253) 379 1,144  1,270 
Recognized on derivatives(1,612)(52)288 8,967  7,591  
Recognized on hedged items1,654 53 (278)(8,775) (7,346)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(211)1 389 1,336  1,515  
Foreign exchange contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives33   (136) (103)
Recognized on derivatives(1)  276 780 1,055 5 
Recognized on hedged items2   (249)(769)(1,016)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts34   (109)11 (64)5 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges$(177)1 389 1,227 11 1,451 5 
(continued on following page)

132


(continued from previous page)
Net interest incomeNoninterest incomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)Debt securitiesMortgage loans held for saleDepositsLong-term debtOtherDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income
$3,666 232 (2,324)(1,780)1,842 N/A85 
Interest contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives(1)26 53 — 79 
Recognized on derivatives(628)(3)30 2,880 — 2,279 — 
Recognized on hedged items631 (30)(2,809)— (2,207)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(1)26 124 — 151 — 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives— — (115)— (106)
Recognized on derivatives(2)— — 86 (918)(834)28 
Recognized on hedged items— — (124)899 778 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts10 — — (153)(19)(162)28 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges
$12 (1)26 (29)(19)(11)28 
Nine months ended September 30, 2019
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income
$11,388 579 (6,563)(5,607)3,667 N/A265 
Interest contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives 29 (4)53 — 79 
Recognized on derivatives(2,531)(36)588 7,813 — 5,834 — 
Recognized on hedged items2,544 32 (563)(7,646)— (5,633)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts42 (3)21 220 — 280 — 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Amounts related to interest settlements on derivatives 29 — — (385)— (356)
Recognized on derivatives (11)— — 583 (994)(422)58 
Recognized on hedged items12 — — (576)975 411 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts30 — — (378)(19)(367)58 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on fair value hedges
$72 (3)21 (158)(19)(87)58 
133

Note 15: Derivatives (continued)

Table 15.4: Gains (Losses) Recognized on Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
Net interest IncomeTotal recorded in net incomeTotal recorded in OCI
(in millions)LoansLong-term debtDerivative gains (losses)Derivative gains (losses)
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$7,954 (1,038)N/A(18)
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(53)2 (51)51 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(53)2 (51)51 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income (1)(1)1 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A12 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts (1)(1)13 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(53)1 (52)64 
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$26,467 (3,515)N/A167 
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(162)3 (159)159 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(162)3 (159)159 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income (6)(6)6 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A(3)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts (6)(6)3 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(162)(3)(165)162 
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$10,982 (1,780)N/A85 
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(73)— (73)73 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A— 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(73)— (73)73 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income— (2)(2)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A(18)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— (2)(2)(16)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(73)(2)(75)57 
Nine months ended September 30, 2019
Total amounts presented in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income$33,652 (5,607)N/A265 
Interest rate contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income(228)(227)227 
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A— 
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on interest rate contracts(228)(227)227 
Foreign exchange contracts:
Realized gains (losses) (pre-tax) reclassified from OCI into net income— (6)(6)
Net unrealized gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized in OCIN/AN/AN/A(26)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) on foreign exchange contracts— (6)(6)(20)
Total gains (losses) (pre-tax) recognized on cash flow hedges$(228)(5)(233)207 
134



Table 15.5 shows the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustment related to the application of hedge
accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets and liabilities in fair value hedging relationships.



Table 15.5: Hedged Items in Fair Value Hedging Relationship
Hedged Items Currently DesignatedHedged Items No Longer Designated (1)
(in millions)Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities) (2)(4)Hedge Accounting
Basis Adjustment
Assets/(Liabilities) (3)
Carrying Amount of Assets/(Liabilities) (4)Hedge Accounting
Basis Adjustment
Assets/(Liabilities)
September 30, 2020
Available-for-sale debt securities (5)$25,969 2,109 9,435 301 
Mortgage loans held for sale173 5   
Deposits(29,852)(604)  
Long-term debt(164,848)(14,736)(16,538)60 
December 31, 2019
Available-for-sale debt securities (5)$36,896 1,110 9,486 278 
Mortgage loans held for sale961 (12)— — 
Deposits(43,716)(324)— — 
Long-term debt(127,423)(5,827)(25,750)173 
(1)Represents hedged items no longer designated in qualifying fair value hedging relationships for which an associated basis adjustment exists at the balance sheet date.
(2)Does not include the carrying amount of hedged items where only foreign currency risk is the designated hedged risk. The carrying amount excluded $9.6 billion for debt securities and $(4.5) billion for long-term debt as of September 30, 2020, and $1.2 billion for debt securities and $(5.2) billion for long-term debt as of December 31, 2019.
(3)The balance includes $476 million and $138 million of debt securities and long-term debt cumulative basis adjustments, respectively, as of September 30, 2020, and $790 million and $109 million of debt securities and long-term debt cumulative basis adjustments, respectively, as of December 31, 2019, on terminated hedges whereby the hedged items have subsequently been re-designated into existing hedges.
(4)Represents the full carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability item as of the balance sheet date, except for circumstances in which only a portion of the asset or liability was designated as the hedged item in which case only the portion designated is presented.
(5)Carrying amount represents the amortized cost.
135

Note 15: Derivatives (continued)
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments include economic hedges and derivatives entered into for customer accommodation trading purposes.
We use economic hedge derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, equity price risk, foreign currency risk, and credit risk. We also use economic hedge derivatives to mitigate the periodic earnings volatility caused by mismatches between the changes in fair value of the hedged item and hedging instrument recognized on our fair value accounting hedges. In second quarter 2020, we entered into arrangements to transition
the economic hedges of our deferred compensation plan liabilities from equity securities to derivative instruments. Changes in the fair values of derivatives used to economically hedge the deferred compensation plan are reported in personnel expense.
For additional information on economic hedges and other derivatives, see Note 18 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 15.6 shows the net gains (losses) recognized by income statement lines, related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
Table 15.6: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Noninterest incomeNoninterest Expense
(in millions)Mortgage bankingNet gains (losses) from equity securitiesNet gains (losses) from trading activitiesOtherTotalPersonnel expense
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)
$216   (27)189  
Equity contracts
 (209) (1)(210)(215)
Foreign exchange contracts
   (523)(523) 
Credit contracts
   (3)(3) 
Subtotal
216 (209) (554)(547)(215)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts
485  271  756  
Commodity contracts
  (356) (356) 
Equity contracts
  (1,291)(142)(1,433) 
Foreign exchange contracts
  160  160  
Credit contracts
  (32) (32) 
Subtotal
485  (1,248)(142)(905) 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$701 (209)(1,248)(696)(1,452)(215)
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)
$2,829   (72)2,757  
Equity contracts
 (392) (35)(427)(356)
Foreign exchange contracts
   49 49  
Credit contracts
   14 14  
Subtotal
2,829 (392) (44)2,393 (356)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts
1,584  (1,516) 68  
Commodity contracts
  (468) (468) 
Equity contracts
  1,110 (214)896  
Foreign exchange contracts
  (242) (242) 
Credit contracts
  115  115  
Subtotal
1,584  (1,001)(214)369  
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$4,413 (392)(1,001)(258)2,762 (356)

(continued on following page)
136


(continued from previous page)
Noninterest income
(in millions)Mortgage bankingNet gains (losses) from equity securitiesNet gains (losses) from trading activitiesOtherTotal
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)
$736 — — — 736 
Equity contracts
— (1,375)— (6)(1,381)
Foreign exchange contracts
— — — 263 263 
Credit contracts
— — — (11)(11)
Subtotal
736 (1,375)— 246 (393)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts
95 — (355)— (260)
Commodity contracts
— — 65 — 65 
Equity contracts
— — 284 10 294 
Foreign exchange contracts
— — 78 — 78 
Credit contracts
— — (10)— (10)
Subtotal
95 — 62 10 167 
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$831 (1,375)62 256 (226)
Nine months ended September 30, 2019
Net gains (losses) recognized on economic hedges derivatives:
Interest contracts (1)
$2,419 — — 2,426 
Equity contracts
— (2,918)— (6)(2,924)
Foreign exchange contracts
— — — 403 403 
Credit contracts
— — — (1)(1)
Subtotal
2,419 (2,918)— 403 (96)
Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation trading and other derivatives:
Interest contracts
392 — (861)— (469)
Commodity contracts
— — 143 — 143 
Equity contracts
— — (2,975)(396)(3,371)
Foreign exchange contracts
— — — 
Credit contracts
— — (70)— (70)
Subtotal
392 — (3,754)(396)(3,758)
Net gains (losses) recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$2,811 (2,918)(3,754)(3,854)
(1)Mortgage banking amounts for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020 are comprised of gains of $513 million and $4.4 billion, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value offset by gains (losses) of $(297) million and $(1.6) billion, respectively, related to derivatives used as economic hedges of mortgage loans held for sale and derivative loan commitments. The corresponding amounts for the third quarter and first nine months of 2019 are comprised of gains of $678 million and $2.8 billion offset by gains (losses) of $58 million and $(376) million, respectively.

137

Note 15: Derivatives (continued)
Credit Derivatives
Credit derivative contracts are arrangements whose value is derived from the transfer of credit risk of a reference asset or entity from one party (the purchaser of credit protection) to another party (the seller of credit protection). We use credit derivatives to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We may also use credit derivatives in structured product transactions or liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides
an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be
required to perform under sold credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.
Table 15.7 provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.
Table 15.7: Sold and Purchased Credit Derivatives
Notional amount
(in millions)Fair value assetFair value
liability
Protection
sold (A)
Protection
sold –
non-
investment
grade
Protection
purchased
with
identical
underlyings (B)
Net
protection
sold
(A) - (B)
Other
protection
purchased
Range of
maturities
September 30, 2020
Credit default swaps on:
Corporate bonds
$8 3 3,850 1,010 2,677 1,173 3,348 2020 - 2029
Structured products
 6 22 22 20 2 92 2034 - 2047
Credit protection on:
Default swap index
1  5,250 1,239 2,125 3,125 4,762 2020 - 2029
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index
2 26 311 54 286 25 75 2047 - 2072
Asset-backed securities index
 7 40 40 40  1 2045 - 2046
Other 6 6,594 6,426  6,594 12,312 2020 - 2040
Total credit derivatives
$11 48 16,067 8,791 5,148 10,919 20,590 
December 31, 2019
Credit default swaps on:
Corporate bonds
$2,855 707 1,885 970 2,447 2020 - 2029
Structured products
— 25 74 69 63 11 111 2022 - 2047
Credit protection on:
Default swap index
— 2,542 120 550 1,992 8,105 2020 - 2029
Commercial mortgage-backed securities index
26 322 67 296 26 50 2047 - 2058
Asset-backed securities index
— 41 41 41 — 2045 - 2046
Other— 6,381 5,738 — 6,381 11,881 2020 - 2049
Total credit derivatives
$12 65 12,215 6,742 2,835 9,380 22,595 

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.
We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

138


Credit-Risk Contingent Features
Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. Table 15.8 illustrates our exposure to such derivatives with credit-risk contingent features, collateral we have posted, and the additional collateral we would be required to post if the credit rating of our debt was downgraded below investment grade.

Table 15.8: Credit-Risk Contingent Features
(in billions)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Net derivative liabilities with credit-risk contingent features
$14.9 10.4 
Collateral posted13.2 9.1 
Additional collateral to be posted upon a below investment grade credit rating (1)
1.6 1.3 
(1)Any credit rating below investment grade requires us to post the maximum amount of collateral.

139


Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are presented in Table 16.2 in this Note. From time to time, we may be required to record fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of LOCOM accounting, write-downs of individual assets or application of the measurement alternative for nonmarketable equity securities. Assets recorded on a nonrecurring basis are presented in Table 16.13 in this Note.
Table 16.19 includes estimates of fair value for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value.
See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K for discussion of how we determine fair value. For descriptions of the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis and for estimating fair value for financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value, see Note 19 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.

FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY  We classify our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as either Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The highest priority (Level 1) is assigned to valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority (Level 3) is assigned to valuations based on significant unobservable inputs. See Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K for a detailed description of the fair value hierarchy.
In the determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, we consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. For securities in inactive markets, we use a predetermined percentage to evaluate the impact of fair value adjustments
derived from weighting both external and internal indications of value to determine if the instrument is classified as Level 2 or Level 3. Otherwise, the classification of Level 2 or Level 3 is based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category and judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3.
We do not classify equity securities in the fair value hierarchy if we use the non-published net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) that has been communicated to us as an investor as a practical expedient to measure fair value. We generally use NAV per share as the fair value measurement for certain nonmarketable equity fund investments. Marketable equity securities with published NAVs are classified in the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value Measurements from Vendors
For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from vendors and we record the fair value in our financial statements. For additional information, see Note 19 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 16.1 presents fair value measurements obtained from third-party pricing services classified within the fair value hierarchy. Fair value measurements obtained from brokers and fair value measurements obtained from third-party pricing services that we have adjusted using internal models or non-vendor data to determine the fair value are excluded from
Table 16.1.
The unadjusted fair value measurements obtained from brokers for available-for-sale debt securities were $19 million in Level 2 assets and $124 million in Level 3 assets at September 30, 2020, and $45 million and $126 million at December 31, 2019, respectively.

Table 16.1: Fair Value Measurements obtained from Third-Party Pricing Services
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Level 1Level 2Level 3
Trading debt securities822 286  634 329 — 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
5,975   13,460 1,500 — 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 31,187 38 — 39,868 34 
Mortgage-backed securities
 139,043 43 — 167,172 42 
Other debt securities (1)
 40,614 569 — 38,067 650 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
5,975 210,844 650 13,460 246,607 726 
Marketable equity securities 105  — 110 — 
Derivative assets18 1  12 — 
Derivative liabilities(13)(1) (11)(3)— 
(1)Includes corporate debt securities, collateralized loan obligations, and other debt securities.

140


Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Table 16.2 presents the balances of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Table 16.2: Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Netting (1)Total
September 30, 2020
Trading debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$29,024 3,070   32,094 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 2,509   2,509 
Collateralized loan obligations 564 140  704 
Corporate debt securities56 12,264 12  12,332 
Mortgage-backed securities— 24,829 11  24,840 
Other  774   774 
Total trading debt securities
29,080 44,010 163  73,253 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies5,975    5,975 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions 31,225 286  31,511 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
 135,227   135,227 
Residential
 541   541 
Commercial
 3,300 43  3,343 
Total mortgage-backed securities
 139,068 43  139,111 
Corporate debt securities36 4,694 1,042  5,772 
Collateralized loan obligations 25,014   25,014 
Other 12,574 616  13,190 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
6,011 212,575 1,987 (2) 220,573 
Mortgage loans held for sale 19,037 847  19,884 
Loans held for sale 1,680 8  1,688 
Loans  148  148 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)  6,355  6,355 
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts
20 41,402 480  41,902 
Commodity contracts
 2,305 39  2,344 
Equity contracts
4,341 8,967 1,425  14,733 
Foreign exchange contracts
18 5,864 7  5,889 
Credit contracts
 60 58  118 
Netting
   (41,271)(41,271)
Total derivative assets
4,379 58,598 2,009 (41,271)23,715 
Equity securities – excluding securities at NAV:
Marketable16,230 238 2  16,470 
Nonmarketable 15 8,428  8,443 
Total equity securities
16,230 253 8,430  24,913 
Total assets included in the fair value hierarchy
$55,700 336,153 19,947 (41,271)370,529 
Equity securities at NAV (3)140 
Total assets recorded at fair value
370,669 
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts
$(32)(30,956)(34) (31,022)
Commodity contracts
 (2,407)(39) (2,446)
Equity contracts
(4,339)(10,403)(1,533) (16,275)
Foreign exchange contracts
(13)(5,868)(7) (5,888)
Credit contracts
 (53)(12) (65)
Netting
   41,929 41,929 
Total derivative liabilities
(4,384)(49,687)(1,625)41,929 (13,767)
Short sale liabilities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
(9,776)(138)  (9,914)
Mortgage-backed securities
 (924)  (924)
Corporate debt securities
(2)(4,837)  (4,839)
Equity securities
(3,053)(45)  (3,098)
Other securities
 (4)  (4)
Total short sale liabilities
(12,831)(5,948)  (18,779)
Other liabilities   (2) (2)
Total liabilities recorded at fair value
$(17,215)(55,635)(1,627)41,929 (32,548)
(1)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. See Note 15 (Derivatives) for additional information.
(2)Largely consists of securities that are investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity securities that are measured at fair value using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.

(continued on following page)
141

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)

(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Netting (1)Total
December 31, 2019
Trading debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies$32,335 4,382 — — 36,717 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions— 2,434 — — 2,434 
Collateralized loan obligations— 555 183 — 738 
Corporate debt securities— 11,006 38 — 11,044 
Mortgage-backed securities— 27,712 — — 27,712 
Other — 1,086 — 1,088 
Total trading debt securities
32,335 47,175 223 — 79,733 
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies13,460 1,500 — — 14,960 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions— 39,924 413 — 40,337 
Mortgage-backed securities:
Federal agencies
— 162,453 — — 162,453 
Residential
— 827 — — 827 
Commercial
— 3,892 42 — 3,934 
Total mortgage-backed securities
— 167,172 42 — 167,214 
Corporate debt securities37 6,159 367 — 6,563 
Collateralized loan obligations— 29,055 — — 29,055 
Other— 4,587 743 — 5,330 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
13,497 248,397 1,565 (2)— 263,459 
Mortgage loans held for sale— 15,408 1,198 — 16,606 
Loans held for sale— 956 16 — 972 
Loans— — 171 — 171 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)— — 11,517 — 11,517 
Derivative assets:
Interest rate contracts
26 23,792 229 — 24,047 
Commodity contracts
— 1,413 — 1,421 
Equity contracts
2,946 4,135 1,455 — 8,536 
Foreign exchange contracts
12 5,197 — 5,214 
Credit contracts
— 49 59 — 108 
Netting
— — — (25,123)(25,123)
Total derivative assets
2,984 34,586 1,756 (25,123)14,203 
Equity securities – excluding securities at NAV:
Marketable33,702 216 — 33,921 
Nonmarketable— 22 7,847 — 7,869 
Total equity securities
33,702 238 7,850 — 41,790 
Total assets included in the fair value hierarchy
$82,518 346,760 24,296 (25,123)428,451 
Equity securities at NAV (3)146 
Total assets recorded at fair value
428,597 
Derivative liabilities:
Interest rate contracts
$(23)(19,328)(15)— (19,366)
Commodity contracts
— (1,746)(24)— (1,770)
Equity contracts
(2,011)(6,729)(1,724)— (10,464)
Foreign exchange contracts
(11)(6,213)(23)— (6,247)
Credit contracts
— (53)(30)— (83)
Netting
— — — 28,851 28,851 
Total derivative liabilities
(2,045)(34,069)(1,816)28,851 (9,079)
Short sale liabilities:
Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
(9,035)(31)— — (9,066)
Mortgage-backed securities
— (2)— — (2)
Corporate debt securities
— (5,915)— — (5,915)
Equity securities
(2,447)— — — (2,447)
Other securities
— — — — — 
Total short sale liabilities
(11,482)(5,948)— — (17,430)
Other liabilities — — (2)— (2)
Total liabilities recorded at fair value
$(13,527)(40,017)(1,818)28,851 (26,511)
(1)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. See Note 15 (Derivatives) for additional information.
(2)A significant portion of the balance consists of securities that are investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(3)Consists of certain nonmarketable equity securities that are measured at fair value using NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are excluded from the fair value hierarchy.

142


Changes in Fair Value Levels
We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfer between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in availability of observable market data, which also may result in
changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.
The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2020, are presented in Table 16.3.

Table 16.3: Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Quarter ended September 30, 2020
  Total net gains
(losses) included in
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
      Net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at period end included in
(in millions)Balance,
beginning
of period
Net
income
Other
compre-
hensive
income
Transfers into
Level 3 (2)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (3)
Balance,
end of
period
Net income(4)Other compre-hensive income
Quarter ended September 30, 2020                 
Trading debt securities:
                 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
$           
Collateralized loan obligations
128 17  (5)  140 10    
Corporate debt securities
23 (1) (10)  12 (3)   
Mortgage-backed securities
49 1  (3) (36)11     
Other
23     (23)   
Total trading debt securities
223 17  (18) (59)163 7 (5) 
Available-for-sale debt securities:                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
351 5 (5)(65)  286    1 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Residential
           
Commercial
61 (1)(3) 5 (19)43 (1)  (4)
Total mortgage-backed securities
61 (1)(3) 5 (19)43 (1)(4)
Corporate debt securities
1,051 (22)6 1 6  1,042 (22)  7 
Collateralized loan obligations
9     (9)     
Other
626 4 9 (20)5 (8)616    9 
Total available-for-sale debt securities
2,098 (14)7 (84)16 (36)1,987 (23)(6)13 
Mortgage loans held for sale751 (7) 44 63 (4)847 (6)(7) 
Loans held for sale7   (2)3  8  (5) 
Loans152   (4)  148 (2)(7) 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)(8)
6,819 (815) 351   6,355 (217)(7) 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
                
Interest rate contracts
523 469  (546)  446 226    
Commodity contracts
1 (15) 4 10   (6)   
Equity contracts
20 (191) 78  (15)(108)(114)   
Foreign exchange contracts
(16)4  12        
Credit contracts
50 (5) 1   46 (7)   
Total derivative contracts
578 262  (451)10 (15)384 99 (9) 
Equity securities:
Marketable
    2  2   
Nonmarketable
8,165 253   10  8,428 253  
Total equity securities
8,165 253   12  8,430 253 (10) 
Short sale liabilities(3)  3     (5) 
Other liabilities
(2)     (2) (7) 
(1)See Table 16.4 for detail.
(2)All assets and liabilities transferred into level 3 were previously classified within level 2.
(3)All assets and liabilities transferred out of level 3 are classified as level 2.
(4)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(5)Included in net gains from trading activities in the income statement.
(6)Included in net gains from debt securities and provision for credit losses debt securities in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(8)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(9)Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading activities, net gains (losses) from equity securities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(10)Included in net gains (losses) from equity securities in the income statement.
(continued on following page)

143

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
 
Table 16.4 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2020.

Table 16.4: Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Quarter ended September 30, 2020
(in millions)PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlementsNet
Quarter ended September 30, 2020          
Trading debt securities:
          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
$     
Collateralized loan obligations
46 (51)  (5)
Corporate debt securities
4 (14)  (10)
Mortgage-backed securities
14 (17)  (3)
Other
     
Total trading debt securities
64 (82)  (18)
Available-for-sale debt securities:          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
 (35) (30)(65)
Mortgage-backed securities:
          
Residential
     
Commercial
     
Total mortgage-backed securities
     
Corporate debt securities
1    1 
Collateralized loan obligations
     
Other
   (20)(20)
Total available-for-sale debt securities
1 (35) (50)(84)
Mortgage loans held for sale46 (34)98 (66)44 
Loans held for sale (2)  (2)
Loans1  1 (6)(4)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)  351  351 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
          
Interest rate contracts
   (546)(546)
Commodity contracts
   4 4 
Equity contracts
   78 78 
Foreign exchange contracts
   12 12 
Credit contracts
 7  (6)1 
Total derivative contracts
 7  (458)(451)
Equity securities:
Marketable
     
Nonmarketable
     
Total equity securities
     
Short sale liabilities3    3 
Other liabilities
     
(1)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).

144


Table 16.5 presents the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2019.
Table 16.5: Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Quarter ended September 30, 2019
  Balance,
beginning
of period
Total net gains
(losses) included in
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
      Net unrealized gains (losses)included in income related to assets and liabilities held at period end
(in millions)Net
income 
Other
compre-
hensive
income
Transfers
into
Level 3 (2)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (3)
Balance,
end of
period
(4)
Quarter ended September 30, 2019                  
Trading debt securities:
                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
$— — — — — — — —   
Collateralized loan obligations
249 (11)— (4)— (2)232 (13)  
Corporate debt securities
44 (2)— (4)— (5)33   
Mortgage-backed securities
— — — — — — — —   
Other
14 (1)— (6)— — —   
Total trading debt securities
307 (14)— (14)— (7)272 (12)(5)
Available-for-sale debt securities:                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
391 — — (38)— — 353 —   
Mortgage-backed securities:
              
Residential
— — — — — — — —   
Commercial
41 — (1)(3)— — 37 —   
Total mortgage-backed securities
41 — (1)(3)— — 37 —   
Corporate debt securities
383 (8)(14)— — 367 —   
Other
990 (11)(105)— (153)727 —   
Total available-for-sale debt securities
1,805 12 (20)(160)— (153)1,484 — (6)
Mortgage loans held for sale1,115 22 — (6)121 (3)1,249 22 (7)
Loans held for sale12 — — (12)— — (5)
Loans202 — — (17)— — 185 (2)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)12,096 (1,558)— 534 — — 11,072 (962)(7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
              
Interest rate contracts
205 71 — (133)— — 143 30   
Commodity contracts
(29)(85)— 61 — 23 (30)(6)  
Equity contracts
(228)(298)— 263 — 60 (203)(80)  
Foreign exchange contracts
(10)17 — (33)— — (26)—   
Credit contracts
45 (8)— — — 38 (8)  
Total derivative contracts
(17)(303)— 159 — 83 (78)(64)(9)
Equity securities:
Marketable
— — — — — — — — 
Nonmarketable
7,110 13 — — — 7,130 13 
Total equity securities
7,110 13 — — — 7,130 13 (10)
Other liabilities
(2)— — — — — (2)— (7)
(1)See Table 16.6 for detail.
(2)All assets and liabilities transferred into level 3 were previously classified within level 2.
(3)All assets and liabilities transferred out of level 3 are classified as level 2, except for $153 million of asset-backed securities that were transferred to loans during third quarter 2019.
(4)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(5)Included in net gains from trading activities in the income statement.
(6)Included in net gains from debt securities in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(8)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(9)Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading activities, net gains (losses) from equity securities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(10)Included in net gains (losses) from equity securities in the income statement.
(continued on following page)

145

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
 
Table 16.6 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended September 30, 2019.

Table 16.6: Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Quarter ended September 30, 2019
(in millions)PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlementsNet
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Trading debt securities:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
$— — — — — 
Collateralized loan obligations
107 (100)— (11)(4)
Corporate debt securities
(7)— — (4)
Mortgage-backed securities
— — — — — 
Other
— — — (6)(6)
Total trading debt securities
110 (107)— (17)(14)
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions— — 12 (50)(38)
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential
— — — — — 
Commercial
— — — (3)(3)
Total mortgage-backed securities
— — — (3)(3)
Corporate debt securities
— — (15)(14)
Other
— (4)10 (111)(105)
Total available-for-sale debt securities
(4)22 (179)(160)
Mortgage loans held for sale23 (45)87 (71)(6)
Loans held for sale— — — (12)(12)
Loans— (20)(17)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)— (4)538 — 534 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
Interest rate contracts
— — (1)(132)(133)
Commodity contracts
— — — 61 61 
Equity contracts
— — — 263 263 
Foreign exchange contracts
— — — (33)(33)
Credit contracts
(3)— — 
Total derivative contracts
(3)(1)159 159 
Equity securities:
Marketable
— — — — — 
Nonmarketable
— — — — — 
Total equity securities
— — — — — 
Other liabilities
— — — — — 
(1)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).

146


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, are presented in Table 16.7.
Table 16.7: Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Nine months ended September 30, 2020
  Total net gains
(losses) included in
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
      Net unrealized gains (losses)
related to assets and liabilities held at period end included in
(in millions)Balance,
beginning
of period
Net
income
Other
compre-
hensive
income
Transfers
into
Level 3 (2)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (3)
Balance,
end of
period
Net income(4)Other
compre-
hensive
income
Nine months ended September 30, 2020                 
Trading debt securities:
                 
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$           
Collateralized loan obligations183 (52) 18 16 (25)140 (50)   
Corporate debt securities38 (12) (6) (8)12 (6)   
Mortgage-backed securities (6) 20 52 (55)11 (1)   
Other 2 2  (28)47 (23) (1) 
Total trading debt securities
223 (68) 4 115 (111)163 (58)(5) 
Available-for-sale debt securities:                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions413 6 (5)(109)67 (86)286    1 
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Residential
  (3)1 13 (11)     
Commercial
42  (17)(3)160 (139)43 (3)  (6)
Total mortgage-backed securities
42  (20)(2)173 (150)43 (3)(6)
Corporate debt securities
367 (76)33 (45)837 (74)1,042 (78)  43 
Collateralized loan obligations
  (9) 68 (59)     
Other
743 10 (67)(78)43 (35)616 (1)  (64)
Total available-for-sale debt securities
1,565 (60)(68)(234)1,188 (404)1,987 (82)(6)(26)
Mortgage loans held for sale1,198 (105) 493 1,465 (2,204)847 (32)(7) 
Loans held for sale16 (6) (11)10 (1)8 (4)(5) 
Loans171 (2) (21)  148 (7)(7) 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)
11,517 (6,404) 1,242   6,355 (4,605)(7) 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
              
Interest rate contracts
214 1,673  (1,441)  446 335    
Commodity contracts
(16)(80) 74 22   3    
Equity contracts
(269)(38) 230 (10)(21)(108)194    
Foreign exchange contracts
(18)2  16    2    
Credit contracts
29 14  3   46 13    
Total derivative contracts
(60)1,571  (1,118)12 (21)384 547 (9) 
Equity securities:
Marketable
3    2 (3)2 (1) 
Nonmarketable
7,847 566   17 (2)8,428 562  
Total equity securities
7,850 566   19 (5)8,430 561 (10) 
Short sale liabilities        (5) 
Other liabilities
(2)     (2) (7) 
(1)See Table 16.8 for detail.
(2)All assets and liabilities transferred into level 3 were previously classified within level 2.
(3)All assets and liabilities transferred out of level 3 are classified as level 2.
(4)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(5)Included in net gains from trading activities in the income statement.
(6)Included in net gains from debt securities and provision for credit losses debt securities in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(8)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(9)Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading activities, net gains (losses) from equity securities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(10)Included in net gains (losses) from equity securities in the income statement.
(continued on following page)
147

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)
Table 16.8 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Table 16.8: Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Nine months ended September 30, 2020
(in millions)PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlementsNet
Nine months ended September 30, 2020          
Trading debt securities:
          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$     
Collateralized loan obligations217 (189) (10)18 
Corporate debt securities36 (42)  (6)
Mortgage-backed securities281 (257) (4)20 
Other 6 (33) (1)(28)
Total trading debt securities
540 (521) (15)4 
Available-for-sale debt securities:          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions (35) (74)(109)
Mortgage-backed securities:
          
Residential
25 (23) (1)1 
Commercial
   (3)(3)
Total mortgage-backed securities
25 (23) (4)(2)
Corporate debt securities
7   (52)(45)
Collateralized loan obligations
     
Other
 (10) (68)(78)
Total available-for-sale debt securities
32 (68) (198)(234)
Mortgage loans held for sale101 (384)1,003 (227)493 
Loans held for sale (10) (1)(11)
Loans2  5 (28)(21)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1) (33)1,274 1 1,242 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
          
Interest rate contracts
   (1,441)(1,441)
Commodity contracts
   74 74 
Equity contracts
   230 230 
Foreign exchange contracts
   16 16 
Credit contracts
8 3  (8)3 
Total derivative contracts
8 3  (1,129)(1,118)
Equity securities:
Marketable
     
Nonmarketable
     
Total equity securities
     
Short sale liabilities3 (3)   
Other liabilities
     
(1)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).

148


The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for nine months ended September 30, 2019, are presented in Table 16.9.

Table 16.9: Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Assets and Liabilities on a Recurring Basis – Nine months ended September 30, 2019
  Balance,
beginning
of period
Total net gains
(losses) included in
Purchases,
sales,
issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
      Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end
  
(in millions)Net
income 
Other
compre-
hensive
income
Transfers
into
Level 3 (2)
Transfers
out of
Level 3 (3)
Balance,
end of
period
(4)
Nine months ended September 30, 2019                  
Trading debt securities:
                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$— — (2)— (1)— —   
Collateralized loan obligations237 (16)— 13 — (2)232 (23)  
Corporate debt securities34 — (6)33   
Mortgage-backed securities— — — — — — — —   
Other 16 (3)— (6)— — — 
Total trading debt securities
290 (18)— (9)272 (20)(5)
Available-for-sale debt securities:                  
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions
444 (48)— (49)353 —   
Mortgage-backed securities:
                
Residential
— — — — — — — —   
Commercial
41 — (1)(3)— — 37 —   
Total mortgage-backed securities
41 — (1)(3)— — 37 — 
Corporate debt securities
370 (5)(5)— — 367 —   
Other
1,189 19 (22)(306)— (153)727 —   
Total available-for-sale debt securities
2,044 27 (23)(362)— (202)1,484 — (6)
Mortgage loans held for sale997 74 — (94)281 (9)1,249 75 (7)
Loans held for sale60 — — (4)38 (93)— (5)
Loans244 — (60)— — 185 (6)(7)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (8)14,649 (4,570)— 993 — — 11,072 (2,931)(7)
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
                
Interest rate contracts
25 495 — (377)— — 143 179   
Commodity contracts
(211)— 152 23 (30)(6)  
Equity contracts
(17)(402)— 194 15 (203)(205)  
Foreign exchange contracts
(26)27 — (27)— — (26)  
Credit contracts
35 (3)— — — 38   
Total derivative contracts
21 (94)— (52)38 (78)(28)(9)
Equity securities:
Marketable
— — — — — — — — 
Nonmarketable
5,468 1,663 — (1)12 (12)7,130 1,664 
Total equity securities
5,468 1,663 — (1)12 (12)7,130 1,664 (10)
Other liabilities
(2)— — — — — (2)— (7)
(1)See Table 16.10 for detail.
(2)All assets and liabilities transferred into level 3 were previously classified within level 2.
(3)All assets and liabilities transferred out of level 3 are classified as level 2, except for $153 million of asset-backed securities that were transferred to loans during third quarter 2019.
(4)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(5)Included in net gains from trading activities in the income statement.
(6)Included in net gains from debt securities in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(8)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
(9)Included in mortgage banking income, net gains from trading activities, net gains (losses) from equity securities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(10)Included in net gains (losses) from equity securities in the income statement.
 
(continued on following page)
149

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

(continued from previous page)

Table 16.10 presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for nine months ended September 30, 2019.
Table 16.10: Gross Purchases, Sales, Issuances and Settlements – Level 3 – Nine months ended September 30, 2019
(in millions)PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlementsNet
Nine months ended September 30, 2019          
Trading debt securities:
          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions$— — — (2)(2)
Collateralized loan obligations281 (252)— (16)13 
Corporate debt securities14 (11)— — 
Mortgage-backed securities— — — — — 
Other — — — (6)(6)
Total trading debt securities
295 (263)— (24)
Available-for-sale debt securities:          
Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions— — 67 (115)(48)
Mortgage-backed securities:
        
Residential
— — — — — 
Commercial
— — — (3)(3)
Total mortgage-backed securities
— — — (3)(3)
Corporate debt securities
12 — — (17)(5)
Other
— (9)133 (430)(306)
Total available-for-sale debt securities
12 (9)200 (565)(362)
Mortgage loans held for sale69 (185)187 (165)(94)
Loans held for sale12 (2)— (14)(4)
Loans— (70)(60)
Mortgage servicing rights (residential) (1)— (286)1,279 — 993 
Net derivative assets and liabilities:
        
Interest rate contracts
— — (1)(376)(377)
Commodity contracts
— — — 152 152 
Equity contracts
— — — 194 194 
Foreign exchange contracts
— — — (27)(27)
Credit contracts
12 (6)— — 
Total derivative contracts
12 (6)(1)(57)(52)
Equity securities:
Marketable
— — — — — 
Nonmarketable
— (1)— — (1)
Total equity securities
— (1)— — (1)
Other liabilities
— — — — — 
(1)For additional information on the changes in mortgage servicing rights, see Note 11 (Mortgage Banking Activities).
Table 16.11 and Table 16.12 provide quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use an internal model.
The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities inherent in the fair values obtained from third-party vendors are not included in the table, as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the vendor.
In addition, the table excludes the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using internal models that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 assets and liabilities. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class, which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.
Weighted averages of inputs are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
For information on how changes in significant unobservable inputs affect the fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities, see Note 19 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K. 
150


Table 16.11: Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis – September 30, 2020
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Fair Value Level 3Valuation Technique(s)Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Range of Inputs 
Positive (Negative)
Weighted
Average
September 30, 2020
Trading and available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$248 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate0.4 -4.5 %1.2 
38 Vendor priced
Collateralized loan obligations
140 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(37.7)-2.0 (7.6)
Corporate debt securities
859 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.4 -14.8 4.0 
66 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(34.5)-8.3 (23.4)
129 Vendor priced
Mortgage-backed securities
11 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(17.1)-(13.5)(15.2)
43 Vendor priced
Other debt securities
52 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate1.0 -2.7 2.4 
564 Vendor priced
Mortgage loans held for sale (residential)832 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -31.7 1.3 
Discount rate1.6 -6.1 5.1 
Loss severity0.0 -30.1 20.6 
Prepayment rate8.5 -23.5 15.7 
15 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(50.0)-(14.3)(37.3)
Loans (1)148 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.9 -5.7 4.3 
Default rate0.0 31.6 0.6 
Prepayment rate8.4 -100.0 84.7 
Loss severity0.0 -44.9 15.8 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)6,355 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan (2)$64 -907 138 
Discount rate4.8 -8.6 %5.8 
Prepayment rate (3)12.7 -24.1 19.7 
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):
Interest rate contracts
195 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -6.0 1.6 
Loss severity50.0 -50.0 50.0 
Prepayment rate2.8 -22.0 18.1 
(3)Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(33.3)(31.3)(32.2)
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
254 Discounted cash flowFall-out factor1.0 -99.0 25.3 
Initial-value servicing(52.8)-156.0 bps58.5 
Equity contracts
177 Discounted cash flowConversion factor(8.8)-0.0 %(7.8)
Weighted average life0.3-2.3yrs1.2
(285)Option modelCorrelation factor(77.0)-99.0 %38.8 
Volatility factor6.5 -101.3 17.9 
Credit contracts
35 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(99.0)-132.0 (7.2)
11 Option modelCredit spread0.0 -9.3 1.3 
Loss severity12.0 -60.0 45.5 
Nonmarketable equity securities
8,428 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment3.6 -21.1 13.9 
Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities
8 
Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities
$18,320 (4)
(1)Consists of reverse mortgage loans.
(2)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $64 to $248 per loan.
(3)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(4)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $19.9 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $1.6 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

151

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Table 16.12: Valuation Techniques – Recurring Basis – December 31, 2019
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)Fair Value Level 3Valuation Technique(s)Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Range of Inputs
Positive (Negative) 
Weighted
Average
December 31, 2019
Trading and available-for-sale debt securities:
Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions
$379 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate1.3 -5.4 %2.4 
34 Vendor priced
Collateralized loan obligations
183 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(15.0)-19.2 1.3 
Corporate debt securities
220 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.2 14.9 9.2 
60 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(19.7)14.0 (4.4)
125 Vendor priced
Other debt securities
92 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate2.3 -3.1 2.8 
651 Vendor priced
Mortgage loans held for sale (residential)1,183 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -15.5 0.7 
Discount rate3.0 -5.6 4.5 
Loss severity0.0 -43.5 21.7 
Prepayment rate5.7 -15.4 7.8 
15 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(56.3)-(6.3)(40.3)
Loans (1)171 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate3.9 -4.3 4.1 
Prepayment rate6.0 -100.0 85.6 
Loss severity0.0 -36.5 14.1 
Mortgage servicing rights (residential)11,517 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan (2)$61 -495 102 
Discount rate6.0 -13.6 %7.2 
Prepayment rate (3)9.6 -24.4 11.9 
Net derivative assets and (liabilities):
Interest rate contracts
146 Discounted cash flowDefault rate0.0 -5.0 1.7 
Loss severity50.0 -50.0 50.0 
Prepayment rate2.8 -25.0 15.0 
Interest rate contracts: derivative loan
commitments
68 Discounted cash flowFall-out factor1.0 -99.0 16.7 
Initial-value servicing(32.2)-149.0 bps36.4 
Equity contracts
147 Discounted cash flowConversion factor(8.8)-0.0 %(7.7)
Weighted average life0.5-3.0yrs1.5
(416)Option modelCorrelation factor(77.0)-99.0 %23.8 
Volatility factor6.8 -100.0 18.7 
Credit contracts
Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(56.1)-10.8 (16.0)
27 Option modelCredit spread0.0 -17.8 0.8 
Loss severity12.0 -60.0 45.6 
Nonmarketable equity securities
7,847 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(20.2)-(4.2)(14.6)
Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities
27 
Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities
$22,478 (4)
(1)Consists of reverse mortgage loans.
(2)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $61 to $231 per loan.
(3)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(4)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $24.3 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $1.8 billion, before netting of derivative balances.
For information on the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, see Note 19 (Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
152


Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting, write-downs of individual assets or use of the measurement alternative for nonmarketable equity securities.
Table 16.13 provides the fair value hierarchy and fair value at the date of the nonrecurring fair value adjustment for all assets
that were still held as of September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, and for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and year ended December 31, 2019.
Table 16.14 presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets held at the end of the respective reporting periods presented for which a nonrecurring fair value adjustment was recognized during the periods presented.
Table 16.13: Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Mortgage loans held for sale (1)$ 864 1,825 2,689 — 2,034 3,803 5,837 
Loans held for sale 9  9 — — 
Loans:    
Commercial 1,065  1,065 — 280 — 280 
Consumer 289  289 — 213 214 
Total loans 1,354  1,354 — 493 494 
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial)
  534 534 — — — — 
Nonmarketable equity securities
 1,805 998 2,803 — 1,308 173 1,481 
Other assets 1,098 417 1,515 — 359 27 386 
Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
$ 5,130 3,774 8,904 — 4,199 4,004 8,203 
(1)Consists of commercial mortgages and residential real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans.

Nonmarketable equity securities includes impairment on private equity and venture capital investments and gains or losses under the measurement alternative. Other assets includes impairments of operating lease ROU assets, valuation losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned, and impairment on private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies.
Table 16.14: Change in Value of Assets with Nonrecurring Fair Value Adjustment
Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)20202019
Mortgage loans held for sale$(72)14 
Loans held for sale(5)(2)
Loans:  
Commercial(594)(181)
Consumer(192)(168)
Total loans(786)(349)
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial)(37)— 
Nonmarketable equity securities102 379 
Other assets(468)(29)
Total$(1,266)13 

153

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Table 16.15 provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our Level 3 assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis primarily using an internal model. The table is limited to financial instruments that had nonrecurring fair value adjustments during the periods presented. Weighted averages of inputs are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments, such as loans, and carrying value prior to the nonrecurring fair value measurement for nonmarketable equity securities.
We have excluded from the table valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3
assets we consider both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 nonrecurring measurements. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class that considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.
 
Table 16.15: Valuation Techniques – Nonrecurring Basis
($ in millions)Fair Value
Level 3
Valuation
Technique(s) (1)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (1)
Range of Inputs
Positive (Negative)
Weighted
Average
September 30, 2020
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
$1,825 (2)Discounted cash flowDefault rate(3)0.8 68.5 %26.8 
Discount rate0.6 8.5 3.9 
Loss severity0.8 65.1 8.1 
Prepayment rate(4)4.1 100.0 43.3 
Mortgage servicing rights (commercial)
534 Discounted cash flowCost to service per loan$150 3,377 2,774 
Discount rate2.1 2.1 %2.1 
Prepayment rate0.0 20.0 5.0 
Nonmarketable equity securities (5)
874 Market comparable pricingMultiples0.1x10.9x4.9x
357 Market comparable pricingComparability adjustment(100.0)(47.0)%(51.4)
77 OtherCompany risk factor(100.0)(20.0)(52.0)
104 Discounted cash flowDiscount rate10.0 20.0 11.1 
Company risk factor(72.0)0.0 (33.6)
Crude oil prices ($/barrel)$42 48 47 
Natural gas prices ($/MMBtu)2 2 2 
Insignificant level 3 assets
3 
Total$3,774 
December 31, 2019
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
$3,803 (2)Discounted cash flowDefault rate(3)0.3 48.3 %4.6 
Discount rate1.5 9.4 4.3 
Loss severity0.4 100.0 23.4 
Prepayment rate(4)4.8 100.0 23.2 
Insignificant level 3 assets201 
Total$4,004 
(1)Refer to Note 19 (Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of residential mortgage loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights, and certain nonmarketable equity securities.
(2)Consists of approximately $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion of government insured/guaranteed loans purchased from GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and approximately $400 million and $2.5 billion, respectively, of other mortgage loans that are not government insured/guaranteed.
(3)Applies only to non-government insured/guaranteed loans.
(4)Includes the impact on prepayment rate of expected defaults for government insured/guaranteed loans, which impact the frequency and timing of early resolution of loans.
(5)Includes $417 million of private equity and venture capital investments in consolidated portfolio companies classified in other assets on the balance sheet.
We typically use a market approach to estimate the fair value of our nonmarketable private equity and venture capital investments in portfolio companies. The market approach bases the fair value measurement on market data (for example, use of market comparable pricing techniques) that are used to derive the enterprise value of the portfolio company. Market comparable pricing techniques include utilization of financial metrics of comparable public companies (multiples), such as ratios of enterprise value or market value of equity to revenue, EBITDA, net income or book value. Comparable company valuation multiples are evaluated and adjusted as necessary to reflect the comparative operational, financial or marketability differences between the public company and subject portfolio company in estimating its fair value. Market comparable pricing
techniques also use recent or anticipated transactions (for example, a financing round, merger, acquisition or bankruptcy) involving the subject portfolio company, or participants in its industry or related industries. Based upon these recent or anticipated transactions, current market conditions and other factors specific to the issuer, we make adjustments to estimate the enterprise value of the portfolio company. As a result of the recent market environment, we also utilized other valuation techniques. These techniques included the use of company risk factors in the estimation of the fair value of certain nonmarketable equity securities. The company risk factors are based upon entity-specific considerations including the debt and liquidity profile, projected cash flow or funding issues as well as other factors that may affect the company’s outlook.

154


Fair Value Option
The fair value option is an irrevocable election, generally only permitted upon initial recognition of financial assets or liabilities, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. We may elect the fair value option to align the measurement model with how the financial assets or liabilities are managed or to reduce complexity or accounting asymmetry. For additional information, including
the basis for our fair value option elections, see Note 19 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
Table 16.16 reflects differences between the fair value carrying amount of the assets for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity. 
Table 16.16: Fair Value Option
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions)Fair value
carrying
amount
Aggregate
unpaid
principal
Fair value
carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal
Fair value
carrying
amount
Aggregate
unpaid
principal
Fair value
carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal
Mortgage loans held for sale:
Total loans$19,884 19,131 753 16,606 16,279 327 
Nonaccrual loans158 190 (32)133 157 (24)
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing21 24 (3)10 (2)
Loans held for sale:
Total loans1,688 1,777 (89)972 1,020 (48)
Nonaccrual loans5 39 (34)21 29 (8)
Loans:
Total loans148 180 (32)171 201 (30)
Nonaccrual loans116 148 (32)129 159 (30)
The changes in fair value related to initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets measured at fair value are shown in Table 16.17 by income
statement line item. Amounts recorded as interest income are excluded from Table 16.17.
Table 16.17: Fair Value Option – Changes in Fair Value Included in Earnings
20202019
(in millions)Mortgage banking noninterest incomeNet gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities
Other
noninterest
income
Mortgage
banking
noninterest
income
Net gains (losses)
from
trading
activities
Other
noninterest
income
Quarter ended September 30,
Mortgage loans held for sale$847   256 — — 
Loans held for sale 15  — 
Loans   — — — 
Nine months ended September 30,
Mortgage loans held for sale$1,944   849 — — 
Loans held for sale 26  — 15 
Loans  (2)— — 
For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. For
nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. Table 16.18 shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.
Table 16.18: Fair Value Option – Gains/Losses Attributable to Instrument-Specific Credit Risk
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:    
Mortgage loans held for sale$11 (13)$(206)(1)
Loans held for sale13 27 16 
Total$24 (8)$(179)15 

155

Note 16: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Table 16.19 presents a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Some financial instruments are excluded from scope of this table, such as certain insurance contracts and leases. This table also excludes assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and deferred taxes.
Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in Table 16.19. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, which totaled $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

Table 16.19: Fair Value Estimates for Financial Instruments
Estimated fair value
(in millions)Carrying amountLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
September 30, 2020
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$25,535 25,535   25,535 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)
221,235 221,026 209  221,235 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)
69,304  69,304  69,304 
Held-to-maturity debt securities, net182,595 50,287 138,210 937 189,434 
Mortgage loans held for sale3,423  1,256 2,344 3,600 
Loans held for sale9  9  9 
Loans, net (2)884,183  56,045 843,935 899,980 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)3,585   3,629 3,629 
Total financial assets$1,389,869 296,848 265,033 850,845 1,412,726 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$67,625  45,069 23,297 68,366 
Short-term borrowings55,224  55,224  55,224 
Long-term debt (4)215,682  216,885 1,422 218,307 
Total financial liabilities$338,531  317,178 24,719 341,897 
December 31, 2019
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks (1)$21,757 21,757 — — 21,757 
Interest-earning deposits with banks (1)
119,493 119,257 236 — 119,493 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (1)
102,140 — 102,140 — 102,140 
Held-to-maturity debt securities153,933 46,138 109,933 789 156,860 
Mortgage loans held for sale6,736 — 2,939 4,721 7,660 
Loans held for sale — — 
Loans, net (2)933,042 — 54,125 891,714 945,839 
Nonmarketable equity securities (cost method)4,790 — — 4,823 4,823 
Total financial assets$1,341,896 187,152 269,378 902,047 1,358,577 
Financial liabilities
Deposits (3)$118,849 — 87,279 31,858 119,137 
Short-term borrowings104,512 — 104,513 — 104,513 
Long-term debt (4)228,159 — 231,332 1,720 233,052 
Total financial liabilities
$451,520 — 423,124 33,578 456,702 
(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Excludes lease financing with a carrying amount of $16.3 billion and $19.5 billion at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
(3)Excludes deposit liabilities with no defined or contractual maturity of $1.3 trillion and $1.2 trillion at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
(4)Excludes capital lease obligations under capital leases of $29 million and $32 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

156


Note 17: Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total authorized, issued and outstanding preferred stock is presented in the following two
tables along with the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. All classes of preferred stock, except the Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares and the ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, qualify as Tier 1 capital.
In October 2020, we issued $1.2 billion of our Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series AA.

Table 17.1: Preferred Stock Shares
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
Liquidation
preference
per share
Shares
authorized
and designated
Liquidation
preference
per share
Shares
authorized
and designated
DEP Shares
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP)$10 97,000 $10 97,000 
Series I
Floating Class A Preferred Stock (1)100,000 25,010 100,000 25,010 
Series K
Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock (2)
  1,000 3,500,000 
Series L
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock (3)
1,000 4,025,000 1,000 4,025,000 
Series N
5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 30,000 25,000 30,000 
Series O
5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 27,600 25,000 27,600 
Series P
5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 26,400 25,000 26,400 
Series Q
5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
25,000 69,000 25,000 69,000 
Series R
6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
25,000 34,500 25,000 34,500 
Series S
5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
25,000 80,000 25,000 80,000 
Series T
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock (4)25,000 32,200 25,000 32,200 
Series U
5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 80,000 25,000 80,000 
Series V
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 40,000 25,000 40,000 
Series W
5.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 40,000 25,000 40,000 
Series X
5.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 46,000 25,000 46,000 
Series Y
5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 27,600 25,000 27,600 
Series Z
4.750% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 80,500 — — 
ESOP
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (5) 822,242 — 1,071,418 
Total5,583,052 9,251,728 
(1)Preferred Stock, Series I, relates to trust preferred securities. See Note 10 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) for additional information. This issuance has a floating interest rate that is the greater of three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 0.93% and 5.56975%.
(2)Floating rate for Preferred Stock, Series K, is three-month LIBOR plus 3.77%. In first quarter 2020, the remaining $1.8 billion of Preferred Stock, Series K, was redeemed.
(3)Preferred Stock, Series L, may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 6.3814 shares of our common stock, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.
(4)In first quarter 2020, $669 million of Preferred Stock, Series T, was redeemed.
(5)See the ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock section in this Note for additional information about the liquidation preference.
157

Note 17: Preferred Stock (continued)
Table 17.2: Preferred Stock – Shares Issued and Carrying Value
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions, except shares)Shares
issued and
outstanding
Liquidation preference
value
Carrying
value
DiscountShares
issued and
outstanding
Liquidation preference
value
Carrying
value
Discount
DEP Shares
Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares (DEP)96,546 $   96,546 $— — — 
Series I (1)
Floating Class A Preferred Stock25,010 2,501 2,501  25,010 2,501 2,501 — 
Series K (2)
Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
    1,802,000 1,802 1,546 256 
Series L (3)
7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock
3,967,995 3,968 3,200 768 3,967,995 3,968 3,200 768 
Series N
5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock30,000 750 750  30,000 750 750 — 
Series O
5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock26,000 650 650  26,000 650 650 — 
Series P
5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock25,000 625 625  25,000 625 625 — 
Series Q
5.85% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
69,000 1,725 1,725  69,000 1,725 1,725 — 
Series R
6.625% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
33,600 840 840  33,600 840 840 — 
Series S
5.90% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
80,000 2,000 2,000  80,000 2,000 2,000 — 
Series T (4)
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock5,280 131 131  32,000 800 800 — 
Series U
5.875% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock
80,000 2,000 2,000  80,000 2,000 2,000 — 
Series V
6.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock40,000 1,000 1,000  40,000 1,000 1,000 — 
Series W
5.70% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock40,000 1,000 1,000  40,000 1,000 1,000 — 
Series X
5.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock46,000 1,150 1,150  46,000 1,150 1,150 — 
Series Y
5.625% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock27,600 690 690  27,600 690 690 — 
Series Z
4.750% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock80,500 2,013 2,013  — — — — 
ESOP
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock822,242 823 823  1,071,418 1,072 1,072 — 
Total5,494,773 $21,866 21,098 768 7,492,169 $22,573 21,549 1,024 
(1)Floating rate for Preferred Stock, Series I, is the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 0.93% and 5.56975%.
(2)Floating rate for Preferred Stock, Series K, is three-month LIBOR plus 3.77%. In first quarter 2020, the remaining $1.8 billion of Preferred Stock, Series K, was redeemed.
(3)Preferred Stock, Series L, may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 6.3814 shares of our common stock, plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.
(4)In first quarter 2020, $669 million of Preferred Stock, Series T, was redeemed.
158


ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK  All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated
value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.
Table 17.3: ESOP Preferred Stock
Shares issued and outstandingCarrying valueAdjustable dividend rate
(in millions, except shares)Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
Sep 30,
2020
Dec 31,
2019
MinimumMaximum
ESOP Preferred Stock
$1,000 liquidation preference per share
2018221,945 254,945 222 255 7.00 %8.00 %
2017163,210 192,210 163 192 7.00 8.00 
2016162,450 197,450 163 198 9.30 10.30 
201592,904 116,784 93 117 8.90 9.90 
201499,151 136,151 99 136 8.70 9.70 
201361,948 97,948 62 98 8.50 9.50 
201220,634 49,134 21 49 10.00 11.00 
2011 26,796  27 9.00 10.00 
Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)822,242 1,071,418 $823 1,072 
Unearned ESOP shares (2)$(875)(1,143)
(1)At September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2019, additional paid-in capital included $52 million and $71 million, respectively, related to ESOP preferred stock.
(2)We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

159


Note 18: Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Our revenue includes net interest income on financial instruments and noninterest income. Table 18.1 presents our revenue by operating segment. The “Other” segment for each of the tables below includes the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which
represents products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels. For additional description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management reporting process, see Note 22 (Operating Segments).
Table 18.1: Revenue by Operating Segment
Quarter ended September 30,
Community
Banking
Wholesale
Banking
Wealth and
Investment
Management
OtherConsolidated
Company
(in millions)2020201920202019202020192020201920202019
Net interest income (1)$5,587 6,769 3,481 4,382 771 989 (471)(515)9,368 11,625 
Noninterest income (2)
Deposit-related fees723 952 574 527 7 (5)(5)1,299 1,480 
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees:
Asset-based revenue (3)386 381  — 1,768 1,741 (386)(382)1,768 1,740 
Transactional revenue86 105 4 (8)357 376 (86)(92)361 381 
Other revenue17 18 66 70 140 155 (16)(18)207 225 
Total brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees489 504 70 62 2,265 2,272 (488)(492)2,336 2,346 
Trust and investment management:
Investment management fees —  — 506 510  — 506 510 
Trust fees188 203 85 85 99 106 (201)(210)171 184 
Other revenue — 55 36 5 (1) — 60 35 
Total trust and investment management188 203 140 121 610 615 (201)(210)737 729 
Investment banking  (26)440 510 4 — (3)— 441 484 
Total trust and investment fees677 681 650 693 2,879 2,887 (692)(702)3,514 3,559 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenues (4)733 750 55 90 1  (1)789 841 
Other card fees (1)123 186  —  —  — 123 186 
Total card fees856 936 55 90 1  (1)912 1,027 
Lending-related fees (1)42 60 310 314 2 (2)(2)352 374 
Mortgage banking (1)1,542 339 49 128 (3)(3)2 1,590 466 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (1)(11)19 363 247 9 10  — 361 276 
Net gains (losses) on debt securities (1)240 (1)24  —  — 264 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities (1)587 822 59 135 3 (1) — 649 956 
Lease income (1) — 333 402  —  — 333 402 
Other (1)479 662 (304)20 125 1,249 (80)(89)220 1,842 
Total noninterest income
5,135 4,470 2,113 2,560 3,023 4,152 (777)(797)9,494 10,385 
Total revenue$10,722 11,239 5,594 6,942 3,794 5,141 (1,248)(1,312)18,862 22,010 

(continued on following page)

160


(continued from previous page)
Nine months ended September 30,
Community
Banking
Wholesale
Banking
Wealth and
Investment
Management
OtherConsolidated
Company
(in millions)2020201920202019202020192020201920202019
Net interest income (1)$18,073 21,083 11,508 13,451 2,374 3,127 (1,395)(1,630)30,560 36,031 
Noninterest income (2)
Deposit-related fees2,207 2,675 1,676 1,610 20 18 (15)(14)3,888 4,289 
Trust and investment fees:
Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees:
Asset-based revenue (3)1,126 1,093  — 5,141 5,019 (1,127)(1,094)5,140 5,018 
Transactional revenue266 288 9 18 1,132 1,153 (272)(288)1,135 1,171 
Other revenue48 52 230 196 428 472 (46)(52)660 668 
Total brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees1,440 1,433 239 214 6,701 6,644 (1,445)(1,434)6,935 6,857 
Trust and investment management:
Investment management fees —  — 1,469 1,488  — 1,469 1,488 
Trust fees557 612 255 250 302 449 (592)(632)522 679 
Other revenue(1)— 146 102 (11)41  — 134 143 
Total trust and investment management556 612 401 352 1,760 1,978 (592)(632)2,125 2,310 
Investment banking(166)(64)1,544 1,397 6 (5)(4)1,379 1,333 
Total trust and investment fees1,830 1,981 2,184 1,963 8,467 8,626 (2,042)(2,070)10,439 10,500 
Card fees:
Card interchange and network revenues (4)2,013 2,201 203 271 3 (2)(3)2,217 2,474 
Other card fees (1)384 522  —  —  — 384 522 
Total card fees2,397 2,723 203 271 3 (2)(3)2,601 2,996 
Lending-related fees (1)128 191 897 925 6 (6)(6)1,025 1,116 
Mortgage banking (1)2,135 1,635 154 300 (9)(9)6 2,286 1,932 
Net gains (losses) from trading activities (1)24 13 1,198 806 8 42 2 1,232 862 
Net gains (losses) on debt securities (1)557 51 156 97  —  — 713 148 
Net gains (losses) from equity securities (1)(53)1,894 (52)328 (114)170  — (219)2,392 
Lease income (1) — 1,021 1,270  —  — 1,021 1,270 
Other (1)1,686 2,548 (971)97 414 1,285 (260)(263)869 3,667 
Total noninterest income10,911 13,711 6,466 7,667 8,795 10,143 (2,317)(2,349)23,855 29,172 
Total revenue$28,984 34,794 17,974 21,118 11,169 13,270 (3,712)(3,979)54,415 65,203 
(1)These revenues are related to financial assets and liabilities, including loans, leases, securities and derivatives, with additional details included in other footnotes to our financial statements.
(2)In third quarter 2020, service charges on deposit accounts, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and certain other fees were combined into a single line item for deposit-related fees; certain fees associated with lending activities were combined into a single line item for lending-related fees; and certain other fees were reclassified to other noninterest income. Prior period balances have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.
(3)We earned trailing commissions of $284 million and $816 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and $289 million and $858 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, respectively.
(4)The cost of credit card rewards and rebates of $318 million and $969 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and $383 million and $1.1 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, respectively, are presented net against the related revenues.
We provide services to customers which have related performance obligations that we complete to recognize revenue. Our revenues are generally recognized either immediately upon the completion of our service or over time as we perform services. Any services performed over time generally require that we render services each period and therefore we measure our progress in completing these services based upon the passage of time.

DEPOSIT-RELATED FEES are earned in connection with depository accounts for commercial and consumer customers and include fees for account charges, overdraft services, cash network fees, wire transfer and other remittance fees, and safe deposit box fees. Account charges include fees for periodic account maintenance activities and event-driven services such as stop payment fees. Our obligation for event-driven services is satisfied at the time of the event when the service is delivered, while our obligation for maintenance services is satisfied over the course of each month. Our obligation for overdraft services is satisfied at the time of the overdraft. Cash network fees are earned for processing ATM transactions, and our obligation is completed upon settlement of ATM transactions. Wire transfer and other remittance fees consist of fees earned for providing funds transfer services and issuing cashier’s checks and money orders. Our obligation is satisfied at the time of the performance of the funds transfer service or upon issuance of the cashier’s check or
money order. Safe deposit box fees are generally recognized over time as we provide the services.

BROKERAGE ADVISORY, COMMISSIONS AND OTHER FEES are earned for providing brokerage services and include fees earned on asset-based and transactional accounts and other brokerage advisory services.
Asset-based revenues are charged based on the market value of the client’s assets. The services and related obligations associated with certain of these revenues, which include investment advice, active management of client assets, and assistance with selecting and engaging a third-party advisory manager, are generally satisfied over a month or quarter. The remaining revenues include trailing commissions which are earned for selling shares to investors. Our obligation associated with earning trailing commissions is satisfied at the time shares are sold. However, these fees are received and recognized over time during the period the customer owns the shares and we remain the broker of record. The amount of trailing commissions is variable based on the length of time the customer holds the shares and on changes in the value of the underlying assets.
Transactional revenues are earned for executing transactions at the client’s direction. Our obligation is generally satisfied upon the execution of the transaction and the fees are based on the size and number of transactions executed.
161

Note 18: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (continued)

Other revenues earned from other brokerage advisory services include omnibus and networking fees received from mutual fund companies in return for providing record keeping and other administrative services, and annual account maintenance fees charged to customers.

TRUST AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FEES are earned for providing trust, investment management and other related services.
Investment management services include managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, and institutional separate accounts. Fees for these services are generally determined based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of assets under management (AUM). In addition to AUM, we have client assets under administration (AUA) that earn various administrative fees which are generally based on the extent of the services provided to administer the account. Services with AUM and AUA-based fees are generally satisfied over time.
Trust services include acting as a trustee or agent for corporate trust, personal trust, and agency assets. Obligations for trust services are generally satisfied over time, while obligations for activities that are transactional in nature are satisfied at the time of the transaction.
Other related services include the custody and safekeeping of accounts. Our obligation for these services is generally satisfied over time.
INVESTMENT BANKING FEES are earned for underwriting debt and equity securities, arranging syndicated loan transactions and performing other advisory services. Our obligation for these services is generally satisfied at closing of the transaction.

CARD FEES include credit and debit card interchange and network revenues and various card-related fees. Credit and debit card interchange and network revenues are earned on credit and debit card transactions conducted through payment networks such as Visa, MasterCard, and American Express. Our obligation is satisfied concurrently with the delivery of services on a daily basis. Other card fees represent late fees, cash advance fees, balance transfer fees, and annual fees.




162


Note 19: Employee Benefits and Other Expenses
We sponsor a frozen noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of Wells Fargo. The Cash Balance Plan was frozen on July 1, 2009, and no new benefits have accrued after that date. For additional information on our pension and postretirement plans, including plan assumptions, investment strategy and asset allocation, projected benefit payments, and valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value, see Note 23 (Employee Benefits and Other Expenses) in our 2019 Form 10-K.
We recognize settlement losses for our Cash Balance Plan based on an assessment of whether lump sum benefit payments will, in aggregate for the year, exceed the sum of its annual service and interest cost. Settlement losses of $29 million and $99 million were recognized during the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, representing the pro rata portion of the net loss in cumulative other comprehensive income based on the percentage reduction in the Cash Balance Plan’s projected benefit obligation attributable to lump sum benefit
payments during the first nine months of 2020. As a result of the settlement losses, we re-measured the Cash Balance Plan obligation and plan assets as of September 30, 2020, and used a discount rate of 2.60% based on our consistent methodology of determining our discount rate using a yield curve with maturity dates that closely match the estimated timing of the expected benefit payments. The result of the settlement losses and re-measurement increased the Cash Balance Plan liability by $89 million and $763 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and decreased other comprehensive income (pre-tax) by $60 million and $664 million for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively.
We voluntarily made a $130 million contribution to our Cash Balance Plan in September 2020 and made an additional contribution of $570 million in October 2020.
Table 19.1 presents the components of net periodic benefit cost. Service cost is reported in personnel expense and all other components of net periodic benefit cost are reported in other noninterest expense on the consolidated statement of income.
Table 19.1: Net Periodic Benefit Cost
20202019
Pension benefitsPension benefits
(in millions)QualifiedNon-qualifiedOther
benefits
QualifiedNon-qualifiedOther
benefits
Quarter ended September 30,    
Service cost$4   — — 
Interest cost77 5 4 105 
Expected return on plan assets(148) (5)(142)— (7)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)43 3 (5)37 (5)
Amortization of prior service credit  (2)— — (2)
Settlement loss29   — — — 
Net periodic benefit cost$5 8 (8)(8)
Nine months ended September 30,
Service cost$11   — — 
Interest cost249 13 12 314 16 17 
Expected return on plan assets(445) (16)(426)— (21)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)114 10 (14)111 (13)
Amortization of prior service credit  (7)— — (7)
Settlement loss99 3  — — 
Net periodic benefit cost$28 26 (25)26 (24)

Other Expenses
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit assessment expense, which is included in other noninterest expense, was $248 million and $622 million in the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, compared with $145 million and $546 million in the same periods a year ago.
163


Note 20:  Earnings and Dividends Per Common Share
Table 20.1 shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.
Table 20.1: Earnings Per Common Share Calculations
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions, except per share amounts)2020201920202019
Wells Fargo net income$2,035 4,610 $309 16,676 
Less: Preferred stock dividends and other (1) 315 573 1,241 1,284 
Wells Fargo net income (loss) applicable to common stock (numerator) $1,720 4,037 $(932)15,392 
Earnings (loss) per common share
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)4,123.8 4,358.5 4,111.4 4,459.1 
Per share $0.42 0.93 $(0.23)3.45 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
Average common shares outstanding4,123.8 4,358.5 4,111.4 4,459.1 
Add:  Stock options (2)(3) 0.1  1.0 
Restricted share rights (2)(3)8.4 31.0  29.4 
Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator) (3)4,132.2 4,389.6 4,111.4 4,489.5 
Per share $0.42 0.92 $(0.23)3.43 
(1)The nine months ended September 30, 2020, balance includes $272 million, and the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2019, balance includes $220 million from the elimination of discounts or issuance costs associated with redemptions of preferred stock.
(2)Calculated using the treasury stock method.
(3)For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, diluted average common shares outstanding equaled average common shares outstanding because our securities convertible into common shares had an anti-dilutive effect. Weighted average restricted share rights outstanding were 53.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Table 20.2 presents the outstanding securities that were anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

 
Table 20.2: Outstanding Anti-Dilutive Securities
Weighted average shares
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
(in millions)2020201920202019
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series L (1)25.3 25.3 25.3 25.3 
Restricted share rights (2)17.7 — 1.3 — 
(1)Calculated using the if-converted method.
(2)Calculated using the treasury stock method.

Table 20.3 presents dividends declared per common share.
Table 20.3: Dividends Declared Per Common Share
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
2020201920202019
Per common share$0.10 0.51 $1.12 1.41 
164


Note 21: Other Comprehensive Income
Table 21.1 provides the components of OCI, reclassifications to net income by income statement line item, and the related tax effects.


Table 21.1: Summary of Other Comprehensive Income
Quarter ended September 30,Nine months ended September 30,
2020201920202019
(in millions)Before
tax
Tax
effect
Net of
tax
Before
tax
Tax
effect
Net of
tax
Before
tax
Tax
effect
Net of
tax
Before
tax
Tax
effect
Net of
tax
Debt securities:
Net unrealized gains arising during the period
$96 (18)78 652 (159)493 1,582 (391)1,191 5,192 (1,276)3,916 
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income:
Interest income on debt securities (1)
167 (41)126 77 (19)58 356 (88)268 183 (45)138 
Net gains on debt securities
(264)63 (201)(3)— (3)(713)174 (539)(148)36 (112)
Other noninterest income
2  2 (1)   (1)— (1)
Subtotal reclassifications to net income
(95)22 (73)76 (20)56 (357)86 (271)34 (9)25 
Net change
1 4 5 728 (179)549 1,225 (305)920 5,226 (1,285)3,941 
Derivative and hedging activities:
Fair Value Hedges:
Change in fair value of excluded components on fair value hedges (2)
(82)20 (62)28 (7)21 5 (2)3 58 (14)44 
Cash Flow Hedges:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period on cash flow hedges
12 (3)9 (18)(14)(3)1 (2)(26)(20)
Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income on cash flow hedges:
Interest income on loans
53 (14)39 73 (19)54 162 (40)122 228 (57)171 
Interest expense on long-term debt
(1)1  — 3  3 (1)
Subtotal reclassifications to net income
52 (13)39 75 (19)56 165 (40)125 233 (58)175 
Net change
(18)4 (14)85 (22)63 167 (41)126 265 (66)199 
Defined benefit plans adjustments:
Net actuarial and prior service losses arising during the period
(89)22 (67)— — — (760)188 (572)(4)(3)
Reclassification of amounts to non interest expense (3):
Amortization of net actuarial loss
41 (10)31 35 (9)26 110 (27)83 106 (26)80 
Settlements and other
27 (6)21 (2)(1)95 (22)73 (5)(2)
Subtotal reclassifications to non interest expense
68 (16)52 33 (8)25 205 (49)156 101 (23)78 
Net change
(21)6 (15)33 (8)25 (555)139 (416)97 (22)75 
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
74 (1)73 (53)(52)(70)1 (69)(2)
Net change
74 (1)73 (53)(52)(70)1 (69)(2)
Other comprehensive income
$36 13 49 793 (208)585 767 (206)561 5,591 (1,375)4,216 
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests, net of tax1 —  — 
Wells Fargo other comprehensive income, net of tax
$48 585 561 4,216 
(1)Represents net unrealized gains and losses amortized over the remaining lives of securities that were transferred from the available-for-sale portfolio to the held-to-maturity portfolio.
(2)Represents changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads, which are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness recorded in other comprehensive income.
(3)These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 19 (Employee Benefits and Other Expenses) for additional information).


165

Note 21: Other Comprehensive Income (continued)

Table 21.2: Cumulative OCI Balances
(in millions)Debt
securities
Fair value hedges (1)Cash flow hedges (2)Defined
benefit
plans
adjustments
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Balance, beginning of period$2,467 (115)(223)(2,624)(303)(798)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period
78 (62)9 (67)73 31 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
(73) 39 52  18 
Net change5 (62)48 (15)73 49 
Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests    1 1 
Balance, end of period$2,472 (177)(175)(2,639)(231)(750)
Quarter ended September 30, 2019
Balance, beginning of period751 (155)(394)(2,246)(180)(2,224)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period493 21 (14)— (52)448 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
56 — 56 25 — 137 
Net change549 21 42 25 (52)585 
Balance, end of period$1,300 (134)(352)(2,221)(232)(1,639)
Nine months ended September 30, 2020
Balance, beginning of period$1,552 (180)(298)(2,223)(162)(1,311)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period1,191 3 (2)(572)(69)551 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
(271) 125 156  10 
Net change920 3 123 (416)(69)561 
Less: Other comprehensive loss from noncontrolling interests
      
Balance, end of period$2,472 (177)(175)(2,639)(231)(750)
Nine months ended September 30, 2019
Balance, beginning of period$(3,122)(178)(507)(2,296)(233)(6,336)
Transition adjustment (3)481 — — — — 481 
Balance, January 1, 2019(2,641)(178)(507)(2,296)(233)(5,855)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period3,916 44 (20)(3)3,938 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
25 — 175 78 — 278 
Net change3,941 44 155 75 4,216 
Balance, end of period$1,300 (134)(352)(2,221)(232)(1,639)
(1)Substantially all of the beginning and end of period amounts for fair value hedges are foreign exchange contracts.
(2)Substantially all of the beginning and end of period amounts for cash flow hedges are interest rate contracts.
(3)The transition adjustment relates to the adoption of ASU 2017-08 Receivables Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. For additional information see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) in our 2019 Form 10-K.

166


Note 22: Operating Segments
Our operating segments are defined by product type and customer segment, and their results are based on our management reporting process. The management reporting process is based on U.S. GAAP with specific adjustments, such as for funds transfer pricing for asset/liability management, for shared revenues and expenses, and tax-equivalent adjustments to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt sources. On February 11, 2020, we announced a new organizational structure. We continue to refine the composition of our operating
segments and allocation methodologies. Additionally, we are still in the process of transitioning key leadership positions. We now expect to update our operating segment disclosures, including comparative financial results, in fourth quarter 2020. These changes will not impact previously reported consolidated financial results of the Company. For a description of our current operating segments, see Note 27 (Operating Segments) in our 2019 Form 10-K. Table 22.1 presents our results by operating segment.
Table 22.1: Operating Segments
(income/expense in millions, average balances in billions)Community
Banking 
Wholesale
Banking
Wealth and
Investment
Management
Other (1)Consolidated
Company
2020201920202019202020192020201920202019
Quarter ended September 30,
Net interest income (2)$5,587 6,769 3,481 4,382 771 989 (471)(515)9,368 11,625 
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses
556 608 219 92 (9)3 (8)769 695 
Noninterest income5,135 4,470 2,113 2,560 3,023 4,152 (777)(797)9,494 10,385 
Noninterest expense8,947 8,766 4,013 3,889 3,184 3,431 (915)(887)15,229 15,199 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
1,219 1,865 1,362 2,961 619 1,707 (336)(417)2,864 6,116 
Income tax expense (benefit) (3)703 667 (127)315 153 426 (84)(104)645 1,304 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
516 1,198 1,489 2,646 466 1,281 (252)(313)2,219 4,812 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests
180 199 1 3  — 184 202 
Net income (loss)$336 999 1,488 2,644 463 1,280 (252)(313)2,035 4,610 
Average loans$457.6 459.0 455.1 474.3 79.8 75.9 (60.8)(59.4)931.7 949.8 
Average assets1,119.8 1,033.9 801.4 869.2 88.2 84.7 (61.7)(60.4)1,947.7 1,927.4 
Average deposits881.7 789.7 418.8 422.0 175.3 142.4 (76.8)(62.7)1,399.0 1,291.4 
Nine months ended September 30,
Net interest income (2)$18,073 21,083 11,508 13,451 2,374 3,127 (1,395)(1,630)30,560 36,031 
Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses
5,652 1,797 8,535 254 256 (135)(14)14,308 2,043 
Noninterest income10,911 13,711 6,466 7,667 8,795 10,143 (2,317)(2,349)23,855 29,172 
Noninterest expense24,409 23,667 11,739 11,609 9,440 9,980 (2,760)(2,692)42,828 42,564 
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
(1,077)9,330 (2,300)9,255 1,473 3,284 (817)(1,273)(2,721)20,596 
Income tax expense (benefit) (3)(1,319)1,929 (1,959)1,049 369 819 (204)(318)(3,113)3,479 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
242 7,401 (341)8,206 1,104 2,465 (613)(955)392 17,117 
Less: Net income (loss) from noncontrolling interests
82 432 3 (2) — 83 441 
Net income (loss) $160 6,969 (344)8,203 1,106 2,459 (613)(955)309 16,676 
Average loans$456.5 458.3 481.2 474.9 79.0 75.1 (60.8)(59.2)955.9 949.1 
Average assets1,073.1 1,024.8 849.7 855.4 88.0 83.9 (61.7)(60.2)1,949.1 1,903.9 
Average deposits843.0 777.7 438.8 414.1 166.2 146.3 (73.4)(63.9)1,374.6 1,274.2 
(1)Includes the elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment, substantially all of which represents products and services for WIM customers served through Community Banking distribution channels. 
(2)Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets as well as interest credits for any funding of a segment available to be provided to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes actual interest expense on segment liabilities as well as funding charges for any funding provided from other segments.
(3)Income tax expense (benefit) for our Wholesale Banking operating segment included income tax credits related to low income housing and renewable energy investments of $469 million and $1.4 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2020, respectively, and $422 million and $1.3 billion for the third quarter and first nine months of 2019, respectively.
167


Note 23: Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements
The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal banking regulators. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the Bank).
Table 23.1 presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and the Bank in accordance with Basel III capital requirements. Our capital adequacy is assessed based on the lower of our risk-based capital ratios calculated under the Standardized Approach and under the Advanced Approach. The Standardized Approach applies assigned risk weights to broad risk categories, while the calculation of risk-weighted assets (RWAs) under the Advanced Approach differs by requiring applicable banks to utilize a risk-sensitive methodology, which relies upon the use of internal credit models, and includes an operational risk component. The Basel III capital requirements for calculating
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) and tier 1 capital, along with RWAs, are fully phased-in. However, the requirements for determining tier 2 and total capital are still in accordance with Transition Requirements and are scheduled to be fully phased-in by the end of 2021. Accordingly, the information presented below reflects fully phased-in CET1 capital, tier 1 capital, and RWAs, but reflects total capital still in accordance with Transition Requirements.
At September 30, 2020, the Bank and our other insured depository institutions were considered well-capitalized under the requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
The Bank is an approved seller/servicer of mortgage loans and is required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At September 30, 2020, the Bank met these requirements.
Table 23.1: Regulatory Capital Information (1)
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
(in millions, except ratios)Advanced ApproachStandardized
Approach
Advanced ApproachStandardized
Approach
Advanced ApproachStandardized
Approach
Advanced ApproachStandardized
Approach
Regulatory capital:
Common equity tier 1$134,901 134,901 138,760 138,760 149,252 149,252 145,149 145,149 
Tier 1154,743 154,743 158,949 158,949 149,252 149,252 145,149 145,149 
Total184,172 193,799 188,333 196,223 163,768 173,004 158,615 166,056 
Assets:
Risk-weighted assets (2)$1,171,956 1,185,610 1,165,079 1,245,853 1,038,062 1,090,132 1,047,054 1,152,791 
Adjusted average assets (3)1,921,303 1,921,303 1,913,297 1,913,297 1,762,607 1,762,607 1,695,807 1,695,807 
Regulatory capital ratios:
Common equity tier 1 capital (2)11.51 %11.38 *11.91  11.14 *14.38 13.69 *13.86 12.59 *
Tier 1 capital (2)13.20 13.05 *13.64  12.76 *14.38 13.69 *13.86 12.59 *
Total capital (2)15.71 *16.35 16.16 15.75 *15.78 *15.87 15.15 14.40 *
Tier 1 leverage (3)8.05 8.05 8.31 8.31 8.47 8.47 8.56 8.56 
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
Supplementary leverage (4):
Total leverage exposure$1,997,449 2,247,729 2,074,472 2,006,180 
Supplementary leverage ratio7.75 %7.07 7.19 7.24 
*Denotes the lowest capital ratio as determined under the Advanced and Standardized Approaches.
(1)In second quarter 2020, the Company elected to apply a modified transition provision issued by federal banking regulators related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The rule permits certain banking organizations to exclude from regulatory capital the initial adoption impact of CECL, plus 25% of the cumulative changes in the ACL under CECL for each period until December 31, 2021, followed by a three-year phase-out of the benefits. The impact of the CECL transition provision on the regulatory capital of the Company at September 30, 2020, was an increase in capital of $1.9 billion, reflecting a $991 million (post-tax) increase in capital recognized upon our initial adoption of CECL, offset by 25% of the $11.5 billion increase in our ACL under CECL from January 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020. The impact of the CECL transition provision on the regulatory capital of the Bank at September 30, 2020, was an increase in capital of $1.8 billion.
(2)RWAs and capital ratios for December 31, 2019, have been revised as a result of a decrease in RWAs under the Advanced Approach due to the correction of duplicated operational loss amounts.
RWAs for the Company and the Bank included an increase of $1.5 billion under the Standardized Approach and a decrease of $1.3 billion under the Advanced Approach related to the impact of the CECL transition provision on the excess allowance for credit losses as of September 30, 2020.
(3)The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total average assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items.
(4)The supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) consists of Tier 1 capital divided by total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure consists of total average assets, less goodwill and other permitted Tier 1 capital deductions (net of deferred tax liabilities), plus certain off-balance sheet exposures.
168


Table 23.2 presents the minimum required regulatory capital ratios under Transition Requirements to which the Company and
the Bank were subject as of September 30, 2020, and
December 31, 2019.



Table 23.2: Minimum Required Regulatory Capital Ratios – Transition Requirements (1)
Wells Fargo & CompanyWells Fargo Bank, N.A.
September 30, 2020December 31, 2019September 30, 2020December 31, 2019
Regulatory capital ratios:
Common equity tier 1 capital9.00 %9.00 7.00 7.00 
Tier 1 capital10.50 10.50 8.50 8.50 
Total capital12.50 12.50 10.50 10.50 
Tier 1 leverage4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 
Supplementary leverage (2)5.00 5.00 6.00 6.00 
(1)At September 30, 2020, under transition requirements, the CET1, tier 1 and total capital minimum ratio requirements for the Company included a capital conservation buffer of 2.50% and a global systemically important bank (G-SIB) surcharge of 2.00%. Only the 2.50% capital conservation buffer applied to the Bank at September 30, 2020.
(2)The Company is required to maintain a SLR of at least 5.00% (comprised of a 3.00% minimum requirement plus a supplementary leverage buffer of 2.00%) to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. The Bank is required to maintain a SLR of at least 6.00% to be considered well-capitalized under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines.
169


Glossary of Acronyms
ACLAllowance for credit lossesLHFS Loans held for sale
AFSAvailable-for-saleLIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
ALCOAsset/Liability CommitteeLIHTCLow income housing tax credit
ARM Adjustable-rate mortgageLOCOMLower of cost or fair value
ASC Accounting Standards CodificationLTV Loan-to-value
ASUAccounting Standards UpdateMBSMortgage-backed security
AUAAssets under administrationMLHFS Mortgage loans held for sale
AUMAssets under managementMSR Mortgage servicing right
AVMAutomated valuation modelNAV Net asset value
BCBSBasel Committee on Bank SupervisionNPANonperforming asset
BHCBank holding companyNSFRNet stable funding ratio
CCARComprehensive Capital Analysis and ReviewOCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency
CDCertificate of depositOCIOther comprehensive income
CECLCurrent expected credit lossOTCOver-the-counter
CET1Common Equity Tier 1OTTIOther-than-temporary impairment
CFPBConsumer Financial Protection BureauPCDPurchased credit-deteriorated
CLO Collateralized loan obligationPCIPurchased credit-impaired
CLTVCombined loan-to-valuePTPPPre-tax pre-provision profit
CPICollateral protection insuranceRBCRisk-based capital
CRECommercial real estateRMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities
DPDDays past dueROAWells Fargo net income to average total assets
ESOPEmployee Stock Ownership PlanROEWells Fargo net income applicable to common stock
FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Boardto average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity
FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance CorporationROTCEReturn on average tangible common equity
FHAFederal Housing AdministrationRWAsRisk-weighted assets
FHLB Federal Home Loan BankSECSecurities and Exchange Commission
FHLMC Federal Home Loan Mortgage CorporationS&PStandard & Poor’s Global Ratings
FICOFair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)SLRSupplementary leverage ratio
FNMA Federal National Mortgage AssociationSOFRSecured Overnight Financing Rate
FRBBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve SystemSPESpecial purpose entity
GAAPGenerally accepted accounting principlesTDRTroubled debt restructuring
GNMAGovernment National Mortgage AssociationTLACTotal Loss Absorbing Capacity
GSEGovernment-sponsored entityVADepartment of Veterans Affairs
G-SIBGlobal systemically important bankVaR Value-at-Risk
HQLAHigh-quality liquid assetsVIEVariable interest entity
HTMHeld-to-maturityWIMWealth and Investment Management
LCRLiquidity coverage ratio
170


PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1.    Legal Proceedings
 
Information in response to this item can be found in Note 14 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item. 

Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended September 30, 2020. In third quarter 2020, share repurchases were limited to repurchases in connection with the Wells Fargo & Company Stock Purchase Plan and Wells Fargo’s deferred compensation plans.

Calendar month Total number
of shares
repurchased (1)
Weighted average
price paid per share
Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be repurchased under
the authorization
July49,359 $25.39 167,453,491 
August38,074 24.52 167,415,417 
September42,036 24.18 167,373,381 
Total129,469 
(1)All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 350 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on July 23, 2019. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.

171


Item 6.    Exhibits
 
A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth below.
 
The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.
Exhibit
Number
Description Location 
Filed herewith.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2018.
4(a)See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).
4(b)The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.
Filed herewith.
Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
Furnished herewith.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance DocumentThe instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document.
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentFiled herewith.
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentFiled herewith.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File
Formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
172


SIGNATURE
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated: November 2, 2020     WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
 
 
By:/s/ MUNEERA S. CARR
Muneera S. Carr
Executive Vice President,
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)


173